diff options
Diffstat (limited to '17325-h')
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/17325-h.htm | 11193 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/001.jpg | bin | 0 -> 112235 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/002.jpg | bin | 0 -> 72150 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/003.jpg | bin | 0 -> 142583 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/006.jpg | bin | 0 -> 276996 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/015.jpg | bin | 0 -> 109740 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/030.jpg | bin | 0 -> 139459 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/032b.jpg | bin | 0 -> 102348 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/034.jpg | bin | 0 -> 105841 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/040.jpg | bin | 0 -> 42984 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/041.jpg | bin | 0 -> 44937 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/044.jpg | bin | 0 -> 119947 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/046.jpg | bin | 0 -> 193373 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/047-text.jpg | bin | 0 -> 7305 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/047.jpg | bin | 0 -> 101138 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/047b-text.jpg | bin | 0 -> 7113 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/047b.jpg | bin | 0 -> 110419 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/050.jpg | bin | 0 -> 104817 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/052.jpg | bin | 0 -> 39373 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/052b-text.jpg | bin | 0 -> 6870 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/052b.jpg | bin | 0 -> 204241 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/053.jpg | bin | 0 -> 98417 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/056.jpg | bin | 0 -> 47077 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/058.jpg | bin | 0 -> 72930 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/059.jpg | bin | 0 -> 56524 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/062.jpg | bin | 0 -> 53357 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/065.jpg | bin | 0 -> 78703 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/066.jpg | bin | 0 -> 116845 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/067.jpg | bin | 0 -> 120141 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/069.jpg | bin | 0 -> 86484 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/070.jpg | bin | 0 -> 66620 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/073.jpg | bin | 0 -> 95447 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/076.jpg | bin | 0 -> 95857 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/079.jpg | bin | 0 -> 61297 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/084.jpg | bin | 0 -> 94042 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/087.jpg | bin | 0 -> 263410 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/095.jpg | bin | 0 -> 109058 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/096.jpg | bin | 0 -> 59890 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/097.jpg | bin | 0 -> 50481 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/098.jpg | bin | 0 -> 104819 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/100.jpg | bin | 0 -> 82560 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/103.jpg | bin | 0 -> 90167 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/104.jpg | bin | 0 -> 117809 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/106.jpg | bin | 0 -> 88683 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/110.jpg | bin | 0 -> 113580 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/114.jpg | bin | 0 -> 16233 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/115.jpg | bin | 0 -> 138395 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/116.jpg | bin | 0 -> 71261 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/117.jpg | bin | 0 -> 171049 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/123.jpg | bin | 0 -> 96341 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/126.jpg | bin | 0 -> 26343 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/128.jpg | bin | 0 -> 64519 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/129.jpg | bin | 0 -> 198744 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/131.jpg | bin | 0 -> 136954 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/135.jpg | bin | 0 -> 54376 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/138.jpg | bin | 0 -> 27564 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/140.jpg | bin | 0 -> 37659 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/146.jpg | bin | 0 -> 295411 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/160.jpg | bin | 0 -> 28367 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/163.jpg | bin | 0 -> 134414 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/166.jpg | bin | 0 -> 126457 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/168.jpg | bin | 0 -> 34229 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/169.jpg | bin | 0 -> 79991 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/170.jpg | bin | 0 -> 126837 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/171.jpg | bin | 0 -> 79840 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/173.jpg | bin | 0 -> 98210 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/174.jpg | bin | 0 -> 119670 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/176.jpg | bin | 0 -> 108352 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/176b.jpg | bin | 0 -> 222285 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/181.jpg | bin | 0 -> 79777 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/184.jpg | bin | 0 -> 83563 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/187.jpg | bin | 0 -> 121323 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/193.jpg | bin | 0 -> 103520 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/195.jpg | bin | 0 -> 91085 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/196.jpg | bin | 0 -> 122164 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/197.jpg | bin | 0 -> 107474 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/198.jpg | bin | 0 -> 107793 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/204.jpg | bin | 0 -> 265079 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/214.jpg | bin | 0 -> 40581 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/218.jpg | bin | 0 -> 125817 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/221.jpg | bin | 0 -> 102576 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/222.jpg | bin | 0 -> 116591 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/224.jpg | bin | 0 -> 121383 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/225.jpg | bin | 0 -> 82929 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/226.jpg | bin | 0 -> 215131 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/227.jpg | bin | 0 -> 71407 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/229.jpg | bin | 0 -> 80693 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/230.jpg | bin | 0 -> 84698 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/231.jpg | bin | 0 -> 128557 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/232-text.jpg | bin | 0 -> 5917 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/232.jpg | bin | 0 -> 133963 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/233.jpg | bin | 0 -> 115824 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/235.jpg | bin | 0 -> 104161 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/236b.jpg | bin | 0 -> 113080 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/237.jpg | bin | 0 -> 94071 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/238.jpg | bin | 0 -> 100287 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/240.jpg | bin | 0 -> 128569 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/242.jpg | bin | 0 -> 96143 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/245.jpg | bin | 0 -> 29791 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/246.jpg | bin | 0 -> 36536 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/247.jpg | bin | 0 -> 43370 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/248.jpg | bin | 0 -> 117682 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/249.jpg | bin | 0 -> 101027 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/253.jpg | bin | 0 -> 67696 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/260.jpg | bin | 0 -> 41789 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/263.jpg | bin | 0 -> 113678 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/264.jpg | bin | 0 -> 178745 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/265.jpg | bin | 0 -> 97267 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/268.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25176 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/281.jpg | bin | 0 -> 35824 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/285.jpg | bin | 0 -> 98939 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/287.jpg | bin | 0 -> 163351 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/289.jpg | bin | 0 -> 33615 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/299.jpg | bin | 0 -> 28229 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/300.jpg | bin | 0 -> 70815 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/301.jpg | bin | 0 -> 34364 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/304.jpg | bin | 0 -> 52899 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/307.jpg | bin | 0 -> 150364 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/308.jpg | bin | 0 -> 285693 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/313.jpg | bin | 0 -> 119643 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/314.jpg | bin | 0 -> 217742 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/318.jpg | bin | 0 -> 36375 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/320.jpg | bin | 0 -> 81690 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/321.jpg | bin | 0 -> 114757 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/322.jpg | bin | 0 -> 266797 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/327.jpg | bin | 0 -> 23887 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/331.jpg | bin | 0 -> 76354 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/334.jpg | bin | 0 -> 132556 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/345.jpg | bin | 0 -> 47670 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/347.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25593 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/348.jpg | bin | 0 -> 15215 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/349.jpg | bin | 0 -> 16594 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/350.jpg | bin | 0 -> 166397 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/357.jpg | bin | 0 -> 65041 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/358.jpg | bin | 0 -> 70386 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/359.jpg | bin | 0 -> 62296 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 0 -> 172973 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/cover2.jpg | bin | 0 -> 234509 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/frontis-text.jpg | bin | 0 -> 6240 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/frontispiece.jpg | bin | 0 -> 113597 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/spines.jpg | bin | 0 -> 128963 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/table.jpg | bin | 0 -> 57115 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17325-h/images/titlepage.jpg | bin | 0 -> 165325 bytes |
143 files changed, 11193 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/17325-h/17325-h.htm b/17325-h/17325-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..70662c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/17325-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,11193 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en"> + <head> + <title> + History of Egypt, by Maspero, Volume 5 + </title> + <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd7; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 2em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; } + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + pre { font-family: Times; font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} + +</style> + </head> + <body> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of History Of Egypt, Chaldæa, Syria, +Babylonia, and Assyria, Volume 5 (of 12), by G. Maspero + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: History Of Egypt, Chaldæa, Syria, Babylonia, and Assyria, Volume 5 (of 12) + +Author: G. Maspero + +Editor: A.H. Sayce + +Translator: M.L. McClure + +Release Date: December 16, 2005 [EBook #17325] +Last Updated: September 7, 2016 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORY OF EGYPT, CHALDÆA *** + + + + +Produced by David Widger + + + + +</pre> + + <p> + <br /> <a name="linkimage-0001" id="linkimage-0001"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/spines.jpg" width="100%" alt="Spines " /> + </div> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0002" id="linkimage-0002"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/cover.jpg" width="100%" alt="Cover " /> + </div> + <h1> + HISTORY OF EGYPT <br /><br /> CHALDEA, SYRIA, BABYLONIA, AND ASSYRIA + </h1> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h2> + By G. MASPERO, <br /><br /> Honorable Doctor of Civil Laws, and Fellow of + Queen’s College, <br /> Oxford; Member of the Institute and Professor at + the College of France + </h2> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h3> + Edited by A. H. SAYCE, <br /> Professor of Assyriology, Oxford + </h3> + <h4> + Translated by M. L. McCLURE, <br /> Member of the Committee of the Egypt + Exploration Fund + </h4> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h3> + CONTAINING OVER TWELVE HUNDRED COLORED PLATES AND ILLUSTRATIONS + </h3> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h3> + Volume V. + </h3> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h3> + LONDON <br /> THE GROLIER SOCIETY <br /> PUBLISHERS + </h3> + <p> + <br /> <br /> <a name="linkimage-0003" id="linkimage-0003"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/frontispiece.jpg" width="100%" alt="Frontispiece " /> + </div> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img alt="frontis-text (6K)" src="images/frontis-text.jpg" width="100%" /> + </div> + <p> + <br /> <br /> <a name="linkimage-0004" id="linkimage-0004"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/titlepage.jpg" width="100%" alt="Titlepage " /> + </div> + <p> + <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img alt="001 (109K)" src="images/001.jpg" width="100%" /> + </div> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img alt="002 (70K)" src="images/002.jpg" width="100%" /> + </div> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h2> + THE EIGHTEENTH THEBAN DYNASTY—(continued) + </h2> + <p> + <i>THÛTMOSIS III.: THE ORGANISATION OF THE SYRIAN PROVINCES—AMENÔTHES + III.: THE WORSHIPPERS OF ATONÛ.</i> + </p> + <p> + <i>Thutmosis III.: the talcing of Qodshâ in the 42nd year of his reign—The + tribute of the south—The triumph-song of Amon.</i> + </p> + <p> + <i>The constitution of the Egyptian empire—The Grown vassals and + their relations with the Pharaoh—The king’s messengers—The + allied states—Royal presents and marriages; the status of foreigners + in the royal harem—Commerce with Asia, its resources and its risks; + protection granted to the national industries, and treaties of + extradition.</i> + </p> + <p> + <i>Amenôthes II, his campaigns in Syria and Nubia—Thûtmosis IV.; his + dream under the shadow of the Sphinx and his marriage—Amenôthes III. + and his peaceful reign—The great building works—The temples of + Nubia: Soleb and his sanctuary built by Amenôthes III, Gebel Barkal, + Elephantine—The beautifying of Thebes: the temple of Mat, the + temples of Amon at Luxor and at Karnak, the tomb of Amenôthes III, the + chapel and the colossi of Memnon.</i> + </p> + <p> + <i>The increasing importance of Anion and his priests: preference shown by + Amenôthes III. for the Heliopolitan gods, his marriage with Tii—The + influence of Tii over Amenôthes IV.: the decadence of Amon and of Thebes, + Atonû and Khûîtniatonû—Change of physiognomy in Khûniaton, his + character, his government, his relations with Asia: the tombs of Tel + el-Amarna and the art of the period—Tutanlchamon, At: the return of + the Pharaohs to Thebes and the close of the XVIIIth dynasty.</i> + </p> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <blockquote> + <p class="toc"> + <big><b>CONTENTS</b></big> + </p> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0001"> CHAPTER I—THE EIGHTEENTH THEBAN DYNASTY—(continued) + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkB2HCH0001"> CHAPTER II—THE REACTION AGAINST EGYPT + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkC2HCH0001"> CHAPTER III—THE CLOSE OF THE THEBAN + EMPIRE </a> + </p> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <big><b>List of Illustrations</b></big> + </p> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0001"> Spines </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0002"> Cover </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0003"> Frontispiece </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0004"> Titlepage </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0005"> 006.jpg a Procession of Negroes </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0006"> 015.jpg a Syrian Town and Its Outskirts After + an Egyptian Army Had Passed Through It </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0007"> 030.jpg the LotanÛ and The Goldsmiths’work + Constituting Their Tribute </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0008"> 032b.jpg Painted Tablets in the Hall of Harps + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0009"> 034.jpg. The Bear and Elephant Brought As + Tribute in The Tomb of Rakhmiri </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0010"> 040.jpg the Mummy of Thutmosis Iii. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0011"> 041.jpg Head of the Mummy Of ThÛtmosis Iii. + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0012"> 044.jpg AmenÔthes Ii., from the Statue at + Turin </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0013"> 046.jpg the Great Sphinx and The Chapel of + Thutmosis Iv. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0014"> 047.jpg the Simoom. Sphinx and Pyramids at + Gizeh </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0015"> 050.jpg the Stele of The Sphinx Of Gizer </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0016"> 052.jpg Queen MutemÛau. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0017"> 052b.jpg Amenothes Iii. Colossal Head in the + British Museum </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0018"> 052b-text.jpg </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0019"> 053.jpg Amenothes Iii. From the Tomb of + Khamhait </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0020"> 056.jpg Scarab of the Hunt </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0021"> 058.jpg a Gang of Syrian Prisoners Making + Brick for The Temple of Amon </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0022"> 059.jpg One of the Rams Of AmenÔthes Iii </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0023"> 062.jpg One of the Lions Of Gebel-barkal </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0024"> 065.jpg the Temple at Elephantine, As It Was + in 1799 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0025"> 066.jpg the Great Court of The Temple Of + Luxor During The Inundation </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0026"> 067.jpg Part of the Avenue Of Rams, Between + The Temples Of Amon and MaÛt </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0027"> 069.jpg the Pylons of ThÛtmosis Iii. And + HarmhabÎ At Kaknak </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0028"> 070.jpg Sacred Lake Akd the Southern Part of + The Temple Of Karnak. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0029"> 073.jpg the Two Colossi of Memnon in The + Plain Of Thebes </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0030"> 076.jpg a Party of Tourists at the Foot Of + The Vocal Statue of Memnok </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0031"> 079.jpg Marriage ScarabÆus </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0032"> 084.jpg Map </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0033"> 087.jpg the Decorated Pavement of The Palace + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0034"> 095.jpg the Mask of KihÛniatonÛ </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0035"> 096.jpg AmenÔthes Iv., from the Statuette in + The Louvre. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0036"> 097.jpg Page Image </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0037"> 098.jpg KhÛniatonÛ and his Wife Rewarding One + of The Great Officers of the Court </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0038"> 100.jpg the Door of a Tomb at Tel El-amarna + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0039"> 103.jpg Interior of a Tomb at Tel El-amarna + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0040"> 104.jpg Profile of Head Of Mummy (thebes + Tombs.) </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0041"> 106.jpg Two of the Daughters Of KhÛhi AtonÛ + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0042"> 111.jpg Sarcophagus of the Pharaoh AÎ </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkimage-0043"> 114.jpg Tailpiece </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0005"> 117.jpg Page Image </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0006"> 123.jpg the First Pylon of HarmhabÎ at + Karnak </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0007"> 127.jpg Amenothes IV. From a Fragment Used + Again By Harmhabi </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0008"> 128.jpg Harmhabi </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0009"> 129.jpg the Vaulted Passage of The Rock-tomb + at Gebel Silsileh </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0010"> 131.jpg the Triumph Of HarmhabÎ in The + Sanctuary of Gebel Silsileh </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0011"> 135.jpg Three Heads of Hittite Soldiers </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0012"> 138.jpg a Hittite King. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0013"> 140.jpg a Hittite Chariot With Its Three + Occupants </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0014"> 146.jpg Map </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0015"> 160.jpg Ramses I. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0016"> 163.jpg the Return of The North Wall Of The + Hypostyle Hall at Karnak, Where Seti I. Represents Some Episodes in his + First Campaign </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0017"> 166.jpg Representation of Seti I. + Vanquishing the Libyans And Asiatics on the Walls, Karnak </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0018"> 168.jpg a Fortified Station on the Route + Between The Nile And the Red Sea. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0019"> 169.jpg the Temple of Seti I. At Redesieh + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0020"> 170.jpg Fragment of the Map Of The + Gold-mines </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0021"> 171.jpg the Three Standing Columns of The + Temple Of Sesebi </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0022"> 173 an Avenue of One Of the Aisles Of The + Hypostyle Hall At Karnak </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0023"> 174.jpg the Gratings of The Central + Colonnade in The Hypostyle Hall at Karnak </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0024"> 176.jpg One of the Colonnades Of The + Hypostyle Hall In The Temple of Seti I. At Abydos </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0025"> 176b.jpg the Facade of The Temple Of Seti + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0026"> 181.jpg the Temple of Qurnah </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0027"> 184.jpg One of the Pillars Of The Tomb Of + Seti I. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0028"> 187.jpg Ramses II. Puts the Negroes to + Flight </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0029"> 193.jpg the Shardana Guard of Ramses II. + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0030"> 195.jpg Two Hittite Spies Beaten by the + Egyptian Soldiers </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0031"> 196.jpg the Egyptian Camp and The Council of + War on The Morning of the Battle Of QodshÛ </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0032"> 198.jpg the Garrison of QodshÛ Issuing Forth + to Help The Prince of KhÂti. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0033"> 214.jpg KhÂtusaru, Prince of KhÂti, and his + Daughter </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0034"> 218.jpg Phoenician Boats Landing at Thebes + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0035"> 221.jpg the Projecting Columns of The Speos + Of Gerf-hosseÎn </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0036"> 221.jpg the Caryatides of Gerf-hosseÎn </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0037"> 224.jpg the Two Colossi of Abu Simbel to The + South Of The Doorway </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0038"> 225.jpg the Interior of The Speos Of Abu + Simbel </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0039"> 228.jpg the Face of The Rock at Abu Simgel + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0040"> 229.jpg Ramses Ii. Pierces a Libyan Chief + With his Lance </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0041"> 230.jpg Ramses Ii. Strikes a Group of + Prisoners </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0042"> 231.jpg the Façade of The Little Speos Of + Hauthor at Abu Simbel </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0043"> 232.jpg Columns of Temple at Luxor </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0044"> 233.jpg the Chapel of Thutmosis III. And One + Of The Pylons of Ramses Ii. At Luxor </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0045"> 235.jpg the Colonnade of Seti I. And The + Three Colossal Statues of Ramses II. At Luxor </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0046"> 236.jpg Paintings of Chairs </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0047"> 237.jpg the Remains of The Colossal Statue + Of Ramses Ii. At the Ramesseum </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0048"> 238.jpg the Ramesseum </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0049"> 240.jpg the Ruins of The Memnonium Of Ramses + Ii. At Abydos </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0050"> 242.jpg the Colossal Statue of Ramses II. At + Mitrahineh </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0051"> 245.jpg the Chapel of The Apis Of AmekÔthes + III. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0052"> 246.jpg Statue of Khamoisit </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0053"> 247.jpg Stele of the Nahr El-kelb </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0054"> 248.jpg the Bas-belief of Ninfi </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0055"> 249.jpg the Coffin and Mummy of Ramses II + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0056"> 253.jpg a Libyan </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0057"> 260.jpg Statue of MÎnephtah </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0058"> 263.jpg the Chapels of Ramses II. And + Minephtah At Sisileh </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0059"> 264.jpg Statue of Seti II. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0060"> 265.jpg Seti II. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0061"> 268.jpg Amenmesis </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkBimage-0062"> 281.jpg Table </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0005"> 287.jpg Page Image </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0006"> 289.jpg NakhtÛsÎt. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0007"> 299.jpg One of the Libyan Chiefs Vanquished + by Ramses Iii. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0008"> 300.jpg the Waggons of The Pulasati and + Their Confederates </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0009"> 301.jpg Pulasati </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0010"> 304.jpg a Sihagalasha Chief </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0011"> 307.jpg the Army Op Ramses III. On The + March, and The Lion-hunt </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0012"> 308.jpg the Defeat of The Peoples Of The Sea + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0013"> 313.jpg the Captive Chiefs of Ramses Iii. At + Medinet-ihabu </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0014"> 314.jpg Ramses III. Binds the Chiefs of The + Libyans </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0015"> 318.jpg the Prince of The Khati </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0016"> 320.jpg Signs, Arms and Instruments </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0017"> 321.jpg the Colossal Osirian Figures in The + First Court At Medinet-habu </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0018"> 322.jpg the First Pylon of The Temple </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0019"> 327.jpg the Mummy of Ramses III. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0020"> 331.jpg a Ramses of the Xxth Dynasty </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0021"> 334.jpg Map: Thebes in the Xxth Dynasty </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0022"> 345.jpg Pectoral of Ramses II. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0023"> 347.jpg the Ram-headed Sparrow-hawk in The + Louvre </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0024"> 348.jpg Decorated Armchair </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0025"> 349.jpg Egyptian Wig </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0026"> 350.jpg Page Image With Furniture </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0027"> 357.jpg the Cat and The Jackal Go off to The + Fields With Their Flocks Drawn by Faucher-gudin, from Lepsius. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0028"> 358.jpg the Cat Before Its Judge </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#linkCimage-0029"> 359.jpg a Concert of Animals Devoted to + Music </a> + </p> + </blockquote> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <a name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> <br /> <br /> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img alt="003 (139K)" src="images/003.jpg" width="100%" /> + </div> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h2> + CHAPTER I—THE EIGHTEENTH THEBAN DYNASTY—(continued) + </h2> + <p> + <i>Thutmosis III.: the organisation of the Syrian provinces—Amenothes + III.: the royal worshippers of Atonû.</i> + </p> + <p> + In the year XXXIV. the Egyptians reappeared in Zahi. The people of + Anaugasa having revolted, two of their towns were taken, a third + surrendered, while the chiefs of the Lotanû hastened to meet their lord + with their usual tribute. Advantage was taken of the encampment being at + the foot of the Lebanon to procure wood for building purposes, such as + beams and planks, masts and yards for vessels, which were all shipped by + the Kefâtiu at Byblos for exportation to the Delta. This expedition was, + indeed, little more than a military march through the country. It would + appear that the Syrians soon accustomed themselves to the presence of the + Egyptians in their midst, and their obedience henceforward could be fairly + relied on. We are unable to ascertain what were the circumstances or the + intrigues which, in the year XXXV., led to a sudden outbreak among the + tribes settled on the Euphrates and the Orontes. The King of Mitanni + rallied round him the princes of Naharaim, and awaited the attack of the + Egyptians near Aruna. Thûtmosis displayed great personal courage, and the + victory was at once decisive. We find mention of only ten prisoners, one + hundred and eighty mares, and sixty chariots in the lists of the spoil. + Anaugasa again revolted, and was subdued afresh in the year XXXVIII.; the + Shaûsû rebelled in the year XXXIX., and the Lotanû or some of the tribes + connected with them two years later. The campaign of the year XLII. proved + more serious. Troubles had arisen in the neighbourhood of Arvad. + Thûtmosis, instead of following the usual caravan route, marched along the + coast-road by way of Phoenicia. He destroyed Arka in the Lebanon and the + surrounding strongholds, which were the haunts of robbers who lurked in + the mountains; then turning to the northeast, he took Tunipa and extorted + the usual tribute from the inhabitants of Naharaim. On the other hand, the + Prince of Qodshû, trusting to the strength of his walled city, refused to + do homage to the Pharaoh, and a deadly struggle took place under the + ramparts, in which each side availed themselves of all the artifices which + the strategic warfare of the times allowed. On a day when the assailants + and besieged were about to come to close quarters, the Amorites let loose + a mare among the chariotry of Thûtmosis. The Egyptian horses threatened to + become unmanageable, and had begun to break through the ranks, when + Amenemhabî, an officer of the guard, leaped to the ground, and, running up + to the creature, disembowelled it with a thrust of his sword; this done, + he cut off its tail and presented it to the king. The besieged were + eventually obliged to shut themselves within their newly built walls, + hoping by this means to tire out the patience of their assailants; but a + picked body of men, led by the same brave Amenemhabî who had killed the + mare, succeeded in making a breach and forcing an entrance into the town. + Even the numerous successful campaigns we have mentioned, form but a part, + though indeed an important part, of the wars undertaken by Thûtmosis to + “fix his frontiers in the ends of the earth.” Scarcely a year elapsed + without the viceroy of Ethiopia having a conflict with one or other of the + tribes of the Upper Nile; little merit as he might gain in triumphing over + such foes, the spoil taken from them formed a considerable adjunct to the + treasure collected in Syria, while the tributes from the people of Kûsh + and the Uaûaîû were paid with as great regularity as the taxes levied on + the Egyptians themselves. It comprised gold both from the mines and from + the rivers, feathers, oxen with curiously trained horns, giraffes, lions, + leopards, and slaves of all ages. The distant regions explored by + Hâtshopsîtû continued to pay a tribute at intervals. A fleet went to + Pûanît to fetch large cargoes of incense, and from time to time some Ilîm + chief would feel himself honoured by having one of his daughters accepted + as an inmate of the harem of the great king. After the year XLII. we have + no further records of the reign, but there is no reason to suppose that + its closing years were less eventful or less prosperous than the earlier. + Thûtmosis III., when conscious of failing powers, may have delegated the + direction of his armies to his sons or to his generals, but it is also + quite possible that he kept the supreme command in his own hands to the + end of his days. Even when old age approached and threatened to abate his + vigour, he was upheld by the belief that his father Amon was ever at hand + to guide him with his counsel and assist him in battle. “I give to thee, + declared the god, the rebels that they may fall beneath thy sandals, that + thou mayest crush the rebellious, for I grant to thee by decree the earth + in its length and breadth. The tribes of the West and those of the East + are under the place of thy countenance, and when thou goest up into all + the strange lands with a joyous heart, there is none who will withstand + Thy Majesty, for I am thy guide when thou treadest them underfoot. Thou + hast crossed the water of the great curve of Naharaim* in thy strength and + in thy power, and I have commanded thee to let them hear thy roaring which + shall enter their dens, I have deprived their nostrils of the breath of + life, I have granted to thee that thy deeds shall sink into their hearts, + that my uraeus which is upon thy head may burn them, that it may bring + prisoners in long files from the peoples of Qodi, that it may consume with + its flame those who are in the marshes,** that it may cut off the heads of + the Asiatics without one of them being able to escape from its clutch. I + grant to thee that thy conquests may embrace all lands, that the urseus + which shines upon my forehead may be thy vassal, so that in all the + compass of the heaven there may not be one to rise against thee, but that + the people may come bearing their tribute on their backs and bending + before Thy Majesty according to my behest; I ordain that all aggressors + arising in thy time shall fail before thee, their heart burning within + them, their limbs trembling!” + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The Euphrates, in the great curve described by it across + Naharaim, after issuing from the mountains of Cilicia. + + ** The meaning is doubtful. The word signifies pools, + marshes, the provinces situated beyond Egyptian territory, + and consequently the distant parts of the world—those which + are nearest the ocean which encircles the earth, and which + was considered as fed by the stagnant waters of the + celestial Nile, just as the extremities of Egypt were + watered by those of the terrestrial Nile. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0005" id="linkimage-0005"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/006.jpg" width="100%" + alt="006.jpg a Procession of Negroes " /> + </div> + <p> + “I.—I am come that I may grant unto thee to crush the great ones of + Zahi, I throw them under thy feet across their mountains,—I grant to + thee that they shall see Thy Majesty as a lord of shining splendour when + thou shinest before them in my likeness! + </p> + <p> + “II.—I am come, to grant thee that thou mayest crush those of the + country of Asia, to break the heads of the people of Lotanû,—I grant + thee that they may see Thy Majesty, clothed in thy panoply, when thou + seizest thy arms, in thy war-chariot. + </p> + <p> + “III.—I am come, to grant thee that thou mayest crush the land of + the East, and invade those who dwell in the provinces of Tonûtir,—I + grant that they may see Thy Majesty as the comet which rains down the heat + of its flame and sheds its dew. + </p> + <p> + “IV.—I am come, to grant thee that thou mayest crush the land of the + West, so that Kafîti and Cyprus shall be in fear of thee,—I grant + that they may see Thy Majesty like the young bull, stout of heart, armed + with horns which none may resist. + </p> + <p> + “V.—I am come, to grant thee that thou mayest crush those who are in + their marshes, so that the countries of Mitanni may tremble for fear of + thee,—I grant that they may see Thy Majesty like the crocodile, lord + of terrors, in the midst of the water, which none can approach. + </p> + <p> + “VI.—I am come, to grant thee that thou mayest crush those who are + in the isles, so that the people who live in the midst of the Very-Green + may be reached by thy roaring,—I grant that they may see Thy Majesty + like an avenger who stands on the back of his victim. + </p> + <p> + “VII.—I am come, to grant that thou mayest crush the Tihonu, so that + the isles of the Utanâtiû may be in the power of thy souls,—I grant + that they may see Thy Majesty like a spell-weaving lion, and that thou + mayest make corpses of them in the midst of their own valleys.* + </p> + <p> + “VIII.—I am come, to grant thee that thou mayest crush the ends of + the earth, so that the circle which surrounds the ocean may be grasped in + thy fist,—I grant that they may see Thy Majesty as the sparrow-hawk, + lord of the wing, who sees at a glance all that he desires. + </p> + <p> + “IX.—I am come, to grant thee that thou mayest crush the peoples who + are in their “duars,” so that thou mayest bring the Hirû-shâîtû into + captivity,—I grant that they may see Thy Majesty like the jackal of + the south, lord of swiftness, the runner who prowls through the two lands. + </p> + <p> + “X.—I am come, to grant thee that thou mayest crush the nomads, so + that the Nubians as far as the land of Pidît are in thy grasp,—I + grant that they may see Thy Majesty like unto thy two brothers Horus and + Sit, whose arms I have joined in order to establish thy power.” + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The name of the people associated with the Tihonu was read + at first Tanau, and identified with the Danai of the Greeks. + Chabas was inclined to read Ûtena, and Brugsch, Ûthent, more + correctly Utanâtiû, utanâti, the people of Uatanit. The + juxtaposition of this name with that of the Libyans compels + us to look towards the west for the site of this people: may + we assign to them the Ionian Islands, or even those in the + western Mediterranean. +</pre> + <p> + The poem became celebrated. When Seti I., two centuries later, commanded + the Poet Laureates of his court to celebrate his victories in verse, the + latter, despairing of producing anything better, borrowed the finest + strophes from this hymn to Thûtmosis IIL, merely changing the name of the + hero. The composition, unlike so many other triumphal inscriptions, is not + a mere piece of official rhetoric, in which the poverty of the subject is + concealed by a multitude of common-places whether historical or + mythological. Egypt indeed ruled the world, either directly or through her + vassals, and from the mountains of Abyssinia to those of Cilicia her + armies held the nations in awe with the threat of the Pharaoh. + </p> + <p> + The conqueror, as a rule, did not retain any part of their territory. He + confined himself to the appropriation of the revenue of certain domains + for the benefit of his gods.* Amon of Karnak thus became possessor of + seven Syrian towns which he owed to the generosity of the victorious + Pharaohs.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The seven towns which Amon possessed in Syria are + mentioned, in the time of Ramses III., in the list of the + domains and revenues of the god. + + ** In the year XXIII., on his return from his first + campaign, Thûtmosis III. provided offerings, guaranteed from + the three towns Anaûgasa, Inûâmû, and Hûrnikarû, for his + father Amonrâ. +</pre> + <p> + Certain cities, like Tunipa, even begged for statues of Thûtmosis for + which they built a temple and instituted a cultus. Amon and his + fellow-gods too were adored there, side by side with the sovereign the + inhabitants had chosen to represent them here below.* These rites were at + once a sign of servitude, and a proof of gratitude for services rendered, + or privileges which had been confirmed. The princes of neighbouring + regions repaired annually to these temples to renew their oaths of + allegiance, and to bring their tributes “before the face of the king.” + Taking everything into account, the condition of the Pharaoh’s subjects + might have been a pleasant one, had they been able to accept their lot + without any mental reservation. They retained their own laws, their + dynasties, and their frontiers, and paid a tax only in proportion to their + resources, while the hostages given were answerable for their obedience. + These hostages were as a rule taken by Thûtmosis from among the sons or + the brothers of the enemy’s chief. They were carried to Thebes, where a + suitable establishment was assigned to them,** the younger members + receiving an education which practically made them Egyptians. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The statues of Thûtmosis III. and of the gods of Egypt + erected at Tunipa are mentioned in a letter from the + inhabitants of that town to Amenôthes III. Later, Ramses + II., speaking of the two towns in the country of the Khâti + in which were two statues of His Majesty, mentions Tunipa as + one of them. + + ** The various titles of the lists of Thûtmosis III. at + Thebes show us “the children of the Syrian chiefs conducted + as prisoners” into the town of Sûhanû, which is elsewhere + mentioned as the depot, the prison of the temple of Anion. + W. Max Mullcr was the first to remark the historical value + of this indication, but without sufficiently insisting on + it; the name indicates, perhaps, as he says, a great prison, + but a prison like those where the princes of the family of + the Ottoman sultans were confined by the reigning monarch— + a palace usually provided with all the comforts of Oriental + life. +</pre> + <p> + As soon as a vacancy occurred in the succession either in Syria or in + Ethiopia, the Pharaoh would choose from among the members of the family + whom he held in reserve, that prince on whose loyalty he could best count, + and placed him upon the throne.* The method of procedure was not always + successful, since these princes, whom one would have supposed from their + training to have been the least likely to have asserted themselves against + the man to whom they owed their elevation, often gave more trouble than + others. The sense of the supreme power of Egypt, which had been inculcated + in them during their exile, seemed to be weakened after their return to + their native country, and to give place to a sense of their own + importance. Their hearts misgave them as the time approached for them to + send their own children as pledges to their suzerain, and also when called + upon to transfer a considerable part of their revenue to his treasury. + They found, moreover, among their own cities and kinsfolk, those who were + adverse to the foreign yoke, and secretly urged their countrymen to + revolt, or else competitors for the throne who took advantage of the + popular discontent to pose as champions of national independence, and it + was difficult for the vassal prince to counteract the intrigues of these + adversaries without openly declaring himself hostile to his foreign + master.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Among the Tel el-Amarna tablets there is a letter of a + petty Syrian king, Adadnirari, whose father was enthroned + after a fashion in Nûkhassi by Thûtmosis III. + + ** Thus, in the Tel el-Amarna correspondence, Zimrida, + governor of Sidon, gives information to Amenôthes III. on + the intrigues which the notables of the town were concocting + against Egyptian authority. Ribaddû relates in one of these + despatches that the notables of Byblos and the women of his + harem were urging him to revolt; later, a letter of Amûnirâ + to the King of Egypt informs us that Ribaddû had been driven + from Byblos by his own brother. +</pre> + <p> + A time quickly came when a vestige of fear alone constrained them to + conceal their wish for liberty; the most trivial incident then sufficed to + give them the necessary encouragement, and decided them to throw off the + mask, a repulse or the report of a repulse suffered by the Egyptians, the + news of a popular rising in some neighbouring state, the passing visit of + a Chaldæan emissary who left behind him the hope of support and perhaps of + subsidies from Babylon, and the unexpected arrival of a troop of + mercenaries whose services might be hired for the occasion.* A rising of + this sort usually brought about the most disastrous results. The native + prince or the town itself could keep back the tribute and own allegiance + to no one during the few months required to convince Pharaoh of their + defection and to allow him to prepare the necessary means of vengeance; + the advent of the Egyptians followed, and the work of repression was + systematically set in hand. They destroyed the harvests, whether green or + ready for the sickle, they cut down the palms and olive trees, they tore + up the vines, seized on the flocks, dismantled the strongholds, and took + the inhabitants prisoners.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Bûrnabûriash, King of Babylon, speaks of Syrian agents who + had come to ask for support from his father, Kûrigalzû, and + adds that the latter had counselled submission. In one of + the letters preserved in the British Museum, Azîrû defends + himself for having received an emissary of the King of the + Khâti. + + ** Cf. the raiding, for instance, of the regions of Arvad + and of the Zahi by Thûtmosis III., described in the Annals, + 11. 4, 5. We are still in possession of the threats which + the messenger Khâni made against the rebellious chief of a + province of the Zahi—possibly Aziru. +</pre> + <p> + The rebellious prince had to deliver up his silver and gold, the contents + of his palace, even his children,* and when he had finally obtained peace + by means of endless sacrifices, he found himself a vassal as before, but + with an empty treasury, a wasted country, and a decimated people. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * See, in the accounts of the campaigns of Thûtmosis, the + record of the spoils, as well as the mention of the children + of the chiefs brought as prisoners into Egypt. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0006" id="linkimage-0006"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/015.jpg" width="100%" + alt="015.jpg a Syrian Town and Its Outskirts After an Egyptian Army Had Passed Through It " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph by Gayet. +</pre> + <p> + In spite of all this, some head-strong native princes never relinquished + the hope of freedom, and no sooner had they made good the breaches in + their walls as far as they were able, than they entered once more on this + unequal contest, though at the risk of bringing irreparable disaster on + their country. The majority of them, after one such struggle, resigned + themselves to the inevitable, and fulfilled their feudal obligations + regularly. They paid their fixed contribution, furnished rations and + stores to the army when passing through their territory, and informed the + ministers at Thebes of any intrigues among their neighbours.* Years + elapsed before they could so far forget the failure of their first attempt + to regain independence, as to venture to make a second, and expose + themselves to fresh reverses. + </p> + <p> + The administration of so vast an empire entailed but a small expenditure + on the Egyptians, and required the offices of merely a few + functionaries.** The garrisons which they kept up in foreign provinces + lived on the country, and were composed mainly of light troops, archers, a + certain proportion of heavy infantry, and a few minor detachments of + chariotry dispersed among the principal fortresses.*** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * We find in the <i>Annals</i>, in addition to the enumeration of + the tributes, the mention of the foraging arrangements which + the chiefs were compelled to make for the army on its + passage. We find among the tablets letters from Aziru + denouncing the intrigues of the Khâti; letters also of + Ribaddu pointing out the misdeeds of Abdashirti, and other + communications of the same nature, which demonstrate the + supervision exercised by the petty Syrian princes over each + other. + + ** Under Thûtmosis III. we have among others “Mir,” or “Nasi + sîtû mihâtîtû,” “governors of the northern countries,” the + Thûtîi who became afterwards a hero of romance. The + individuals who bore this title held a middle rank in the + Egyptian hierarchy. + + *** The archers—<i>pidâtid, pidâti, pidâte</i>—and the + chariotry quartered in Syria are often mentioned in the Tel + el-Amarna correspondence. Steindorff has recognised the term + -ddû aûîtû, meaning infantry, in the word ûeû, ûiû, of the + Tel el-Amarna tablets. +</pre> + <p> + The officers in command had orders to interfere as little as possible in + local affairs, and to leave the natives to dispute or even to fight among + themselves unhindered, so long as their quarrels did not threaten the + security of the Pharaoh.* It was never part of the policy of Egypt to + insist on her foreign subjects keeping an unbroken peace among themselves. + If, theoretically, she did not recognise the right of private warfare, she + at all events tolerated its practice. It mattered little to her whether + some particular province passed out of the possession of a certain Eibaddû + into that of a certain Azîru, or <i>vice versa</i>, so long as both + Eibaddû and Azîru remained her faithful slaves. She never sought to + repress their incessant quarrelling until such time as it threatened to + take the form of an insurrection against her own power. Then alone did she + throw off her neutrality; taking the side of one or other of the + dissentients, she would grant him, as a pledge of help, ten, twenty, + thirty, or even more archers.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * A half at least of the Tel el-Amarna correspondence treats + of provincial wars between the kings of towns and countries + subject to Egypt—wars of Abdashirti and his son Azîru + against the cities of the Phoenician coast, wars of + Abdikhiba, or Abdi-Tabba, King of Jerusalem, against the + chiefs of the neighbouring cities. + + ** Abimilki (Abisharri) demands on one occasion from the + King of Egypt ten men to defend Tyre, on another occasion + twenty; the town of Gula requisitioned thirty or forty to + guard it. Delattre thinks that these are rhetorical + expressions answering to a general word, just as if we + should say “a handful of men”; the difference of value in + the figures is to me a proof of their reality. +</pre> + <p> + No doubt the discipline and personal courage of these veterans exercised a + certain influence on the turn of events, but they were after all a mere + handful of men, and their individual action in the combat would scarcely + ever have been sufficient to decide the result; the actual importance of + their support, in spite of their numerical inferiority, lay in the moral + weight they brought to the side on which they fought, since they + represented the whole army of the Pharaoh which lay behind them, and their + presence in a camp always ensured final success. The vanquished party had + the right of appeal to the sovereign, through whom he might obtain a + mitigation of the lot which his successful adversary had prepared for him; + it was to the interest of Egypt to keep the balance of power as evenly as + possible between the various states which looked to her, and when she + prevented one or other of the princes from completely crushing his rivals, + she was minimising the danger which might soon arise from the vassal whom + she had allowed to extend his territory at the expense of others. + </p> + <p> + These relations gave rise to a perpetual exchange of letters and petitions + between the court of Thebes and the northern and southern provinces, in + which all the petty kings of Africa and Asia, of whatever colour or race, + set forth, either openly or covertly, their ambitions and their fears, + imploring a favour or begging for a subsidy, revealing the real or + suspected intrigues of their fellow-chiefs, and while loudly proclaiming + their own loyalty, denouncing the perfidy and the secret projects of their + neighbours. As the Ethiopian peoples did not, apparently, possess an + alphabet of their own, half of the correspondence which concerned them was + carried on in Egyptian, and written on papyrus. In Syria, however, where + Babylonian civilization maintained itself in spite of its conquest by + Thûtmosis, cuneiform writing was still employed, and tablets of dried + clay.* It had, therefore, been found necessary to establish in the + Pharaoh’s palace a department for this service, in which the scribes + should be competent to decipher the Chaldæan character. Dictionaries and + easy mythological texts had been procured for their instruction, by means + of which they had learned the meaning of words and the construction of + sentences. Having once mastered the mechanism of the syllabary, they set + to work to translate the despatches, marking on the back of each the date + and the place from whence it came, and if necessary making a draft of the + reply.** In these the Pharaoh does not appear, as a rule, to have insisted + on the endless titles which we find so lavishly used in his inscriptions, + but the shortened protocol employed shows that the theory of his divinity + was as fully acknowledged by strangers as it was by his own subjects. They + greet him as their sun, the god before whom they prostrate themselves + seven times seven, while they are his slaves, his dogs, and the dust + beneath his feet.*** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * A discovery made by the fellahîn, in 1887, at Tel el- + Arnarna, in the rums of the palace of Khûniaton, brought to + light a portion of the correspondence between Asiatic + monarchs, whether vassals or independent of Egypt, with the + officers of Amenôthes III. and IV., and with these Pharaohs + themselves. + + ** Several of these registrations are still to be read on + the backs of the tablets at Berlin, London, and Gîzeh. + + ***The protocols of the letters of Abdashirti may be taken + as an example, or those of Abimilki to Pharaoh, sometimes + there is a development of the protocol which assumes + panegyrical features similar to those met with in Egypt. +</pre> + <p> + The runners to whom these documents were entrusted, and who delivered them + with their own hand, were not, as a rule, persons of any consideration; + but for missions of grave importance “the king’s messengers” were + employed, whose functions in time became extended to a remarkable degree. + Those who were restricted to a limited sphere of activity were called “the + king’s messengers for the regions of the south,” or “the king’s messengers + for the regions of the north,” according to their proficiency in the idiom + and customs of Africa or of Asia. Others were deemed capable of + undertaking missions wherever they might be required, and were, therefore, + designated by the bold title of “the king’s messengers for all lands.” In + this case extended powers were conferred upon them, and they were + permitted to cut short the disputes between two cities in some province + they had to inspect, to excuse from tribute, to receive presents and + hostages, and even princesses destined for the harem of the Pharaoh, and + also to grant the support of troops to such as could give adequate reason + for seeking it.* Their tasks were always of a delicate and not + infrequently of a perilous nature, and constantly exposed them to the + danger of being robbed by highwaymen or maltreated by some insubordinate + vassal, at times even running the risk of mutilation or assassination by + the way.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The Tel el-Amarna correspondence shows the messengers in + the time of Amenôthes III. and IV. as receiving tribute, as + bringing an army to the succour of a chief in difficulties, + as threatening with the anger of the Pharaoh the princes o£ + doubtful loyalty, as giving to a faithful vassal compliments + and honours from his suzerain, as charged with the + conveyance of a gift of slaves, or of escorting a princess + to the harem of the Pharaoh. + + ** A letter of Ribaddu, in the time of Amenôthes III., + represents a royal messenger as blockaded in By bios by the + rebels. +</pre> + <p> + They were obliged to brave the dangers of the forests of Lebanon and of + the Taurus, the solitudes of Mesopotamia, the marshes of Chaldoa, the + voyages to Pûanît and Asia Minor. Some took their way towards Assyria and + Babylon, while others embarked at Tyre or Sidon for the islands of the + Ægean Archipelago.* The endurance of all these officers, whether governors + or messengers, their courage, their tact, the ready wit they were obliged + to summon to help them out of the difficulties into which their calling + frequently brought them, all tended to enlist the public sympathy in their + favour.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * We hear from the tablets of several messengers to Babylon, + and the Mitanni, Rasi, Mani, Khamassi. The royal messenger + Thûtîi, who governed the countries of the north, speaks of + having satisfied the heart of the king in “the isles which + are in the midst of the sea.” This was not, as some think, a + case of hyperbole, for the messengers could embark on + Phoenician vessels; they had a less distance to cover in + order to reach the Ægean than the royal messenger of Queen + Hâtshopsîtû had before arriving at the country of the + Somalis and the “Ladders of Incense.” + + ** The hero of the <i>Anastasi Papyrus</i>, No. 1, with whom + Chabas made us acquainted in his <i>Voyage d’un Égyptien</i>, is + probably a type of the “messenger” or the time of Ramses + II.; in any case, his itinerary and adventures are natural + to a “royal messenger” compelled to traverse Syria alone. +</pre> + <p> + Many of them achieved a reputation, and were made the heroes of popular + romance. More than three centuries after it was still related how one of + them, by name Thûtîi, had reduced and humbled Jaffa, whose chief had + refused to come to terms. Thûtîi set about his task by feigning to throw + off his allegiance to Thûtmosis III., and withdrew from the Egyptian + service, having first stolen the great magic wand of his lord; he then + invited the rebellious chief into his camp, under pretence of showing him + this formidable talisman, and killed him after they had drunk together. + The cunning envoy then packed five hundred of his soldiers into jars, and + caused them to be carried on the backs of asses before the gates of the + town, where he made the herald of the murdered prince proclaim that the + Egyptians had been defeated, and that the pack train which accompanied him + contained the spoil, among which was Thûtîi himself. The officer in charge + of the city gate was deceived by this harangue, the asses were admitted + within the walls, where the soldiers quitted their jars, massacred the + garrison, and made themselves masters of the town. The tale is, in the + main, the story of Ali Baba and the forty thieves. + </p> + <p> + The frontier was continually shifting, and Thûtmosis III., like Thûtmosis + I., vainly endeavoured to give it a fixed character by erecting stelas + along the banks of the Euphrates, at those points where he contended it + had run formerly. While Kharu and Phoenicia were completely in the hands + of the conqueror, his suzerainty became more uncertain as it extended + northwards in the direction of the Taurus. Beyond Qodshû, it could only be + maintained by means of constant supervision, and in Naharaim its duration + was coextensive with the sojourn of the conqueror in the locality during + his campaign, for it vanished of itself as soon as he had set out on his + return to Africa. It will be thus seen that, on the continent of Asia, + Egypt possessed a nucleus of territories, so far securely under her rule + that they might be actually reckoned as provinces; beyond this immediate + domain there was a zone of waning influence, whose area varied with each + reign, and even under one king depended largely on the activity which he + personally displayed. + </p> + <p> + This was always the case when the rulers of Egypt attempted to carry their + supremacy beyond the isthmus; whether under the Ptolemies or the native + kings, the distance to which her influence extended was always practically + the same, and the teaching of history enables us to note its limits on the + map with relative accuracy.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The development of the Egyptian navy enabled the Ptolemies + to exercise authority over the coasts of Asia Minor and of + Thrace, but this extension of their power beyond the + indicated limits only hastened the exhaustion of their + empire. This instance, like that of Mehemet Ali, thus + confirms the position taken up in the text. +</pre> + <p> + The coast towns, which were in maritime communication with the ports of + the Delta, submitted to the Egyptian yoke more readily than those of the + interior. But this submission could not be reckoned on beyond Berytus, on + the banks of the Lykos, though occasionally it stretched a little further + north as far as Byblos and Arvad; even then it did not extend inland, and + the curve marking its limits traverses Coele-Syria from north-west to + south-east, terminating at Mount Hermon. Damascus, securely entrenched + behind Anti-Lebanon, almost always lay outside this limit. The rulers of + Egypt generally succeeded without much difficulty in keeping possession of + the countries lying to the south of this line; it demanded merely a slight + effort, and this could be furnished for several centuries without + encroaching seriously on the resources of the country, or endangering its + prosperity. When, however, some province ventured to break away from the + control of Egypt, the whole mechanism of the government was put into + operation to provide soldiers and the necessary means for an expedition. + Each stage of the advance beyond the frontier demanded a greater + expenditure of energy, which, with prolonged distances, would naturally + become exhausted. The expedition would scarcely have reached the Taurus or + the Euphrates, before the force of circumstances would bring about its + recall homewards, leaving but a slight bond of vassalage between the + recently subdued countries and the conqueror, which would speedily be cast + off or give place to relations dictated by interest or courtesy. Thûtmosis + III. had to submit to this sort of necessary law; a further extension of + territory had hardly been gained when his dominion began to shrink within + the frontiers that appeared to have been prescribed by nature for an + empire like that of Egypt. Kharû and Phoenicia proper paid him their + tithes with due regularity; the cities of the Amurru and of Zahi, of + Damascus, Qodshû, Hamath, and even of Tunipa, lying on the outskirts of + these two subject nations, formed an ill-defined borderland, kept in a + state of perpetual disturbance by the secret intrigues or open rebellions + of the native princes. The kings of Alasia, Naharaim, and Mitanni + preserved their independence in spite of repeated reverses, and they + treated with the conqueror on equal terms.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The difference of tone between the letters of these kings + and those of the other princes, as well as the consequences + arising from it, has been clearly defined by Delattre. +</pre> + <p> + The tone of their letters to the Pharaoh, the polite formulas with which + they addressed him, the special protocol which the Egyptian ministry had + drawn up for their reply, all differ widely from those which we see in the + despatches coming from commanders of garrisons or actual vassals. In the + former it is no longer a slave or a feudatory addressing his master and + awaiting his orders, but equals holding courteous communication with each + other, the brother of Alasia or of Mitanni with his brother of Egypt. They + inform him of their good health, and then, before entering on business, + they express their good wishes for himself, his wives, his sons, the lords + of his court, his brave soldiers, and for his horses. They were careful + never to forget that with a single word their correspondent could let + loose upon them a whirlwind of chariots and archers without number, but + the respect they felt for his formidable power never degenerated into a + fear which would humiliate them before him with their faces in the dust. + </p> + <p> + This interchange of diplomatic compliments was called for by a variety of + exigencies, such as incidents arising on the frontier, secret intrigues, + personal alliances, and questions of general politics. The kings of + Mesopotamia and of Northern Syria, even those of Assyria and Chaldæa, who + were preserved by distance from the dangers of a direct invasion, were in + constant fear of an unexpected war, and heartily desired the downfall of + Egypt; they endeavoured meanwhile to occupy the Pharaoh so fully at home + that he had no leisure to attack them. Even if they did not venture to + give open encouragement to the disposition in his subjects to revolt, they + at least experienced no scruple in hiring emissaries who secretly fanned + the flame of discontent. The Pharaoh, aroused to indignation by such + plotting, reminded them of their former oaths and treaties. The king in + question would thereupon deny everything, would speak of his tried + friendship, and recall the fact that he had refused to help a rebel + against his beloved brother.* These protestations of innocence were + usually accompanied by presents, and produced a twofold effect. They + soothed the anger of the offended party, and suggested not only a + courteous answer, but the sending of still more valuable gifts. Oriental + etiquette, even in those early times, demanded that the present of a less + rich or powerful friend should place the recipient under the obligation of + sending back a gift of still greater worth. Every one, therefore, whether + great or little, was obliged to regulate his liberality according to the + estimation in which he held himself, or to the opinion which others formed + of him, and a personage of such opulence as the King of Egypt was + constrained by the laws of common civility to display an almost boundless + generosity: was he not free to work the mines of the Divine Land or the + diggings of the Upper Nile; and as for gold, “was it not as the dust of + his country”?** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * See the letter of Amenôthes III. to Kallimmasin of + Babylon, where the King of Egypt complains of the inimical + designs which the Babylonian messengers had planned against + him, and of the intrigues they had connected on their return + to their own country; see also the letter from Burnaburiash + to Amenôthes IV., in which he defends himself from the + accusation of having plotted against the King of Egypt at + any time, and recalls the circumstance that his father + Kurigalzu had refused to encourage the rebellion of one of + the Syrian tribes, subjects of Amenôthes III. + + ** See the letter of Dushratta, King of Mitanni, to the + Pharaoh Amenôthes IV. +</pre> + <p> + He would have desired nothing better than to exhibit such liberality, had + not the repeated calls on his purse at last constrained him to parsimony; + he would have been ruined, and Egypt with him, had he given all that was + expected of him. Except in a few extraordinary cases, the gifts sent never + realised the expectations of the recipients; for instance, when twenty or + thirty pounds of precious metal were looked for, the amount despatched + would be merely two or three. The indignation of these disappointed + beggars and their recriminations were then most amusing: “From the time + when my father and thine entered into friendly relations, they loaded each + other with presents, and never waited to be asked to exchange amenities;* + and now my brother sends me two minas of gold as a gift! Send me abundance + of gold, as much as thy father sent, and even, for so it must be, more + than thy father.” ** Pretexts were never wanting to give reasonable weight + to such demands: one correspondent had begun to build a temple or a palace + in one of his capitals,*** another was reserving his fairest daughter for + the Pharaoh, and he gave him to understand that anything he might receive + would help to complete the bride’s trousseau.**** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Burnaburiash complains that the king’s messengers had only + brought him on one occasion two minas of gold, on another + occasion twenty minas; moreover, that the quality of the + metal was so bad that hardly five minas of pure gold could + be extracted from it. + + ** Literally, “and they would never make each other a fair + request.” The meaning I propose is doubtful, but it appears + to be required by the context. The letter from which this + passage was taken is from Burnaburiash, King of Babylon, to + Amenôthes IV. + + *** This is the pretext advanced by Burnaburiash in the + letter just cited. + + **** This seems to have been the motive in a somewhat + embarrassing letter which Dushratta, King of Mitanni, wrote + to the Pharaoh Amenôthes III. on the occasion of his fixing + the dowry of his daughter. +</pre> + <p> + The princesses thus sent from Babylon or Mitanni to the court of Thebes + enjoyed on their arrival a more honourable welcome, and were assigned a + more exalted rank than those who came from Kharû and Phoenicia. As a + matter of fact, they were not hostages given over to the conqueror to be + disposed of at will, but queens who were united in legal marriage to an + ally.* Once admitted to the Pharaoh’s court, they retained their full + rights as his wife, as well as their own fortune and mode of life. Some + would bring to their betrothed chests of jewels, utensils, and stuffs, the + enumeration of which would cover both sides of a large tablet; others + would arrive escorted by several hundred slaves or matrons as personal + attendants.** A few of them preserved their original name,*** many assumed + an Egyptian designation,**** and so far adapted themselves to the + costumes, manners, and language of their adopted country, that they + dropped all intercourse with their native land, and became regular + Egyptians. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The daughter of the King of the Khâti, wife of Ramses IL, + was treated, as we see from the monuments, with as much + honour as would have been accorded to Egyptian princesses of + pure blood. + + ** Gilukhipa, who was sent to Egypt to become the wife of + Amenôthes III., took with her a company of three hundred and + seventy women for her service. She was a daughter of + Sutarna, King of Mitanni, and is mentioned several times in + the Tel el-Amarna correspondence. + + *** For example, Gilukhipa, whose name is transcribed + Kilagîpa in Egyptian, and another princess of Mitanni, niece + of Gilukhipa, called Tadu-khîpa, daughter of Dushratta and + wife of Amenôthes IV. + + **** The prince of the Khâti’s daughter who married Ramses + II. is an example; we know her only by her Egyptian name + Mâîtnofîrûrî. The wife of Ramses III. added to the Egyptian + name of Isis her original name, Humazarati. +</pre> + <p> + When, after several years, an ambassador arrived with greetings from their + father or brother, he would be puzzled by the changed appearance of these + ladies, and would almost doubt their identity: indeed, those only who had + been about them in childhood were in such cases able to recognise them.* + These princesses all adopted the gods of their husbands,** though without + necessarily renouncing their own. From time to time their parents would + send them, with much pomp, a statue of one of their national divinities—Ishtar, + for example—which, accompanied by native priests, would remain for + some months at the court.*** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * This was the case with the daughter of Kallimmasin, King + of Babylon, married to Amenôthes III.; her father’s + ambassador did not recognise her. + + ** The daughter of the King of the Khâti, wife of Ramses + II., is represented in an attitude of worship before her + deified husband and two Egyptian gods. + + *** Dushratta of Mitanni, sending a statue of Ishtar to his + daughter, wife of Amenôthes III., reminds her that the same + statue had already made the voyage to Egypt in the time of + his father Sutarna. +</pre> + <p> + The children of these queens ranked next in order to those whose mothers + belonged to the solar race, but nothing prevented them marrying their + brothers or sisters of pure descent, and being eventually raised to the + throne. The members of their families who remained in Asia were naturally + proud of these bonds of close affinity with the Pharaoh, and they rarely + missed an opportunity of reminding him in their letters that they stood to + him in the relationship of brother-in-law, or one of his fathers-in-law; + their vanity stood them in good stead, since it afforded them another + claim on the favours which they were perpetually asking of him.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Dushratta of Mitanni never loses an opportunity of calling + Aoienôthes III., husband of his sister Gilukhîpa, and of one + of his daughters, “akhiya,” my brother, and “khatani-ya,” my + son-in-law. +</pre> + <p> + These foreign wives had often to interfere in some of the contentions + which were bound to arise between two States whose subjects were in + constant intercourse with one another. Invasions or provincial wars may + have affected or even temporarily suspended the passage to and from of + caravans between the countries of the Tigris and those of the Nile; but as + soon as peace was re-established, even though it were the insecure peace + of those distant ages, the desert traffic was again resumed and carried on + with renewed vigour. The Egyptian traders who penetrated into regions + beyond the Euphrates, carried with them, and almost unconsciously + disseminated along the whole extent of their route, the numberless + products of Egyptian industry, hitherto but little known outside their own + country, and rendered expensive owing to the difficulty of transmission or + the greed of the merchants. The Syrians now saw for the first time in + great quantities, objects which had been known to them hitherto merely + through the few rare specimens which made their way across the frontier: + arms, stuffs, metal implements, household utensils—in fine, all the + objects which ministered to daily needs or to luxury. These were now + offered to them at reasonable prices, either by the hawkers who + accompanied the army or by the soldiers themselves, always ready, as + soldiers are, to part with their possessions in order to procure a few + extra pleasures in the intervals of fighting. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0007" id="linkimage-0007"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/030.jpg" width="100%" + alt="030.jpg the LotanÛ and The Goldsmiths’work Constituting Their Tribute " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph by Insinger. The scene + here reproduced occurs in most of the Theban tombs of the + XVIIII. dynasty. +</pre> + <p> + On the other hand, whole convoys of spoil were despatched to Egypt after + every successful campaign, and their contents were distributed in varying + proportions among all classes of society, from the militiaman belonging to + some feudal contingent, who received, as a reward of his valour, some + half-dozen necklaces or bracelets, to the great lord of ancient family or + the Crown Prince, who carried off waggon-loads of booty in their train. + These distributions must have stimulated a passion for all Syrian goods, + and as the spoil was insufficient to satisfy the increasing demands of the + consumer, the waning commerce which had been carried on from early times + was once more revived and extended, till every route, whether by land or + water, between Thebes, Memphis, and the Asiatic cities, was thronged by + those engaged in its pursuit. It would take too long to enumerate the + various objects of merchandise brought in almost daily to the marts on the + Nile by Phoenician vessels or the owners of caravans. They comprised + slaves destined for the workshop or the harem,* Hittite bulls and + stallions, horses from Singar, oxen from Alasia, rare and curious animals + such as elephants from Nîi, and brown bears from the Lebanon,** smoked and + salted fish, live birds of many-coloured plumage, goldsmiths’work*** and + precious stones, of which lapis-lazuli was the chief. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Syrian slaves are mentioned along with Ethiopian in the + <i>Anastasi Papyrus</i>, No. 1, and there is mention in the Tel + el-Amarna correspondence of Hittite slaves whom Dushratta of + Mitanni brought to Amenôthes III., and of other presents of + the same kind made by the King of Alasia as a testimony of + his grateful homage. + + ** The elephant and the bear are represented on the tomb of + liakhmirî among the articles of tribute brought into Egypt. + + *** The <i>Annals of Thutmosis III</i>. make a record in each + campaign of the importation of gold and silver vases, + objects in lapis-lazuli and crystal, or of blocks of the + same materials; the Theban tombs of this period afford + examples of the vases and blocks brought by the Syrians. The + Tel el-Amarna letters also mention vessels of gold or blocks + of precious stone sent as presents or as objects of exchange + to the Pharaoh by the King of Babylon, by the King of + Mitanni, by the King of the Hittites, and by other princes. + The lapis-lazuli of Babylon, which probably came from + Persia, was that which was most prized by the Egyptians on + account of the golden sparks in it, which enhanced the blue + colour; this is, perhaps, the Uknu of the cuneiform + inscriptions, which has been read for a long time as + “crystal.” + </pre> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0008" id="linkimage-0008"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/032b.jpg" width="100%" + alt="032b.jpg Painted Tablets in the Hall of Harps " /> + </div> + <p> + Wood for building or for ornamental work—pine,cypress, yew, cedar, + and oak,* musical instruments,** helmets, leathern jerkins covered with + metal scales, weapons of bronze and iron,*** chariots,**** dyed and + embroidered stuffs,^ perfumes,^^ dried cakes, oil, wines of Kharû, + liqueurs from Alasia, Khâti, Singar, Naharaim, Amurru, and beer from + Qodi.^^^ + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Building and ornamental woods are often mentioned in the + inscriptions of Thûtmosis III. A scene at Karnak represents + Seti I. causing building-wood to be cut in the region of the + Lebanon. A letter of the King of Alasia speaks of + contributions of wood which several of his subjects had to + make to the King of Egypt. + + ** Some stringed instruments of music, and two or three + kinds of flutes and flageolets, are designated in Egyptian + by names borrowed from some Semitic tongue—a fact which + proves that they were imported; the wooden framework of the + harp, decorated with sculptured heads of Astartô, figures + among the objects coming from Syria in the temple of the + Theban Anion. + + *** Several names of arms borrowed from some Semitic dialect + have been noticed in the texts of this period. The objects + as well as the words must have been imported into Egypt, + e.g. the quiver, the sword and javelins used by the + charioteers. Cuirasses and leathern jerkins are mentioned in + the inscriptions of Thûtmosis III. + + **** Chariots plated with gold and silver figure frequently + among the spoils of Thûtmosis III.: the Anastasi Papyrus, + No. 1, contains a detailed description of Syrian chariots— + Markabûti—with a reference to the localities whore certain + parts of them were made;—the country of the Amurru, that of + Aûpa, the town of Pahira. The Tel el-Amarna correspondence + mentions very frequently chariots sent to the Pharaoh by the + King of Babylon, either as presents or to be sold in Egypt; + others sent by the King of Alasia and by the King of + Mitanni. + + ^ Some linen, cotton, or woollen stuffs are mentioned in the + <i>Anastasi Papyrus</i>, No. 4, and elsewhere as coming from + Syria. The Egyptian love of white linen always prevented + their estimating highly the coloured and brocaded stuffs of + Asia; and one sees nowhere, in the representations, any + examples of stuffs of such origin, except on furniture or in + ships equipped with something of the kind in the form of + sails. + + ^^ The perfumed oils of Syria are mentioned in a general way + in the <i>Anastasi Papyrus</i>, No. 1; the King of Alasia speaks + of essences which he is sending to Amenôthes III.; the King + of Mitanni refers to bottles of oil which he is forwarding + to Gilukhîpa and to Tii. + + ^^^ A list of cakes of Syrian origin is found in the + <i>Anastasi Papyrus</i>, No. 1; also a reference to balsamic oils + from Naharaim, and to various oils which had arrived in the + ports of the Delta, to the wines of Syria, to palm wine and + various liqueurs manufactured in Alasia, in Singar, among + the Khâti, Amorites, and the people of. Tikhisa; finally, to + the beer of Qodi. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0009" id="linkimage-0009"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/034.jpg" width="100%" + alt="034.jpg. The Bear and Elephant Brought As Tribute in The Tomb of Rakhmiri " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph of Prisse + d’Avennes’ sketch. +</pre> + <p> + On arriving at the frontier, whether by sea or by land, the majority of + these objects had to pay the custom dues which were rigorously collected + by the officers of the Pharaoh. This, no doubt, was a reprisal tariff, + since independent sovereigns, such as those of Mitanni, Assyria, and + Babylon, were accustomed to impose a similar duty on all the products of + Egypt. The latter, indeed, supplied more than she received, for many + articles which reached her in their raw condition were, by means of native + industry, worked up and exported as ornaments, vases, and highly decorated + weapons, which, in the course of international traffic, were dispersed to + all four corners of the earth. The merchants of Babylon and Assyria had + little to fear as long as they kept within the domains of their own + sovereign or in those of the Pharaoh; but no sooner did they venture + within the borders of those turbulent states which separated the two great + powers, than they were exposed to dangers at every turn. Safe-conducts + were of little use if they had not taken the additional precaution of + providing a strong escort and carefully guarding their caravan, for the + Shaûsû concealed in the depths of the Lebanon or the needy sheikhs of + Kharû could never resist the temptation to rob the passing traveller.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The scribe who in the reign of Ramses II. composed the + <i>Travels of an Egyptian</i>, speaks in several places of + marauding tribes and robbers, who infested the roads + followed by the hero. The Tel el-Amarna correspondence + contains a letter from the King of Alasia, who exculpates + himself from being implicated in the harsh treatment certain + Egyptians had received in passing through his territory; and + another letter in which the King of Babylon complains that + Chaldoan merchants had been robbed at Khinnatun, in Galilee, + by the Prince of Akku (Acre) and his accomplices: one of + them had his feet cut off, and the other was still a + prisoner in Akku, and Burnaburiash demands from Amenôthes + IV. the death of the guilty persons. +</pre> + <p> + The victims complained to their king, who felt no hesitation in passing on + their woes to the sovereign under whose rule the pillagers were supposed + to live. He demanded their punishment, but his request was not always + granted, owing to the difficulties of finding out and seizing the + offenders. An indemnity, however, could be obtained which would nearly + compensate the merchants for the loss sustained. In many cases justice had + but little to do with the negotiations, in which self-interest was the + chief motive; but repeated refusals would have discouraged traders, and by + lessening the facilities of transit, have diminished the revenue which the + state drew from its foreign commerce. + </p> + <p> + The question became a more delicate one when it concerned the rights of + subjects residing out of their native country. Foreigners, as a rule, were + well received in Egypt; the whole country was open to them; they could + marry, they could acquire houses and lands, they enjoyed permission to + follow their own religion unhindered, they were eligible for public + honours, and more than one of the officers of the crown whose tombs we see + at Thebes were themselves Syrians, or born of Syrian parents on the banks + of the Nile.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * In a letter from the King of Alasia, there is question of + a merchant who had died in Egypt. Among other monuments + proving the presence of Syrians about the Pharaoh, is the + stele of Ben-Azana, of the town of Zairabizana, surnamed + Ramses-Empirî: he was surrounded with Semites like himself. +</pre> + <p> + Hence, those who settled in Egypt without any intention of returning to + their own country enjoyed all the advantages possessed by the natives, + whereas those who took up a merely temporary abode there were more limited + in their privileges. They were granted the permission to hold property in + the country, and also the right to buy and sell there, but they were not + allowed to transmit their possessions at will, and if by chance they died + on Egyptian soil, their goods lapsed as a forfeit to the crown. The heirs + remaining in the native country of the dead man, who were ruined by this + confiscation, sometimes petitioned the king to interfere in their favour + with a view of obtaining restitution. If the Pharaoh consented to waive + his right of forfeiture, and made over the confiscated objects or their + equivalent to the relatives of the deceased, it was solely by an act of + mercy, and as an example to foreign governments to treat Egyptians with a + like clemency should they chance to proffer a similar request.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * All this seems to result from a letter in which the King + of Alasia demands from Amenôthes III. the restitution of the + goods of one of his subjects who had died in Egypt; the tone + of the letter is that of one asking a favour, and on the + supposition that the King of Egypt had a right to keep the + property of a foreigner dying on his territory. +</pre> + <p> + It is also not improbable that the sovereigns themselves had a personal + interest in more than one commercial undertaking, and that they were the + partners, or, at any rate, interested in the enterprises, of many of their + subjects, so that any loss sustained by one of the latter would eventually + fall upon themselves. They had, in fact, reserved to themselves the + privilege of carrying on several lucrative industries, and of disposing of + the products to foreign buyers, either to those who purchased them out and + out, or else through the medium of agents, to whom they intrusted certain + quantities of the goods for warehousing. The King of Babylon, taking + advantage of the fashion which prompted the Egyptians to acquire objects + of Chaldæan goldsmiths’ and cabinet-makers’ art, caused ingots of gold to + be sent to him by the Pharaoh, which he returned worked up into vases, + ornaments, household utensils, and plated chariots. He further fixed the + value of all such objects, and took a considerable commission for having + acted as intermediary in the transaction.* In Alasia, which was the land + of metals, the king appears to have held a monopoly of the bronze. Whether + he smelted it in the country, or received it from more distant regions + ready prepared, we cannot say, but he claimed and retained for himself the + payment for all that the Pharaoh deigned to order of him.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Letter of Burnaburiash to Amenôthes IV. + + ** Letter from the King of Alasia to Amenôthes III., where, + whilst pretending to have nothing else in view than making a + present to his royal brother, he proposes to make an + exchange of some bronze for the products of Egypt, + especially for gold. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0010" id="linkimage-0010"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figleft" style="width:30%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/040.jpg" + alt="040.jpg the Mummy of Thutmosis III. " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, +from a photograph +taken by Emil Brugsch- +Bey. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + From such instances we can well understand the jealous, watch which these + sovereigns exercised, lest any individual connected with corporations of + workmen should leave the kingdom and establish himself in another country + without special permission. Any emigrant who opened a workshop and + initiated his new compatriots in the technique or professional secrets of + his craft, was regarded by the authorities as the most dangerous of all + evil-doers. By thus introducing his trade into a rival state, he deprived + his own people of a good customer, and thus rendered himself liable to the + penalties inflicted on those who were guilty of treason. His savings were + confiscated, his house razed to the ground, and his whole family—parents, + wives, and children—treated as partakers in his crime. As for + himself, if justice succeeded in overtaking him, he was punished with + death, or at least with mutilation, such as the loss of eyes and ears, or + amputation of the feet. This severity did not prevent the frequent + occurrence of such cases, and it was found necessary to deal with them by + the insertion of a special extradition clause in treaties of peace and + other alliances. The two contracting parties decided against conceding the + right of habitation to skilled workmen who should take refuge with either + party on the territory of the other, and they agreed to seize such workmen + forthwith, and mutually restore them, but under the express condition that + neither they nor any of their belongings should incur any penalty for the + desertion of their country. It would be curious to know if all the + arrangements agreed to by the kings of those times were sanctioned, as in + the above instance, by properly drawn up agreements. Certain expressions + occur in their correspondence which seem to prove that this was the case, + and that the relations between them, of which we can catch traces, + resulted not merely from a state of things which, according to their + ideas, did not necessitate any diplomatic sanction, but from conventions + agreed to after some war, or entered on without any previous struggle, + when there was no question at issue between the two states.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The treaty of Ramses II. with the King of the Khâti, the + only one which has come down to us, was a renewal of other + treaties effected one after the other between the fathers + and grandfathers of the two contracting sovereigns. Some of + the Tel el-Amarna letters probably refer to treaties of this + kind; e.g. that of Burnaburiash of Babylon, who says that + since the time of Karaîndash there had been an exchange of + ambassadors and friendship between the sovereigns of Chaldoa + and of Egypt, and also that of Dushratta of Mitanni, who + reminds Queen Tîi of the secret negotiations which had taken + place between him and Amenôthes III. +</pre> + <p> + When once the Syrian conquest had been effected, Egypt gave permanency to + its results by means of a series of international decrees, which + officially established the constitution of her empire, and brought about + her concerted action with the Asiatic powers. + </p> + <p> + She already occupied an important position among them, when Thûtmosis III. + died, on the last day of Phamenoth, in the IVth year of his reign.* He was + buried, probably, at Deîr el-Baharî, in the family tomb wherein the most + illustrious members of his house had been laid to rest since the time of + Thûtmosis I. His mummy was not securely hidden away, for towards the close + of the XXth dynasty it was torn out of the coffin by robbers, who stripped + it and rifled it of the jewels with which it was covered, injuring it in + their haste to carry away the spoil. It was subsequently re-interred, and + has remained undisturbed until the present day; but before re-burial some + renovation of the wrappings was necessary, and as portions of the body had + become loose, the restorers, in order to give the mummy the necessary + firmness, compressed it between four oar-shaped slips of wood, painted + white, and placed, three inside the wrappings and one outside, under the + bands which confined the winding-sheet. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Dr. Mahler has, with great precision, fixed the date of + the accession of Thûtmosis III, as the 20th of March, 1503, + and that of his death as the 14th of February, 1449 b.c. I + do not think that the data furnished to Dr. Mahler by + Brugsch will admit of such exact conclusions being drawn + from them, and I should fix the fifty-four years of the + reign of Thûtmosis III. in a less decided manner, between + 1550 and 1490 b.c., allowing, as I have said before, for an + error of half a century more or less in the dates which go + back to the time of the second Theban empire. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0011" id="linkimage-0011"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figright" style="width:30%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/041.jpg" + alt="041.jpg Head of the Mummy Of ThÛtmosis III. " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Boudier, +from a photograph +lent by M. Grébaut, +taken by Emil +Brugsch-Bey. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + Happily the face, which had been plastered over with pitch at the time of + embalming, did not suffer at all from this rough treatment, and appeared + intact when the protecting mask was removed. Its appearance does not + answer to our ideal of the conqueror. His statues, though not representing + him as a type of manly beauty, yet give him refined, intelligent features, + but a comparison with the mummy shows that the artists have idealised + their model. The forehead is abnormally low, the eyes deeply sunk, the jaw + heavy, the lips thick, and the cheek-bones extremely prominent; the whole + recalling the physiognomy of Thûtmosis II., though with a greater show of + energy. Thûtmosis III. is a fellah of the old stock, squat, thickset, + vulgar in character and expression, but not lacking in firmness and + vigour.* Amenôthes II., who succeeded him, must have closely resembled + him, if we may trust his official portraits. He was the son of a princess + of the blood, Hâtshopsîtû II., daughter of the great Hâtshopsîtû,** and + consequently he came into his inheritance with stronger claims to it than + any other Pharaoh since the time of Amenôthes I. Possibly his father may + have associated him with himself on the throne as soon as the young prince + attained his majority;*** at any rate, his accession aroused no + appreciable opposition in the country, and if any difficulties were made, + they must have come from outside. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +* The restored remains allow us to +estimate the height at about 5 ft. 3 in. + +** His parentage is proved by the +pictures preserved in the tomb of +his foster-father, where he is +represented in company with the +<i>royal mother</i>, Marîtrî +Hâtshopsîtû. + +*** It is thus that Wiedemann +explains his presence by the +side of Thûtmosis III. on +certain bas-reliefs in the +temple of Amada. +</pre> + <p> + It is always a dangerous moment in the existence of a newly formed empire + when its founder having passed away, and the conquered people not having + yet become accustomed to a subject condition, they are called upon to + submit to a successor of whom they know little or nothing. It is always + problematical whether the new sovereign will display as great activity and + be as successful as the old one; whether he will be capable of turning to + good account the armies which his predecessor commanded with such skill, + and led so bravely against the enemy; whether, again, he will have + sufficient tact to estimate correctly the burden of taxation which each + province is capable of bearing, and to lighten it when there is a risk of + its becoming too heavy. If he does not show from the first that it is his + purpose to maintain his patrimony intact at all costs, or if his officers, + no longer controlled by a strong hand, betray any indecision in command, + his subjects will become unruly, and the change of monarch will soon + furnish a pretext for widespread rebellion. The beginning of the reign of + Amenôthes II. was marked by a revolt of the Libyans inhabiting the Theban + Oasis, but this rising was soon put down by that Amenemhabî who had so + distinguished himself under Thûtmosis.* Soon after, fresh troubles broke + out in different parts of Syria, in Galilee, in the country of the Amurru, + and among the peoples of Naharaim. The king’s prompt action, however, + prevented their resulting in a general war.** He marched in person against + the malcontents, reduced the town of Shamshiaduma, fell upon the Lamnaniu, + and attacked their chief, slaying him with his own hand, and carrying off + numbers of captives. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Brugsch and Wiedemann place this expedition at the time + when Amenôthes IL was either hereditary prince or associated + with his father the inscription of Amenemhabî places it + explicitly after the death of Thûtmosis III., and this + evidence outweighs every other consideration until further + discoveries are made. + + ** The campaigns of Amenôthes II. were related on a granite + stele, which was placed against the second of the southern + pylons at Karnak. The date of this monument is almost + certainly the year II.; there is strong evidence in favour + of this, if it is compared with the inscription of Amada, + where Amenôthes II. relates that in the year III. he + sacrificed the prisoners whom he had taken in the country of + Tikhisa. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0012" id="linkimage-0012"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/044.jpg" width="100%" + alt="044.jpg AmenÔthes Ii., from the Statue at Turin " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin. +</pre> + <p> + He crossed the Orontes on the 26th of Pachons, in the year II., and seeing + some mounted troops in the distance, rushed upon them and overthrew them; + they proved to be the advanced guard of the enemy’s force, which he + encountered shortly afterwards and routed, collecting in the pursuit + considerable booty. He finally reached Naharaim, where he experienced in + the main but a feeble resistance. Nîi surrendered without resistance on + the 10th of Epiphi, and its inhabitants, both men and women, with censers + in their hands, assembled on the walls and prostrated themselves before + the conqueror. At Akaîti, where the partisans of the Egyptian government + had suffered persecution from a considerable section of the natives, order + was at once reestablished as soon as the king’s approach was made known. + No doubt the rapidity of his marches and the vigour of his attacks, while + putting an end to the hostile attitude of the smaller vassal states, were + effectual in inducing the sovereigns of Alasia, of Mitanni,* and of the + Hittites to renew with Amenôthes the friendly relations which they had + established with his father.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Amenôthes II. mentions tribute from Mitanni on one of the + columns which he decorated at Karnak, in the Hall of the + Caryatides, close to the pillars finished by his + predecessors. + + ** The cartouches on the pedestal of the throne of Amenôthes + IL, in the tomb of one of his officers at Sheîkh-Abd-el- + Qûrneh, represent—together with the inhabitants of the + Oasis, Libya, and Kush—the Kefatiû, the people of Naharaim, + and the Upper Lotanû, that is to say, the entire dominion of + Thûtmosis III., besides the people of Manûs, probably + Mallos, in the Cilician plain. +</pre> + <p> + This one campaign, which lasted three or four months, secured a lasting + peace in the north, but in the south a disturbance again broke out among + the Barbarians of the Upper Nile. Amenôthes suppressed it, and, in order + to prevent a repetition of it, was guilty of an act of cruel severity + quite in accordance with the manners of the time. He had taken prisoner + seven chiefs in the country of Tikhisa, and had brought them, chained, in + triumph to Thebes, on the forecastle of his ship. He sacrificed six of + them himself before Amon, and exposed their heads and hands on the façade + of the temple of Karnak; the seventh was subjected to a similar fate at + Napata at the beginning of his third year, and thenceforth the sheîkhs of + Kush thought twice before defying the authority of the Pharaoh.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * In an inscription in the temple of Amada, it is there said + that the king offered this sacrifice on his return from his + first expedition into Asia, and for this reason I have + connected the facts thus related with those known to us + through the stele of Karnak. +</pre> + <p> + Amenôthes’reign was a short one, lasting ten years at most, and the end of + it seems to have been darkened by the open or secret rivalries which the + question of the succession usually stirred up among the kings’ sons. The + king had daughters only by his marriage with one of his full sisters, who + like himself possessed all the rights of sovereignty; those of his sons + who did not die young were the children of princesses of inferior rank or + of concubines, and it was a subject of anxiety among these princes which + of them would be chosen to inherit the crown and be united in marriage + with the king’s heiresses, Khûît and Mûtemûaû. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0013" id="linkimage-0013"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/046.jpg" width="100%" + alt="046.jpg the Great Sphinx and The Chapel of Thutmosis Iv. " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from the photograph taken in 1887 by + Émil Brugsch-Bey +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0014" id="linkimage-0014"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/047.jpg" width="100%" + alt="047.jpg the Simoom. Sphinx and Pyramids at Gizeh " /> + </div> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0016" id="linkimage-0016"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figleft" style="width:30%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/052.jpg" alt="052.jpg Queen MutemÛau. " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, +from a photograph by Daniel Héron. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + One of his sons, named Thûtmosis, who resided at the “White Wall,” was in + the habit of betaking himself frequently to the Libyan desert to practise + with the javelin, or to pursue the hunt of lions and gazelles in his + chariot. On these occasions it was his pleasure to preserve the strictest + incognito, and he was accompanied by two discreet servants only. One day, + when chance had brought him into the neighbourhood of the Great Pyramid, + he lay down for his accustomed siesta in the shade cast by the Sphinx, the + miraculous image of Khopri the most powerful, the god to whom all men in + Memphis and the neighbouring towns raised adoring hands filled with + offerings. The gigantic statue was at that time more than half buried, and + its head alone was seen above the sand. As soon as the prince was asleep + it spoke gently to him, as a father to his son: “Behold me, gaze on me, O + my son Thûtmosis, for I, thy father Harmakhis-Khopri-Tûmû, grant thee + sovereignty over the two countries, in both the South and the North, and + thou shalt wear both the white and the red crown on the throne of Sibû, + the sovereign, possessing the earth in its length and breadth; the + flashing eye of the lord of all shall cause to rain on thee the + possessions of Egypt, vast tribute from all foreign countries, and a long + life for, many years as one chosen by the Sun, for my countenance is + thine, my heart is thine, no other than thyself is mine! Nor am I covered + by the sand of the mountain on which I rest, and have given thee this + prize that thou mayest do for me what my heart desires, for I know that + thou art my son, my defender; draw nigh, I am with thee, I am thy + well-beloved father.” The prince understood that the god promised him the + kingdom on condition of his swearing to clear the sand from the statue. He + was, in fact, chosen to be the husband of the queens, and immediately + after his accession he fulfilled his oath; he removed the sand, built a + chapel between the paws, and erected against the breast of the statue a + stele of red granite, on which he related his adventure. His reign was as + short as that of Amenôthes, and his campaigns both in Asia and Ethiopia + were unimportant.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The latest date of his reign at present known is that of + the year VII., on the rocks of Konosso, and on a stele of + Sarbût el-Khâdîm. There is an allusion to his wars against + the Ethiopians in an inscription of Amada, and to his + campaigns against the peoples of the North and South on the + stele of Nofirhaît. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0015" id="linkimage-0015"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/050.jpg" width="100%" + alt="050.jpg the Stele of The Sphinx Of Gizer " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph by Émil Brugsch-Bey. +</pre> + <p> + He had succeeded to an empire so firmly established from Naharaim to + Kari,* that, apparently, no rebellion could disturb its peace. One of the + two heiress-princesses, Kûît, the daughter, sister, and wife of a king, + had no living male offspring, but her companion Mûtemûaû had at least one + son, named Amenôthes. In his case, again, the noble birth of the mother + atoned for the defects of the paternal origin. Moreover, according to + tradition, Amon-Ka himself had intervened to renew the blood of his + descendants: he appeared in the person of Thûtmosis IV., and under this + guise became the father of the heir of the Pharaohs.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The peoples of Naharaim and of Northern Syria are + represented bringing him tribute, in a tomb at Sheîkh-Abd- + el-Qûrneh. The inscription published by Mariette, speaks of + the first expedition of Thûtmosis IV. to the land of + [Naharai]na, and of the gifts which he lavished on this + occasion on the temple of Anion. + + ** It was at first thought that Mûtemûaû was an Ethiopian, + afterwards that she was a Syrian, who had changed her name + on arriving at the court of her husband. The manner in which + she is represented at Luxor, and in all the texts where she + figures, proves not only that she was of Egyptian race, but + that she was the daughter of Amenôthes II., and born of the + marriage of that prince with one of his sisters, who was + herself an hereditary princess. +</pre> + <p> + Like Queen Ahmasis in the bas-reliefs of Deîr el-Baharî, Mûtemûaû is shown + on those of Luxor in the arms of her divine lover, and subsequently + greeted by him with the title of mother; in another bas-relief we see the + queen led to her couch by the goddesses who preside over the birth of + children; her son Amenôthes, on coming into the world with his double, is + placed in the hands of the two Niles, to receive the nourishment and the + education meet for the children of the gods. He profited fully by them, + for he remained in power forty years, and his reign was one of the most + prosperous ever witnessed by Egypt during the Theban dynasties. + </p> + <p> + Amenôthes III. had spent but little of his time in war. He had undertaken + the usual raids in the South against the negroes and the tribes of the + Upper Nile. In his fifth year, a general defection of the sheikhs obliged + him to invade the province of Abhaît, near Semneh, which he devastated at + the head of the troops collected by Mari-ifi mosû, the Prince of Kûsh; the + punishment was salutary, the booty considerable, and a lengthy peace was + re-established. The object of his rare expeditions into Naharaim was not + so much to add new provinces to his empire, as to prevent disturbances in + the old ones. The kings of Alasia, of the Khâti, of Mitanni, of Singar,* + of Assyria, and of Babylon did not dare to provoke so powerful a + neighbour.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Amenôthes entitles himself on a scarabæus “he who takes + prisoner the country of Singar;” no other document has yet + been discovered to show whether this is hyperbole, or + whether he really reached this distant region. + + ** The lists of the time of Amenôthes III. contain the names + of Phoenicia, Naharaim, Singar, Qodshu, Tunipa, Patina, + Carchomish, and Assur; that is to say, of all the subject or + allied nations mentioned in the correspondence of Tel el- + Amarna. Certain episodes of these expeditions had been + engraved on the exterior face of the pylon constructed by + the king for the temple of Amon at Karnak; at the present + time they are concealed by the wall at the lower end of the + Hypostyle Hall. The tribute of the Lotanû was represented on + the tomb of Hûi, at Sheîkh-Abd-el-Qûrneh. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0017" id="linkimage-0017"> + <!-- IMG --></a> <a href="images/052b.jpg">ENLARGE TO FULL SIZE</a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img alt="047b Amenothes III. Colossal Head in the British Museum" + src="images/047b.jpg" width="100%" /> + </div> + <p> + <br /> <a name="linkimage-0018" id="linkimage-0018"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/052b-text.jpg" width="100%" alt="052b-text.jpg " /> + </div> + <p> + The remembrance of the victories of Thûtmosis III. was still fresh in + their memories, and, even had their hands been free, would have made them + cautious in dealing with his great-grandson; but they were incessantly + engaged in internecine quarrels, and had recourse to Pharaoh merely to + enlist his support, or at any rate make sure of his neutrality, and + prevent him from joining their adversaries. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0019" id="linkimage-0019"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/053.jpg" width="100%" + alt="053.jpg Amenothes Iii. From the Tomb of Khamhait " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph by Daniel Héron. +</pre> + <p> + Whatever might have been the nature of their private sentiments, they + professed to be anxious to maintain, for their mutual interests, the + relations with Egypt entered on half a century before, and as the surest + method of attaining their object was by a good marriage, they would each + seek an Egyptian wife for himself, or would offer Amenôthes a princess of + one of their own royal families. The Egyptian king was, however, firm in + refusing to bestow a princess of the solar blood even on the most powerful + of the foreign kings; his pride rebelled at the thought that she might one + day be consigned to a place among the inferior wives or concubines, but he + gladly accepted, and even sought for wives for himself, from among the + Syrian and Chaldæan princesses. Kallimmasin of Babylon gave Amenôthes + first his sister, and when age had deprived this princess of her beauty, + then his daughter Irtabi in marriage.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Letter from Amenôthes III. to Kallimmasin, concerning a + sister of the latter, who was married to the King of Egypt, + but of whom there are no further records remaining at + Babylon, and also one of his daughters whom Amenôthes had + demanded in marriage; and letters from Kallimmasin, + consenting to bestow his daughter Irtabi on the Pharaoh, and + proposing to give to Amenothes whichever one he might choose + of the daughters of his house. +</pre> + <p> + Sutarna of Mitanni had in the same way given the Pharaoh his daughter + Gilukhîpa; indeed, most of the kings of that period had one or two + relations in the harem at Thebes. This connexion usually proved a support + to Asiatic sovereigns, such alliances being a safeguard against the + rivalries of their brothers or cousins. At times, however, they were the + means of exposing them to serious dangers. When Sutarna died he was + succeeded by his son Dushratta, but a numerous party put forward another + prince, named Artassumara, who was probably Gilukhîpa’s brother, on the + mother’s side;* a Hittite king of the name of Pirkhi espoused the cause of + the pretender, and a civil war broke out. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Her exact relationship is not explicitly expressed, but is + implied in the facts, for there seems no reason why + Gilukhîpa should have taken the part of one brother rather + than another, unless Artassumara had been nearer to her than + Dushratta; that is to say, her brother on the mother’s side + as well as on the father’s. +</pre> + <p> + Dushratta was victorious, and caused his brother to be strangled, but was + not without anxiety as to the consequences which might follow this + execution should Gilukhîpa desire to avenge the victim, and to this end + stir up the anger of the suzerain against him. Dushratta, therefore, wrote + a humble epistle, showing that he had received provocation, and that he + had found it necessary to strike a decisive blow to save his own life; the + tablet was accompanied by various presents to the royal pair, comprising + horses, slaves, jewels, and perfumes. Gilukhîpa, however, bore Dushratta + no ill-will, and the latter’s anxieties were allayed. The so-called + expeditions of Amenôthes to the Syrian provinces must constantly have been + merely visits of inspection, during which amusements, and especially the + chase, occupied nearly as important a place as war and politics. Amenôthes + III. took to heart that pre-eminently royal duty of ridding the country of + wild beasts, and fulfilled it more conscientiously than any of his + predecessors. He had killed 112 lions during the first ten years of his + reign, and as it was an exploit of which he was remarkably proud, he + perpetuated the memory of it in a special inscription, which he caused to + be engraved on numbers of large scarabs of fine green enamel. Egypt + prospered under his peaceful government, and if the king made no great + efforts to extend her frontiers, he spared no pains to enrich the country + by developing industry and agriculture, and also endeavoured to perfect + the military organisation which had rendered the conquest of the East so + easy a matter. + </p> + <p> + A census, undertaken by his minister Amenôthes, the son of Hâpi, ensured a + more correct assessment of the taxes, and a regular scheme of recruiting + for the army. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0020" id="linkimage-0020"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figright" style="width:30%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/056.jpg" alt="056.jpg Scarab of the Hunt " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, +from the photograph +published in Mariette. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + Whole tribes of slaves were brought into the country by means of the + border raids which were always taking place, and their opportune arrival + helped to fill up the vacancies which repeated wars had caused among the + rural and urban population; such a strong impetus to agriculture was also + given by this importation, that when, towards the middle of the reign, the + minister Khâmhâîfc presented the tax-gathers at court, he was able to + boast that he had stored in the State granaries a larger quantity of corn + than had been gathered in for thirty years. The traffic carried on between + Asia and the Delta by means of both Egyptian and foreign ships was + controlled by customhouses erected at the mouths of the Nile, the coast + being protected by cruising vessels against the attacks of pirates. The + fortresses of the isthmus and of the Libyan border, having been restored + or rebuilt, constituted a check on the turbulence of the nomad tribes, + while garrisons posted at intervals at the entrance to the Wadys leading + to the desert restrained the plunderers scattered between the Nile and the + Red Sea, and between the chain of Oases and the unexplored regions of the + Sahara.* Egypt was at once the most powerful as well as the most + prosperous kingdom in the world, being able to command more labour and + more precious metals for the embellishment of her towns and the + construction of her monuments than any other. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +* All this information is gathered +from the inscription on the statue +of Amenôthes, the son of Hâpi. +</pre> + <p> + Public works had been carried on briskly under Thûtmosis III. and his + successors. The taste for building, thwarted at first by the necessity of + financial reforms, and then by that of defraying the heavy expenses + incurred through the expulsion of the Hyksôs and the earlier foreign wars, + had free scope as soon as spoil from the Syrian victories began to pour in + year by year. While the treasure seized from the enemy provided the money, + the majority of the prisoners were used as workmen, so that temples, + palaces, and citadels began to rise as if by magic from one end of the + valley to the other.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * For this use of prisoners of war, cf. the picture from the + tomb of Rakhmirî on p. 58 of the present work, in which most + of the earlier Egyptologists believed they recognised the + Hebrews, condemned by Pharaoh to build the cities of Ramses + and Pithom in the Delta. +</pre> + <p> + Nubia, divided into provinces, formed merely an extension of the ancient + feudal Egypt—at any rate as far as the neighbourhood of the Tacazzeh—though + the Egyptian religion had here assumed a peculiar character. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0021" id="linkimage-0021"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/058.jpg" width="100%" + alt="058.jpg a Gang of Syrian Prisoners Making Brick for The Temple of Amon " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from the chromolithograph in Lepsius. +</pre> + <p> + The conquest of Nubia having been almost entirely the work of the Theban + dynasties, the Theban triad, Amon, Maût, and Montû, and their immediate + followers were paramount in this region, while in the north, in witness of + the ancient Elephantinite colonisation, we find Khnûmû of the cataract + being worshipped, in connexion with Didûn, father of the indigenous + Nubians. The worship of Amon had been the means of introducing that of Eâ + and of Horus, and Osiris as lord of the dead, while Phtah, Sokhît, Atûmû, + and the Memphite and Heliopolitan gods were worshipped only in isolated + parts of the province. A being, however, of less exalted rank shared with + the lords of heaven the favour of the people. This was the Pharaoh, who as + the son of Amon was foreordained to receive divine honours, sometimes + figuring, as at Bohani, as the third member of a triad, at other times as + head of the Ennead. Ûsirtasen III. had had his chapels at Semneh and at + Kûmmeh, they were restored by Thûtmosis III., who claimed a share of the + worship offered in them, and whose son, Amenôthes II., also assumed the + symbols and functions of divinity. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0022" id="linkimage-0022"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/059.jpg" width="100%" + alt="059.jpg One of the Rams Of AmenÔthes III " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Mons. de Mertens. +</pre> + <p> + Amenôthes I. was venerated in the province of Kari, and Amenôthes III., + when founding the fortress Hâît-Khâmmâît* in the neighbourhood of a Nubian + village, on a spot now known as Soleb, built a temple there, of which he + himself was the protecting genius.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The name signifies literally “the Citadel of Khâmmâît,” + and it is formed, as Lepsius recognised from the first, from + the name of the Sparrow-hawk Khâmmâît, “Mait rising as + Goddess,” which Amenôthes had assumed on his accession. + + ** Lepsius recognised the nature of the divinity worshipped + in this temple; the deified statue of the king, “his living + statue on earth,” which represented the god of the temple, + is there named “Nibmâûrî, lord of Nubia.” Thûtmosis III. had + already worked at Soleb. +</pre> + <p> + The edifice was of considerable size, and the columns and walls remaining + reveal an art as perfect as that shown in the best monuments at Thebes. It + was approached by an avenue of ram-headed sphinxes, while colossal statues + of lions and hawks, the sacred animals of the district, adorned the + building. The sovereign condescended to preside in person at its + dedication on one of his journeys to the southern part of his empire, and + the mutilated pictures still visible on the façade show the order and + detail of the ceremony observed on this occasion. The king, with the crown + upon his head, stood before the centre gate, accompanied by the queen and + his minister Amenôthes, the son of Hâpi, who was better acquainted than + any other man of his time with the mysteries of the ritual.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * On Amenôthes, the son of Hâpi, see p. 56 of the present + volume; it will be seen in the following chapter, in + connection with the Egyptian accounts of the Exodus, what + tradition made of him. +</pre> + <p> + The king then struck the door twelve times with his mace of white stone, + and when the approach to the first hall was opened, he repeated the + operation at the threshold of the sanctuary previous to entering and + placing his statue there. He deposited it on the painted and gilded wooden + platform on which the gods were exhibited on feast-days, and enthroned + beside it the other images which were thenceforth to constitute the local + Ennead, after which he kindled the sacred fire before them. The queen, + with the priests and nobles, all bearing torches, then passed through the + halls, stopping from time to time to perform acts of purification, or to + recite formulas to dispel evil spirits and pernicious influences; finally, + a triumphal procession was formed, and the whole <i>cortege</i> returned + to the palace, where a banquet brought the day’s festivities to a close.* + It was Amenôthes III. himself, or rather one of his statues animated by + his double, who occupied the chief place in the new building. Indeed, + wherever we come across a temple in Nubia dedicated to a king, we find the + homage of the inhabitants always offered to the image of the founder, + which spoke to them in oracles. All the southern part of the country + beyond the second cataract is full of traces of Amenôthes, and the + evidence of the veneration shown to him would lead us to conclude that he + played an important part in the organisation of the country. Sedeinga + possessed a small temple under the patronage of his wife Tîi. The ruins of + a sanctuary which he dedicated to Anion, the Sun-god, have been discovered + at Gebel-Barkal; Amenôthes seems to have been the first to perceive the + advantages offered by the site, and to have endeavoured to transform the + barbarian village of Napata into a large Egyptian city. Some of the + monuments with which he adorned Soleb were transported, in later times, to + Gebel-Barkal, among them some rams and lions of rare beauty. They lie at + rest with their paws crossed, the head erect, and their expression + suggesting both power and repose.** As we descend the Nile, traces of the + work of this king are less frequent, and their place is taken by those of + his predecessors, as at Sai, at Semneh, at Wady Haifa, at Amada, at Ibrîm, + and at Dakkeh. Distant traces of Amenôthes again appear in the + neighbourhood of the first cataract, and in the island of Elephantine, + which he endeavoured to restore to its ancient splendour. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Thus the small temple of Sarrah, to the north of Wady + Haifa, is dedicated to “the living statue of Ramses II. in + the land of Nubia,” a statue to which his Majesty gave the + name of “Usirmârî Zosir-Shâfi.” + + ** One of the rams was removed from Gebel-Barkal by Lepsius, + and is now in the Berlin Museum, as well as the pedestal of + one of the hawks. Prisse has shown that these two monuments + originally adorned the temple of Soleb, and that they were + afterwards transported to Napata by an Ethiopian king, who + engraved his name on the pedestal of one of them. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0023" id="linkimage-0023"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/062.jpg" width="100%" + alt="062.jpg One of the Lions Of Gebel-barkal " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from one of the two lions of Gebel- + Barkal in the British Museum +</pre> + <p> + Two of the small buildings which he there dedicated to Khnûmû, the local + god, were still in existence at the beginning of the present century. That + least damaged, on the south side of the island, consisted of a single + chamber nearly forty feet in length. The sandstone walls, terminating in a + curved cornice, rested on a hollow substructure raised rather more than + six feet above the ground, and surrounded by a breast-high parapet. A + portico ran round the building, having seven square pillars on each of its + two sides, while at each end stood two columns having lotus-shaped + capitals; a flight of ten or twelve steps between two walls of the same + height as the basement, projected in front, and afforded access to the + cella. The two columns of the façade were further apart than those at the + opposite end of the building, and showed a glimpse of a richly decorated + door, while a second door opened under the peristyle at the further + extremity. The walls were covered with the half-brutish profile of the + good Khnûmû, and those of his two companions, Anûkît and Satît, the + spirits of stormy waters. The treatment of these figures was broad and + simple, the style free, light, and graceful, the colouring soft; and the + harmonious beauty of the whole is unsurpassed by anything at Thebes + itself. It was, in fact, a kind of oratory, built on a scale to suit the + capacities of a decaying town, but the design was so delicately conceived + in its miniature proportions that nothing more graceful can be imagined.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Amenôthes II. erected some small obelisks at Elephantine, + one of which is at present in England. The two buildings of + Amenôthes III. at Elephantine were still in existence at the + beginning of the present century. They have been described + and drawn by French scholars; between 1822 and 1825 they + were destroyed, and the materials used for building barracks + and magazines at Syene. +</pre> + <p> + Ancient Egypt and its feudal cities, Ombos, Edfû,* Nekhabît, Esneh,** + Medamôt,*** Coptos,**** Denderah, Abydos, Memphis,^ and Heliopolis, + profited largely by the generosity of the Pharaohs. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The works undertaken by Thûtmosis III. in the temple of + Edfû are mentioned in an inscription of the Ptolemaic + period; some portions are still to be seen among the ruins + of the town. + + ** An inscription of the Roman period attributes the + rebuilding of the great temple of Esneh to Thûtmosis III. + Grébaut discovered some fragments of it in the quay of the + modern town. + + *** Amenôthes II. appears to have built the existing temple. + + **** The temple of Hâthor was built by Thûtmosis III. Some + fragments found in the Ptolemaic masonry bear the cartouche + of Thûtmosis IV. + + ^ Amenôthes II. certainly carried on works at Memphis, for + he opened a new quarry at Tûrah, in the year IV. Amenôthes + III. also worked limestone quarries, and built at Saqqârah + the earliest chapels of the Serapeum which are at present + known to us. +</pre> + <p> + Since the close of the XIIth dynasty these cities had depended entirely on + their own resources, and their public buildings were either in ruins, or + quite inadequate to the needs of the population, but now gold from Syria + and Kûsh furnished them with the means of restoration. The Delta itself + shared in this architectural revival, but it had suffered too severely + under the struggle between the Theban kings and the Shepherds to recover + itself as quickly as the remainder of the country. All effort was + concentrated on those of its nomes which lay on the Eastern frontier, or + which were crossed by the Pharaohs in their journeys into Asia, such as + the Bubastite and Athribite nomes; the rest remained sunk in their ancient + torpor.* + </p> + <p> + * Mariette and E. de Rougé, attribute this torpor, at least as far as + Tanis is concerned, to the aversion felt by the Pharaohs of Egyptian blood + for the Hyksôs capital, and for the provinces where the invaders had + formerly established themselves in large numbers. + </p> + <p> + Beyond the Red Sea the mines were actively worked, and even the oases of + the Libyan desert took part in the national revival, and buildings rose in + their midst of a size proportionate to their slender revenues. Thebes + naturally came in for the largest share of the spoils of war. Although her + kings had become the rulers of the world, they had not, like the Pharaohs + of the XIIth and XIIIth dynasties, forsaken her for some more illustrious + city: here they had their ordinary residence as well as their seat of + government, hither they returned after each campaign to celebrate their + victory, and hither they sent the prisoners and the spoil which they had + reserved for their own royal use. In the course of one or two generations + Thebes had spread in every direction, and had enclosed within her circuit + the neighbouring villages of Ashîrû, the fief of Maiit, and Apît-rîsîfc, + the southern Thebes, which lay at the confluence of the Nile with one of + the largest of the canals which watered the plain. The monuments in these + two new quarters of the town were unworthy of the city of which they now + formed part, and Amenôthes III. consequently bestowed much pains on + improving them. He entirely rebuilt the sanctuary of Maût, enlarged the + sacred lake, and collected within one of the courts of the temple several + hundred statues in black granite of the Memphite divinity, the + lioness-headed Sokhît, whom he identified with his Theban goddess. The + statues were crowded together so closely that they were in actual contact + with each other in places, and must have presented something of the + appearance of a regiment drawn up in battle array. The succeeding Pharaohs + soon came to look upon this temple as a kind of storehouse, whence they + might provide themselves with ready-made figures to decorate their + buildings either at Thebes or in other royal cities. About a hundred of + them, however, still remain, most of them without feet, arms, or head; + some over-turned on the ground, others considerably out of the + perpendicular, from the earth having given way beneath them, and a small + number only still perfect and in situ. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0024" id="linkimage-0024"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/065.jpg" width="100%" + alt="065.jpg the Temple at Elephantine, As It Was in 1799 " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from the <i>Description de l’Egypte, + Ant</i>., vol. i p. 35. A good restoration of it, made from + the statements in the <i>Description</i>, is to be found in + Pekrot-Cuipiez, <i>Histoire de l’Art dans l’Antiquité</i>, vol. + i. pp. 402, 403. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0025" id="linkimage-0025"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/066.jpg" width="100%" + alt="066.jpg the Great Court of The Temple Of Luxor During The Inundation " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph by Beato. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0026" id="linkimage-0026"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/067.jpg" width="100%" + alt="067.jpg Part of the Avenue Of Rams, Between The Temples Of Amon and MaÛt " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Beato. +</pre> + <p> + At Luxor Amenôthes demolished the small temple with which the sovereigns + of the XIIth and XIIIth dynasties had been satisfied, and replaced it by a + structure which is still one of the finest yet remaining of the times of + the Pharaohs. The naos rose sheer above the waters of the Nile, indeed its + cornices projected over the river, and a staircase at the south side + allowed the priests and devotees to embark directly from the rear of the + building. The sanctuary was a single chamber, with an opening on its side, + but so completely shut out from the daylight by the long dark hall at + whose extremity it was placed as to be in perpetual obscurity. It was + flanked by narrow, dimly lightly chambers, and was approached through a + pronaos with four rows of columns, a vast court surrounded with porticoes + occupying the foreground. At the present time the thick walls which + enclosed the entire building are nearly level with the ground, half the + ceilings have crumbled away, air and light penetrate into every nook, and + during the inundation the water flowing into the courts, transformed them + until recently into lakes, whither the flocks and herds of the village + resorted in the heat of the day to bathe or quench their thirst. Pictures + of mysterious events never meant for the public gaze now display their + secrets in the light of the sun, and reveal to the eyes of the profane the + supernatural events which preceded the birth of the king. On the northern + side an avenue of sphinxes and crio-sphinxes led to the gates of old + Thebes. At present most of these creatures are buried under the ruins of + the modern town, or covered by the earth which overlies the ancient road; + but a few are still visible, broken and shapeless from barbarous usage, + and hardly retaining any traces of the inscriptions in which Amenôthes + claimed them boastingly as his work. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0027" id="linkimage-0027"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/069.jpg" width="100%" + alt="069.jpg the Pylons of ThÛtmosis Iii. And HarmhabÎ At Kaknak " /> + </div> + <p> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph by Beato. + </p> + <p> + Triumphal processions passing along this route from Luxor to Karnak would + at length reach the great court before the temple of Amon, or, by turning + a little to the right after passing the temple of Maût, would arrive in + front of the southern façade, near the two gilded obelisks whose splendour + once rejoiced the heart of the famous Hâtshopsîtû. Thûtmosis III. was also + determined on his part to spare no expense to make the temple of his god + of proportions suitable to the patron of so vast an empire. Not only did + he complete those portions which his predecessors had merely sketched out, + but on the south side towards Ashîrû he also built a long row of pylons, + now half ruined, on which he engraved, according to custom, the list of + nations and cities which he had subdued in Asia and Africa. To the east of + the temple he rebuilt some ancient structures, the largest of which served + as a halting-place for processions, and he enclosed the whole with a stone + rampart. The outline of the sacred lake, on which the mystic boats were + launched on the nights of festivals, was also made more symmetrical, and + its margin edged with masonry. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0028" id="linkimage-0028"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/070.jpg" width="100%" + alt="070.jpg Sacred Lake Akd the Southern Part of The Temple Of Karnak. " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boucher, from a photograph by Boato: the building + near the centre of the picture is the covered walk + constructed by Thûtmosis III. +</pre> + <p> + By these alterations the harmonious proportion between the main buildings + and the façade had been destroyed, and the exterior wall was now too wide + for the pylon at the entrance. Amenôthes III. remedied this defect by + erecting in front a fourth pylon, which was loftier, larger, and in all + respects more worthy to stand before the enlarged temple. Its walls were + partially covered with battle-scenes, which informed all beholders of the + glory of the conqueror.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Portions of the military bas-reliefs which covered the + exterior face of the pylon are still to be seen through the + gaps in the wall at the end of the great Hall of Pillars + built by Seti I. and Ramses II. +</pre> + <p> + Progress had been no less marked on the left bank of the river. As long as + Thebes had been merely a small provincial town, its cemeteries had covered + but a moderate area, including the sandy plain and low mounds opposite + Karnak and the valley of Deîr el-Baharî beyond; but now that the city had + more than doubled its extent, the space required for the dead was + proportionately greater. The tombs of private persons began to spread + towards the south, and soon reached the slopes of the Assassîf, the hill + of Sheikh-Abd-el-Qurnah and the district of Qûrnet-Mûrraî—in fact, + all that part which the people of the country called the “Brow” of Thebes. + On the borders of the cultivated land a row of chapels and mastabas with + pyramidal roofs sheltered the remains of the princes and princesses of the + royal family. The Pharaohs themselves were buried either separately under + their respective brick pyramids or in groups in a temple, as was the case + with the first three Thûtmosis and Hâtshopsîtû at Deîr el-Baharî. + Amenôthes II. and Thûtmosis IV. could doubtless have found room in this + crowded necropolis,* although the space was becoming limited, but the + pride of the Pharaohs began to rebel against this promiscuous burial side + by side with their subjects. Amenôthes III. sought for a site, therefore, + where he would have ample room to display his magnificence, far from the + vulgar crowd, and found what he desired at the farther end of the valley + which opens out behind the village of Qurnah. Here, an hour’s journey from + the bank of the Nile, he cut for himself a magnificent rock-tomb with + galleries, halls, and deep pits, the walls being decorated with + representations of the Voyage of the Sun through the regions which he + traverses during the twelve hours of his nocturnal course. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The generally received opinion is that these sovereigns of + the XVIIIth dynasty were buried in the Bibân el-Molûk, but I + have made several examinations of this valley, and cannot + think that this was the case. On the contrary, the scattered + notices in the fragments of papyrus preserved at Turin seem + to me to indicate that Amenôthes II. and Thûtmosis IV. must + have been buried in the neighbourhood of the Assassîf or of + Deîr el-Baharî. +</pre> + <p> + A sarcophagus of red granite received his mummy, and <i>Ushabti’s</i> of + extraordinary dimensions and admirable workmanship mounted guard around + him, so as to release him from the corvée in the fields of Ialû. The + chapel usually attached to such tombs is not to be found in the + neighbourhood. As the road to the funeral valley was a difficult one, and + as it would be unreasonable to condemn an entire priesthood to live in + solitude, the king decided to separate the component parts which had + hitherto been united in every tomb since the Memphite period, and to place + the vault for the mummy and the passages leading to it some distance away + in the mountains, while the necessary buildings for the cultus of the + statue and the accommodation of the priests were transferred to the plain, + and were built at the southern extremity of the lands which were at that + time held by private persons. The divine character of Amenôthes, ascribed + to him on account of his solar origin and the co-operation of Amon-Râ at + his birth, was, owing to this separation of the funerary constituents, + brought into further prominence. When once the body which he had animated + while on earth was removed and hidden from sight, the people soon became + accustomed to think only of his Double enthroned in the recesses of the + sanctuary: seeing him receive there the same honours as the gods + themselves, they came naturally to regard him as a deity himself. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0029" id="linkimage-0029"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/073.jpg" width="100%" + alt="073.jpg the Two Colossi of Memnon in The Plain Of Thebes " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Beato. The + “Vocal Statue of Memon” is that on the right-hand side of + the illustration. +</pre> + <p> + The arrangement of his temple differed in no way from those in which Amon, + Maût, and Montû were worshipped, while it surpassed in size and splendour + most of the sanctuaries dedicated to the patron gods of the chief towns of + the nomes. It contained, moreover, colossal statues, objects which are + never found associated with the heavenly gods. Several of these figures + have been broken to pieces, and only a few scattered fragments of them + remain, but two of them still maintain their positions on each side of the + entrance, with their faces towards the east. They are each formed of a + single block of red breccia from Syenê,* and are fifty-three feet high, + but the more northerly one was shattered in the earthquake which completed + the ruin of Thebes in the year 27 B.C. The upper part toppled over with + the shock, and was dashed to pieces on the floor of the court, while the + lower half remained in its place. Soon after the disaster it began to be + rumoured that sounds like those produced by the breaking of a harp-string + proceeded from the pedestal at sunrise, whereupon travellers flocked to + witness the miracle, and legend soon began to take possession of the giant + who spoke in this marvellous way. In vain did the Egyptians of the + neighbourhood declare that the statue represented the Pharaoh Amenôthes; + the Greeks refused to believe them, and forthwith recognised in the + colossus an image of Memnon the Ethiopian, son of Tithonus and Aurora, + slain by their own Achilles beneath the walls of Troy—maintaining + that the music heard every morning was the clear and harmonious voice of + the hero saluting his mother. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * It is often asserted that they are made of rose granite, + but Jollois and Devilliers describe them as being of “a + species of sandstone breccia, composed of a mass of agate + flint, conglomerated together by a remarkably hard cement. + This material, being very dense and of a heterogeneous + composition, presents to the sculptor perhaps greater + difficulties than even granite.” + </pre> + <p> + Towards the middle of the second century of our era, Hadrian undertook a + journey to Upper Egypt, and heard the wonderful song; sixty years later, + Septimus Severus restored the statue by the employment of courses of + stones, which were so arranged as to form a rough representation of a + human head and shoulders. His piety, however, was not rewarded as he + expected, for Memnon became silent, and his oracle fell into oblivion. The + temple no longer exists, and a few ridges alone mark the spot where it + rose; but the two colossi remain at their post, in the same condition in + which they were left by the Roman Cæsar: the features are quite + obliterated, and the legs and the supporting female figures on either side + are scored all over with Greek and Latin inscriptions expressing the + appreciation of ancient tourists. Although the statues tower high above + the fields of corn and <i>bersîm</i> which surround them, our first view + of them, owing to the scale of proportion observed in their construction, + so different from that to which we are accustomed, gives us the impression + that they are smaller than they really are, and it is only when we stand + close to one of them and notice the insignificant appearance of the crowd + of sightseers clustered on its pedestal that we realize the immensity of + the colossi. + </p> + <p> + The descendants of Ahmosis had by their energy won for Thebes not only the + supremacy over the peoples of Egypt and of the known world, but had also + secured for the Theban deities pre-eminence over all their rivals. The + booty collected both in Syria and Ethiopia went to enrich the god Amon as + much as it did the kings themselves; every victory brought him the tenth + part of the spoil gathered on the field of battle, of the tribute levied + on vassals, and of the prisoners taken as slaves. When Thûtmosis IIL, + after having reduced Megiddo, organised a systematic plundering of the + surrounding country, it was for the benefit of Amon-Eâ that he reaped the + fields and sent their harvest into Egypt; if during his journeys he + collected useful plants or rare animals, it was that he might dispose of + them in the groves or gardens of Amon as well as in his own, and he never + retained for his personal use the whole of what he won by arms, but always + reserved some portion for the sacred treasury. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0030" id="linkimage-0030"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/076.jpg" width="100%" + alt="076.jpg a Party of Tourists at the Foot Of The Vocal Statue of Memnok " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph by Insinger. +</pre> + <p> + His successors acted in a similar manner, and in the reigns of Amenôthes + II., Thût-mosis IV., and Amenôthes III., the patrimony of the Theban + priesthood continued to increase. The Pharaohs, perpetually called upon as + they were to recompense one or other of their servants, were never able to + retain for long their share of the spoils of war. Gold and silver, lands, + jewels, and slaves passed as quickly out of their hands as they had fallen + into them, and although then fortune was continually having additions made + to it in every fresh campaign, yet the increase was rarely in proportion + to the trouble expended. The god, on the contrary, received what he got + for all time, and gave back nothing in return: fresh accumulations of + precious metals were continually being added to his store, his meadows + were enriched by the addition of vineyards, and with his palm forests he + combined fish-ponds full of fish; he added farms and villages to those he + already possessed, and each reign saw the list of his possessions + increase. He had his own labourers, his own tradespeople, his own + fishermen, soldiers, and scribes, and, presiding over all these, a learned + hierarchy of divines, priests, and prophets, who administered everything. + This immense domain, which was a kind of State within the State, was ruled + over by a single high priest, chosen by the sovereign from among the + prophets. He was the irresponsible head of it, and his spiritual ambition + had increased step by step with the extension of his material resources. + As the human Pharaoh showed himself entitled to homage from the lords of + the earth, the priests came at length to the conclusion that Amon had a + right to the allegiance of the lords of heaven, and that he was the + Supreme Being, in respect of whom the others were of little or no account, + and as he was the only god who was everywhere victorious, he came at + length to be regarded by them as the only god in existence. It was + impossible that the kings could see this rapid development of sacerdotal + power without anxiety, and with all their devotion to the patron of their + city, solicitude for their own authority compelled them to seek elsewhere + for another divinity, whose influence might in some degree counterbalance + that of Amon. The only one who could vie with him at Thebes, either for + the antiquity of his worship or for the rank which he occupied in the + public esteem, was the Sun-lord of Heliopolis, head of the first Ennead. + Thûtmosis IV. owed his crown to him, and ‘displayed his gratitude in + clearing away the sand from the Sphinx, in which the spirit of Harmakhis + was considered to dwell; and Amenôthes III., although claiming to be the + son of Amon himself, inherited the disposition shown by Thûtmosis in + favour of the Heliopolitan religions, but instead of attaching himself to + the forms most venerated by theologians, he bestowed his affection on a + more popular deity—Atonû, the fiery disk. He may have been + influenced in his choice by private reasons. Like his predecessors, he had + taken, while still very young, wives from among his own family, but + neither these reasonable ties, nor his numerous diplomatic alliances with + foreign princesses, were enough for him. From the very beginning of his + reign he had loved a maiden who was not of the blood of the Pharaohs, Tîi, + the daughter of Iûîa and his wife Tûîa.* + </p> + <p> + * For the last thirty years Queen Tîi has been the subject of many + hypotheses and of much confusion. The scarabasi engraved under Amenôthes + III. say explicitly that she was the daughter of two personages, Iûîa and + Tûîa, but these names are not accompanied by any of the signs which are + characteristic of foreign names, and were considered Egyptian by + contemporaries. Hincks was the first who seems to have believed her to be + a Syrian; he compares her father’s name with that of Levi, and attributes + the religious revolution which followed to the influence of her foreign + education. This theory has continued to predominate; some prefer a Libyan + origin to the Asiatic one, and latterly there has been an attempt to + recognise in Tîi one of the princesses of Mitanni mentioned in the + correspondence of Tel el-Amarna. As long ago as 1877, I showed that Tîi + was an Egyptian of middle rank, probably of Heliopolitan origin. + </p> + <p> + Connexions of this kind had been frequently formed by his ancestors, but + the Egyptian women of inferior rank whom they had brought into their + harems had always remained in the background, and if the sons of these + concubines were ever fortunate enough to come to the throne, it was in + default of heirs of pure blood. Amenôthes III. married Tîi, gave her for + her dowry the town of Zâlû in Lower Egypt, and raised her to the position + of queen, in spite of her low extraction. She busied herself in the + affairs of State, took precedence of the princesses of the solar family, + and appeared at her husband’s side in public ceremonies, and was so + figured on the monuments. If, as there is reason to believe, she was born + near Heliopolis, it is easy to understand how her influence may have led + Amenôthes to pay special honour to a Heliopolitan divinity. He had built, + at an early period of his reign, a sanctuary to Atonû at Memphis, and in + the Xth year he constructed for him a chapel at Thebes itself,* to the + south of the last pylon of ïhûtmosis III., and endowed this deity with + property at the expense of Anion. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * This temple seems to have been raised on the site of the + building which is usually attributed to Amenôthes II. and + Amenôthes III. The blocks bearing the name of Amenôthes II. + had been used previously, like most of those which bear the + cartouches of Amenôthes III. The temple of Atonû, which was + demolished by Harmhabî or one of the Ramses, was + subsequently rebuilt with the remains of earlier edifices, + and dedicated to Amon. +</pre> + <p> + He had several sons;* but the one who succeeded him, and who, like him, + was named Amenôthes, was the most paradoxical of all the Egyptian + sovereigns of ancient times.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * One of them, Thûtmosis, was high priest of Phtah, and we + possess several monuments erected by him in the temple of + Memphis; another, Tûtonkhamon, subsequently became king. He + also had several daughters by Tîi—Sîtamon. + + ** The absence of any cartouches of Amenôthes IV. or his + successors in the table of Abydos prevented Champollion and + Rosellini from classifying these sovereigns with any + precision. Nestor L’hôte tried to recognise in the first of + them, whom he called <i>Bakhen-Balchnan</i>, a king belonging to + the very ancient dynasties, perhaps the Hyksôs Apakhnan, but + Lepsius and Hincks showed that he must be placed between + Amenôthes III. and Harmhabî, that he was first called + Amenôthes like his father, but that he afterwards took the + name of Baknaten, which is now read Khûnaten or Khûniaton. + His singular aspect made it difficult to decide at first + whether a man or a woman was represented. Mariette, while + pronouncing him to be a man, thought that he had perhaps + been taken prisoner in the Sudan and mutilated, which would + have explained his effeminate appearance, almost like that + of an eunuch. Recent attempts have been made to prove that + Amenôthes IV. and Khûniaton were two distinct persons, or + that Khûniaton was a queen; but they have hitherto been + rejected by Egyptologists. +</pre> + <p> + He made up for the inferiority of his birth on account of the plebeian + origin of his mother Tîî,* by his marriage with Nofrîtîti, a princess of + the pure solar race.** Tîi, long accustomed to the management of affairs, + exerted her influence over him even more than she had done over her + husband. Without officially assuming the rank, she certainly for several + years possessed the power, of regent, and gave a definite Oriental impress + to her son’s religious policy. No outward changes were made at first; + Amenôthes, although showing his preference for Heliopolis by inscribing in + his protocol the title of prophet of Harmakhis, which he may, however, + have borne before his accession, maintained his residence at Thebes, as + his father had done before him, continued to sacrifice to the Theban + divinities, and to follow the ancient paths and the conventional + practices.*** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The filiation of Amenôthes IV. and Tîi has given rise to + more than one controversy. The Egyptian texts do not define + it explicitly, and the title borne by Tîi has been + considered by some to prove that Amenôthes IV. was her son, + and by others that she was the mother of Queen Nofrîtîti. + The Tel el-Amarna correspondence solves the question, + however, as it gives a letter from Dushratta to Khûniaton, + in which Tîi is called “thy mother.” + + ** Nofrîtîti, the wife of Amenôthes IV., like all the + princesses of that time, has been supposed to be of Syrian + origin, and to have changed her name on her arrival in + Egypt. The place which she holds beside her husband is the + same as that which belongs to legitimate queens, like + Nofritari, Ahmosis, and Hâtshopsîtû, and the example of + these princesses is enough to show us what was her real + position; she was most probably a daughter of one of the + princesses of the solar blood, perhaps of one of the sisters + of Amenôthes III., and Amenôthes IV. married her so as to + obtain through her the rights which were wanting to him + through his mother Tîi. + + *** The tomb of Ramses, governor of Thebes and priest of + Mâît, shows us in one part of it the king, still faithful to + his name of Amenôthes, paying homage to the god Amon, lord + of Karnak, while everywhere else the worship of Atonû + predominates. The cartouches on the tomb of Pari, read by + Bouriant Akhopîrûrî, and by Scheil more correctly + Nofirkhopîrûrî, seem to me to represent a transitional form + of the protocol of Amenôthes IV., and not the name of a new + Pharaoh; the inscription in which they are to be found bears + the date of his third year. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0031" id="linkimage-0031"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figleft" style="width:30%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/079.jpg" alt="079.jpg Marriage ScarabÆus " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, +from a photograph of the +scarabaeus preserved at +Gîzeh. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + He either built a temple to the Theban god, or enlarged the one which his + father had constructed at Karnak, and even opened new quarries at Syene + and Silsileh for providing granite and sandstone for the adornment of this + monument. His devotion to the invincible Disk, however, soon began to + assert itself, and rendered more and more irksome to him the religious + observances which he had constrained himself to follow. There was nothing + and no one to hinder him from giving free course to his inclinations, and + the nobles and priests were too well trained in obedience to venture to + censure anything he might do, even were it to result in putting the whole + population into motion, from Elephantine to the sea-coast, to prepare for + the intruded deity a dwelling which should eclipse in magnificence the + splendour of the great temple. A few of those around him had become + converted of their own accord to his favourite worship, but these formed a + very small minority. Thebes had belonged to Amon so long that the king + could never hope to bring it to regard Atonû as anything but a being of + inferior rank. Each city belonged to some god, to whom was attributed its + origin, its development, and its prosperity, and whom it could not forsake + without renouncing its very existence. If Thebes became separated from + Amon it would be Thebes no longer, and of this Amenôthes was so well aware + that he never attempted to induce it to renounce its patron. His residence + among surroundings which he detested at length became so intolerable, that + he resolved to leave the place and create a new capital elsewhere. The + choice of a new abode would have presented no difficulty to him had he + been able to make up his mind to relegate Atonû to the second rank of + divinities; Memphis, Heracleopolis, Siût, Khmûnû, and, in fact, all the + towns of the valley would have deemed themselves fortunate in securing the + inheritance of their rival, but not one of them would be false to its + convictions or accept the degradation of its own divine founder, whether + Phtah, Harshafîtû, Anubis, or Thot. A newly promoted god demanded a new + city; Amenôthes, therefore, made selection of a broad plain extending on + the right bank of the Nile, in the eastern part of the Hermopolitan nome, + to which he removed with all his court about the fourth or fifth year of + his reign.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The last date with the name of Amenôthes is that of the + year V., on a papyrus from the Payilm; elsewhere we find + from the year VI. the name of Khûniaton, by the side of + monuments with the cartouche of Amenôthes; we may conclude + from this that the foundation of the town dates from the + year IV. or V. at the latest, when the prince, having + renounced the worship of Amon, left Thebes that he might be + able to celebrate freely that of Atonû. +</pre> + <p> + He found here several obscure villages without any historical or religious + traditions, and but thinly populated; Amenôthes chose one of them, the + Et-Tel of the present day, and built there a palace for himself and a + temple for his god. The temple, like that of Eâ at Heliopolis, was named + <i>Haît-Banbonû</i>, the Mansion of the Obelisk. It covered an immense + area, of which the sanctuary, however, occupied an inconsiderable part; it + was flanked by brick storehouses, and the whole was surrounded by a thick + wall. The remains show that the temple was built of white limestone, of + fine quality, but that it was almost devoid of ornament, for there was no + time to cover it with the usual decorations.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The opinion of Brugsch, that the arrangement of the + various parts differed from that of other temples, and was + the effect of foreign influence, has not been borne out by + the excavations of Prof. Pétrie, the little which he has + brought to light being entirely of Egyptian character. The + temple is represented on the tomb of the high priest Mariri. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0032" id="linkimage-0032"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/084.jpg" width="100%" alt="084.jpg Map " /> + </div> + <p> + The palace was built of brick; it was approached by a colossal gateway, + and contained vast halls, interspersed with small apartments for the + accommodation of the household, and storehouses for the necessary + provisions, besides gardens which had been hastily planted with rare + shrubs and sycamores. Fragments of furniture and of the roughest of the + utensils contained in the different chambers are still unearthed from + among the heaps of rubbish, and the cellars especially are full of + potsherds and cracked jars, on which we can still see written an + indication of the reign and the year when the wine they once contained was + made. Altars of massive masonry rose in the midst of the courts, on which + the king or one of his ministers heaped offerings and burnt incense + morning, noon, and evening, in honour of the three decisive moments in the + life of Atonû.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Naville discovered at Deîr el-Baharî a similar altar, + nearly intact. No other example was before known in any of + the ruined towns or temples, and no one had any idea of the + dimensions to which these altars, attained. +</pre> + <p> + A few painted and gilded columns supported the roofs of the principal + apartments in which the Pharaoh held his audiences, but elsewhere the + walls and pillars were coated with cream-coloured stucco or whitewash, on + which scenes of private life were depicted in colours. The pavement, like + the walls, was also decorated. In one of the halls which seems to have + belonged to the harem, there is still to be seen distinctly the picture of + a rectangular piece of water containing fish and lotus-flowers in full + bloom; the edge is adorned with water-plants and flowering shrubs, among + which birds fly and calves graze and gambol; on the right and left were + depicted rows of stands laden with fruit, while at each end of the room + were seen the grinning faces of a gang of negro and Syrian prisoners, + separated from each other by gigantic arches. The tone of colouring is + bright and cheerful, and the animals are treated with great freedom and + facility. The Pharaoh, had collected about him several of the best artists + then to be found at Thebes, placing them under the direction of Baûki, the + chief of the corporation of sculptors,* and probably others subsequently + joined these from provincial studios. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Baûki belonged to a family of artists, and his father Mani + had filled before him the post of chief of the sculptors. + The part played by these personages was first defined by + Brugsch, with perhaps some exaggeration of their artistic + merit and originality of talent. +</pre> + <p> + Work for them was not lacking, for houses had to be built for all the + courtiers and government officials who had been obliged to follow the + king, and in a few years a large town had sprung up, which was called + Khûîtatonû, or the “Horizon of the Disk.” It was built on a regular plan, + with straight streets and open spaces, and divided into two separate + quarters, interspersed with orchards and shady trellises. Workmen soon + began to flock to the new city—metal-founders, glass-founders, + weavers; in fine, all who followed any trade indispensable to the luxury + of a capital. The king appropriated a territory for it from the ancient + nome of the Hare, thus compelling the god Thot to contribute to the + fortune of Atonû; he fixed its limits by means of stelæ placed in the + mountains, from Gebel-Tûnah to Deshlûît on the west, and from Sheikh-Said + to El-Hauata on the eastern bank;* it was a new nome improvised for the + divine <i>parvenu</i>. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * We know at present of fourteen of these stelæ. A certain + number must still remain to be discovered on both banks of + the Nile. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0033" id="linkimage-0033"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/087.jpg" + alt="087.jpg the Decorated Pavement of The Palace" width="100%" /> + </div> + <p> + Atonû was one of the forms of the Sun, and perhaps the most material one + of all those devised by the Egyptians. He was defined as “the good god who + rejoices in truth, the lord of the solar course, the lord of the disk, the + lord of heaven, the lord of earth, the living disk which lights up the two + worlds, the living Harmakhis who rises on the horizon bearing his name of + Shû, which is disk, the eternal infuser of life.” His priests exercised + the same functions as those of Heliopolis, and his high priest was called + “Oîrimaû,” like the high priest of Râ in Aunû. This functionary was a + certain Marirl, upon whom the king showered his favours, and he was for + some time the chief authority in the State after the Pharaoh himself. + Atonû was represented sometimes by the ordinary figure of Horus,* + sometimes by the solar disk, but a disk whose rays were prolonged towards + the earth, like so many arms ready to lay hold with their little hands of + the offerings of the faithful, or to distribute to mortals the <i>crux + ansata</i>, the symbol of life. The other gods, except Amon, were sharers + with humanity in his benefits. Atonû proscribed him, and tolerated him + only at Thebes; he required, moreover, that the name of Amon should be + effaced wherever it occurred, but he respected Râ and Horus and Harmakhis—all, + in fact, but Amon: he was content with being regarded as their king, and + he strove rather to become their chief than their destroyer.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * It was probably this form of Horus which had, in the + temple at Thebes, the statue called “the red image of Atonû + in Paatoml.” + + ** Prisse d’Avennes has found at Karnak, on fragments of the + temple, the names of other divinities than Atonû worshipped + by Khûniatonû. +</pre> + <p> + His nature, moreover, had nothing in it of the mysterious or ambiguous; he + was the glorious torch which gave light to humanity, and which was seen + every day to flame in the heavens without ever losing its brilliance or + becoming weaker. When he hides himself “the world rests in darkness, like + those dead who lie in their rock-tombs, with their heads swathed, their + nostrils stuffed up, their eyes sightless, and whose whole property might + be stolen from them, even that which they have under their head, without + their knowing it; the lion issues from his lair, the serpent roams ready + to bite, it is as obscure as in a dark room, the earth is silent whilst he + who creates everything dwells in his horizon.” He has hardly arisen when + “Egypt becomes festal, one awakens, one rises on one’s feet; when thou + hast caused men to clothe themselves, they adore thee with outstretched + hands, and the whole earth attends to its work, the animals betake + themselves to their herbage, trees and green crops abound, birds fly to + their marshy thickets with wings outstretched in adoration of thy double, + the cattle skip, all the birds which were in their nests shake themselves + when thou risest for them; the boats come and go, for every way is open at + thy appearance, the fish of the river leap before thee as soon as thy rays + descend upon the ocean.” It is not without reason that all living things + thus rejoice at his advent; all of them owe their existence to him, for + “he creates the female germ, he gives virility to men, and furnishes life + to the infant in its mother’s womb; he calms and stills its weeping, he + nourishes it in the maternal womb, giving forth the breathings which + animate all that he creates, and when the infant escapes from the womb on + the day of its birth, thou openest his mouth for speech, and thou + satisfiest his necessities. When the chick is in the egg, a cackle in a + stone, thou givest to it air while within to keep it alive; when thou hast + caused it to be developed in the egg to the point of being able to break + it, it goes forth proclaiming its existence by its cackling, and walks on + its feet from the moment of its leaving the egg.” Atonû presides over the + universe and arranges within it the lot of human beings, both Egyptians + and foreigners. The celestial Nile springs up in Hades far away in the + north; he makes its current run down to earth, and spreads its waters over + the fields during the inundation in order to nourish his creatures. He + rules the seasons, winter and summer; he constructed the far-off sky in + order to display himself therein, and to look down upon his works below. + From the moment that he reveals himself there, “cities, towns, tribes, + routes, rivers—all eyes are lifted to him, for he is the disk of the + day upon the earth.” * The sanctuary in which he is invoked contains only + his divine shadow;** for he himself never leaves the firmament. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * These extracts are taken from the hymns of Tel el-Amarna. + + ** In one of the tombs at Tel el-Amarna the king is depicted + leading his mother Tîi to the temple of Atonû in order to + see “the Shadow of Râ,” and it was thought with some reason + that “the Shadow of Râ” was one of the names of the temple. + I think that this designation applied also to the statue or + symbol of the god; the <i>shadow</i> of a god was attached to the + statue in the same manner as the “double,” and transformed + it into an animated body. +</pre> + <p> + His worship assumes none of the severe and gloomy forms of the Theban + cults: songs resound therein, and hymns accompanied by the harp or flute; + bread, cakes, vegetables, fruits, and flowers are associated with his + rites, and only on very rare occasions one of those bloody sacrifices in + which the other gods delight. The king made himself supreme pontiff of + Atonu, and took precedence of the high priest. He himself celebrated the + rites at the altar of the god, and we see him there standing erect, his + hands outstretched, offering incense and invoking blessings from on high.* + Like the Caliph Hakim of a later age, he formed a school to propagate his + new doctrines, and preached them before his courtiers: if they wished to + please him, they had to accept his teaching, and show that they had + profited by it. The renunciation of the traditional religious observances + of the solar house involved also the rejection of such personal names as + implied an ardent devotion to the banished god; in place of Amenôthes, “he + to whom Amon is united,” the king assumed after a time the name of + Khûniatonû, “the Glory of the Disk,” and all the members of his family, as + well as his adherents at court, whose appellations involved the name of + the same god, soon followed his example. The proscription of Amon extended + to inscriptions, so that while his name or figure, wherever either could + be got at, was chiselled out, the vulture, the emblem of Mût, which + expressed the idea of mother, was also avoided.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The altar on which the king stands upright is one of those + cubes of masonry of which Naville discovered such a fine + example in the temple of Hâtshopsîtû at Deîr el-Baharî. + + ** We find, however, some instances where the draughtsman, + either from custom or design, had used the vulture to + express the word mailt, “the mother,” without troubling + himself to think whether it answered to the name of the + goddess. +</pre> + <p> + The king would have nothing about him to suggest to eye or ear the + remembrance of the gods or doctrines of Thebes. It would consequently have + been fatal to them and their pretensions to the primacy of Egypt if the + reign of the young king had continued as long as might naturally have been + expected. After having been for nearly two centuries almost the national + head of Africa, Amon was degraded by a single blow to the secondary rank + and languishing existence in which he had lived before the expulsion of + the Hyksôs. He had surrendered his sceptre as king of heaven and earth, + not to any of his rivals who in old times had enjoyed the highest rank, + but to an individual of a lower order, a sort of demigod, while he himself + had thus become merely a local deity, confined to the corner of the Said + in which he had had his origin. There was not even left to him the + peaceful possession of this restricted domain, for he was obliged to act + as host to the enemy who had deposed him: the temple of Atonû was erected + at the door of his own sanctuary, and without leaving their courts the + priests of Amon could hear at the hours of worship the chants intoned by + hundreds of heretics in the temple of the Disk. Amon’s priests saw, + moreover, the royal gifts flowing into other treasuries, and the gold of + Syria and Ethiopia no longer came into their hands. Should they stifle + their complaints, and bow to this insulting oppression, or should they + raise a protest against the action which had condemned them to obscurity + and a restricted existence? If they had given indications of resistance, + they would have been obliged to submit to prompt repression, but we see no + sign of this. The bulk of the people—clerical as well as lay—accepted + the deposition with complacency, and the nobles hastened to offer their + adherence to that which afterwards became the official confession of faith + of the Lord King.* The lord of Thebes itself, a certain Ramses, bowed his + head to the new cult, and the bas-reliefs of his tomb display to our eyes + the proofs of his apostasy: on the right-hand side Amon is the only + subject of his devotion, while on the left he declares himself an adherent + of Atonû. Religious formularies, divine appellations, the representations + of the costume, expression, and demeanour of the figures are at issue with + each other in the scenes on the two sides of the door, and if we were to + trust to appearances only, one would think that the two pictures belonged + to two separate reigns, and were concerned with two individuals strangers + to each other.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The political character of this reaction against the + growing power of the high priests and the town of Amon was + pointed out for the first time by Masporo in 1878. Ed. Meyer + and Tiele blond with the political idea a monotheistic + conception which does not seem to me to be fully justified, + at least at present, by anything in the materials we + possess. + + ** His tomb was discovered in 1878 by Villiers-Stuart. +</pre> + <p> + The rupture between the past and the present was so complete, in fact, + that the sovereign was obliged to change, if not his face and expression, + at least the mode in which they were represented. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0034" id="linkimage-0034"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/095.jpg" width="100%" + alt="095.jpg the Mask of KihÛniatonÛ " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Petrie. Petrie + thinks that the monument discovered by him, which is of fine + plaster, is a cast of the dead king, executed possibly to + enable the sculptors to make <i>Ushabtu</i>, “Respondents,” for + him. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0035" id="linkimage-0035"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figright" style="width:30%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/096.jpg" + alt="096.jpg AmenÔthes Iv., from the Statuette in The Louvre. " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, +from a drawing by Petrie. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + The name and personality of an Egyptian were so closely allied that + interference with one implied interference with the other. Khûniatonû + could not continue to be such as he was when Amenôthes, and, in fact, + their respective portraits differ from each other to that degree that + there is some doubt at moments as to their identity. Amenôthes is hardly + to be distinguished from his father: he has the same regular and somewhat + heavy features, the same idealised body and conventional shape as those + which we find in the orthodox Pharaohs. Khûniatonû affects a long and + narrow head, conical at the top, with a retreating forehead, a large + aquiline and pointed nose, a small mouth, an enormous chin projecting in + front, the whole being supported by a long, thin neck. + </p> + <p> + His shoulders are narrow, with little display of muscle, but his breasts + are so full, his abdomen so prominent, and his hips so large, that one + would think they belonged to a woman. Etiquette required the attendants + upon the king, and those who aspired to his favour, to be portrayed in the + bas-reliefs of temples or tombs in all points, both as regards face and + demeanour, like the king himself. Hence it is that the majority of his + contemporaries, after having borne the likeness of Amenôthes, came to + adopt, without a break, that of Khûniatonû. The scenes at Tel el-Amarna + contain, therefore, nothing but angular profiles, pointed skulls, ample + breasts, flowing figures, and swelling stomachs. The outline of these is + one that lends itself readily to caricature, and the artists have + exaggerated the various details with the intention, it may be, of + rendering the representations grotesque. There was nothing ridiculous, + however, in the king, their model, and several of his statues attribute to + him a languid, almost valetudinarian grace, which is by no means lacking + in dignity. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0036" id="linkimage-0036"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/097.jpg" width="100%" alt="097.jpg Page Image " /> + </div> + <p> + He was a good and affectionate man, and was passionately fond of his wife, + Nofrîtîti, associating her with himself in his sovereign acts. If he set + out to visit the temple, she followed him in a chariot; if he was about to + reward one of his faithful subjects, she stood beside him and helped to + distribute the golden necklaces. She joined him in his prayers to the + Solar Disk; she ministered to him in domestic life, when, having broken + away from the worries of his public duties, he sought relaxation in his + harem; and their union was so tender, that we find her on one occasion, at + least, seated in a coaxing attitude on her husband’s knees—a unique + instance of such affection among all the representations on the monuments + of Egypt. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0037" id="linkimage-0037"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/098.jpg" width="100%" + alt="098.jpg KhÛniatonÛ and his Wife Rewarding One of The Great Officers of the Court " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Insinger. +</pre> + <p> + They had six daughters, whom they brought up to live with them on terms of + the closest intimacy: they accompanied their father and mother everywhere, + and are exhibited as playing around the throne while their parents are + engaged in performing the duties of their office. The gentleness and + gaiety of the king were reflected in the life of his subjects: all the + scenes which they have left us consist entirely of processions, + cavalcades, banquets, and entertainments. Khûniatonû was prodigal in the + gifts of gold and the eulogies which he bestowed on Marirî, the chief + priest: the people dance around him while he is receiving from the king + the just recompense of his activity. When Hûîa, who came back from Syria + in the XIIth year of the king’s reign, brought solemnly before him the + tribute he had collected, the king, borne in his jolting palanquin on the + shoulders of his officers, proceeded to the temple to return thanks to his + god, to the accompaniment of chants and the waving of the great fans. When + the divine father Aï had married the governess of one of the king’s + daughters, the whole city gave itself up to enjoyment, and wine flowed + freely during the wedding feast. Notwithstanding the frequent festivals, + the king found time to watch jealously over the ordinary progress of + government and foreign affairs. The architects, too, were not allowed to + stand idle, and without taking into account the repairs of existing + buildings, had plenty to do in constructing edifices in honour of Atonû in + the principal towns of the Nile valley, at Memphis, Heliopolis, + Hermopolis, Hermonthis, and in the Fayûm. The provinces in Ethiopia + remained practically in the same condition as in the time of Amenôthes + III.;* Kûsh was pacified, notwithstanding the raids which the tribes of + the desert were accustomed to make from time to time, only to receive on + each occasion rigorous chastisement from the king’s viceroy. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The name and the figure of Khûniatonû are met with on the + gate of the temple of Soleb, and he received in his + XIIth year the tributes of Kûsh, as well as those of Syria. +</pre> + <p> + The sudden degradation of Amon had not brought about any coldness between + the Pharaoh and his princely allies in Asia. The aged Amenôthes had, + towards the end of his reign, asked the hand of Dushratta’s daughter in + marriage, and the Mitannian king, highly flattered by the request, saw his + opportunity and took advantage of it in the interest of his treasury. He + discussed the amount of the dowry, demanded a considerable sum of gold, + and when the affair had been finally arranged to his satisfaction, he + despatched the princess to the banks of the Nile. On her arrival she found + her affianced husband was dead, or, at all events, dying. Amenôthes IV., + however, stepped into his father’s place, and inherited his bride with his + crown. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0038" id="linkimage-0038"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/100.jpg" width="100%" + alt="100.jpg the Door of a Tomb at Tel El-amarna " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Insinger. +</pre> + <p> + The new king’s relations with other foreign princes were no less friendly; + the chief of the Khâti (Hittites) complimented him on his accession, the + King of Alasia wrote to him to express his earnest desire for a + continuance of peace between the two states. Burnaburiash of Babylon had, + it is true, hoped to obtain an Egyptian princess in marriage for his son, + and being disappointed, had endeavoured to pick a quarrel over the value + of the presents which had been sent him, together with the notice of the + accession of the new sovereign. But his kingdom lay too far away to make + his ill-will of much consequence, and his complaints passed unheeded. In + Coele-Syria and Phoenicia the situation remained unchanged. The vassal + cities were in a perpetual state of disturbance, though not more so than + in the past. Azîru, son of Abdashirti, chief of the country of the + Amorites, had always, even during the lifetime of Amenôthes III., been the + most turbulent of vassals. The smaller states of the Orontes and of the + coast about Arvad had been laid waste by his repeated incursions and + troubled by his intrigues. He had taken and pillaged twenty towns, among + which were Simyra, Sini, Irqata, and Qodshû, and he was already + threatening Byblos, Berytus, and Sidon. It was useless to complain of him, + for he always managed to exculpate himself to the royal messengers. Khaî, + Dûdû, Amenemaûpît had in turn all pronounced him innocent. Pharaoh + himself, after citing him to appear in Egypt to give an explanation of his + conduct, had allowed himself to be won over by his fair speaking, and had + dismissed him uncondemned. Other princes, who lacked his cleverness and + power, tried to imitate him, and from north to south the whole of Syria + could only be compared to some great arena, in which fighting was + continually carried on between one tribe or town and another—Tyre + against Sidon, Sidon against Byblos, Jerusalem against Lachish. All of + them appealed to Khûniatonû, and endeavoured to enlist him on their side. + Their despatches arrived by scores, and the perusal of them at the present + day would lead us to imagine that Egypt had all but lost her supremacy. + The Egyptian ministers, however, were entirely unmoved by them, and + continued to refuse material support to any of the numerous rivals, except + in a few rare cases, where a too prolonged indifference would have + provoked an open revolt in some part of the country. + </p> + <p> + Khûniatonû died young, about the XVIIIth year of his reign.* He was buried + in the depths of a ravine in the mountain-side to the east of the town, + and his tomb remained unknown till within the last few years. Although one + of his daughters who died before her father had been interred there, the + place seems to have been entirely unprepared for the reception of the + king’s body. The funeral chamber and the passages are scarcely even + rough-hewn, and the reception halls show a mere commencement of + decoration.** The other tombs of the locality are divided into two groups, + separated by the ravine reserved for the burying-place of the royal house. + The noble families possessed each their own tomb on the slopes of the + hillside; the common people were laid to rest in pits lower down, almost + on the level of the plain. The cutting and decoration of all these tombs + had been entrusted to a company of contractors, who had executed them + according to two or three stereotyped plans, without any variation, except + in size. Nearly all the walls are bare, or present but few inscriptions; + those tombs only are completed whose occupants died before the Pharaoh. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The length of Khûniatonû’s reign was fixed by Griffith + with almost absolute certainty by means of the dates written + in ink on the jars of wine and preserves found in the ruins + of the palace. + + ** The tomb has been found, as I anticipated, in the ravine + which separates the northern after the southern group of + burying-places. The Arabs opened it in 1891, and Grébaut has + since completely excavated it. The scenes depicted in it are + connected with the death and funeral of the Princess + Mâqîtatonû. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0039" id="linkimage-0039"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/103.jpg" width="100%" + alt="103.jpg Interior of a Tomb at Tel El-amarna " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, after a photograph by Insinger. +</pre> + <p> + The façades of the tombs are cut in the rock, and contain, for the most + part, but one door, the jambs of which are covered on both sides by + several lines of hieroglyphs; and it is just possible to distinguish + traces of the adoration of the radiant Disk on the lintels, together with + the cartouches containing the names of the king and god. The chapel is a + large rectangular chamber, from one end of which opens the inclined + passage leading to the coffin. The roof is sometimes supported by columns, + having capitals decorated with designs of flowers or of geese hung from + the abacus by their feet with their heads turned upwards. + </p> + <p> + The religious teaching at Tel el-Amarna presents no difference in the main + from that which prevailed in other parts of Egypt.* The Double of Osiris + was supposed to reside in the tomb, or else to take wing to heaven and + embark with Atonû, as elsewhere he would embark with Eâ. The same funerary + furniture is needed for the deceased as in other local cults—ornaments + of vitreous paste, amulets, and <i>Ushabtiu</i>, or “Respondents,” to + labour for the dead man in the fields of Ialû. Those of Khûniatonû were, + like those of Amenôthes III., actual statuettes in granite of admirable + workmanship. The dead who reached the divine abode, retained the same rank + in life that they had possessed here below, and in order to ensure the + enjoyment of it, they related, or caused to be depicted in their tombs, + the events of their earthly career. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The peculiar treatment of the two extremities of the sign + for the sky, which surmounts the great scene on the tomb of + Ahmosis, shows that there had been no change in the ideas + concerning the two horizons or the divine tree found in + them: the aspirations for the soul of Marirî, the high + priest of Atonû, or for that of the sculptor Baûkû, are the + same as those usually found, and the formula on the funerary + stelae differs only in the name of the god from that on the + ordinary stelae of the same kind. +</pre> + <p> + A citizen of Khûîtatonû would naturally represent the manners and customs + of his native town, and this would account for the local colouring of the + scenes in which we see him taking part. + </p> + <p> + They bear no resemblance to the traditional pictures of the buildings and + gardens of Thebes with which we are familiar; we have instead the palaces, + colonnades, and pylons of the rising city, its courts planted with + sycomores, its treasuries, and its storehouses. The sun’s disk hovers + above and darts its prehensile rays over every object; its hands present + the <i>crux ansata</i> to the nostrils of the various members of the + family, they touch caressingly the queen and her daughters, they handle + the offerings of bread and cakes, they extend even into the government + warehouses to pilfer or to bless. Throughout all these scenes Khûniatonû + and the ladies of his harem seem to be ubiquitous: here he visits one of + the officers, there he repairs to the temple for the dedication of its + sanctuary. His chariot, followed at a little distance by that of the + princesses, makes its way peaceably through the streets. The police of the + city and the soldiers of the guard, whether Egyptians or foreigners, run + before him and clear a path among the crowd, the high priest Marirî stands + at the gate to receive him, and the ceremony is brought to a close by a + distribution of gold necklaces or rings, while the populace dance with + delight before the sovereign. Meantime the slaves have cooked the repast, + the dancers and musicians within their chambers have rehearsed for the + evening’s festival, and the inmates of the house carry on animated + dialogues during their meal. The style and the technique of these + wall-paintings differ in no way from those in the necropolis of the + preceding period, and there can be no doubt that the artists who decorated + these monuments were trained in the schools of Thebes. Their drawing is + often very refined, and there is great freedom in their composition; the + perspective of some of the bas-reliefs almost comes up to our own, and the + movement of animated crowds is indicated with perfect accuracy. It is, + however, not safe to conclude from these examples that the artists who + executed them would have developed Egyptian art in a new direction, had + not subsequent events caused a reaction against the worship of Atonû and + his followers. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0040" id="linkimage-0040"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/104.jpg" width="100%" + alt="104.jpg Profile of Head Of Mummy (thebes Tombs.) " /> + </div> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0041" id="linkimage-0041"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/106.jpg" width="100%" + alt="106.jpg Two of the Daughters Of KhÛhi AtonÛ " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Petrie. +</pre> + <p> + Although the tombs in which they worked differ from the generality of + Egyptian burying-places, their originality does not arise from any effort, + either conscious or otherwise, to break through the ordinary routine of + the art of the time; it is rather the result of the extraordinary + appearance of the sovereign whose features they were called on to portray, + and the novelty of several of the subjects which they had to treat. That + artist among them who first gave concrete form to the ideas circulated by + the priests of Atonû, and drew the model cartoons, evidently possessed a + master-hand, and was endowed with undeniable originality and power. No + other Egyptian draughtsman ever expressed a child’s grace as he did, and + the portraits which he sketched of the daughters of Khûniatonû playing + undressed at their mother’s side, are examples of a reserved and delicate + grace. But these models, when once composed and finished even to the + smallest details, were entrusted for execution to workmen of mediocre + powers, who were recruited not only from Thebes, but from the neighbouring + cities of Hermopolis and Siût. These estimable people, with a praiseworthy + patience, traced bit by bit the cartoons confided to them, omitting or + adding individuals or groups according to the extent of the wall-space + they had to cover, or to the number of relatives and servants whom the + proprietor of the tomb desired should share in his future happiness. The + style of these draughtsmen betrays the influence of the second-rate + schools in which they had learned their craft, and the clumsiness of their + work would often repel us, were it not that the interest of the episodes + portrayed redeems it in the eyes of the Egyptologist. + </p> + <p> + Khûniatonû left no son to succeed him; two of his sons-in-law successively + occupied the throne—Sâakerî, who had married his eldest daughter + Marîtatonû, and Tûtankhamon, the husband of Ankhnasaton. The first had + been associated in the sovereignty by his father-in-law;* he showed + himself a zealous partisan of the “Disk,” and he continued to reside in + the new capital during the few years of his sole reign.** The second + son-in-law was a son of Amenôthes III., probably by a concubine. He + returned to the religion of Amon, and his wife, abjuring the creed of her + father, changed her name from Ankhnasaton to that of Ankhnasamon. Her + husband abandoned Khûitatonû*** at the end of two or three years, and + after his departure the town fell into decadence as quickly as it had + arisen. The streets were unfrequented, the palaces and temples stood + empty, the tombs remained unfinished and unoccupied, and its patron god + returned to his former state, and was relegated to the third or fourth + rank in the Egyptian Pantheon. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * He and his wife are represented by the side of Khûniatonû, + with the protocol and the attributes of royalty. Pétrie + assigns to this double reign those minor objects on which + the king’s prenomen Ankhkhopîrûri is followed by the epithet + beloved of Uânirâ, which formed part of the name of + Khûniatonû. + + ** Pétrie thinks, on the testimony of the lists of Manetho, + which give twelve years to Akenkheres, daughter of Horos, + that Sâakerî reigned twelve years, and only two or three + years as sole monarch without his father-in-law. I think + these two or three years a probable maximum length of his + reign, whatever may be the value we should here assign to + the lists of Manetho. + + *** Pétrie, judging from the number of minor objects which + he has found in his excavations at Tel el-Amarna, believes + that he can fix the length of Tûtankhamon’s sojourn at + Khûîtatonû at six years, and that of his whole reign at nine + years. +</pre> + <p> + The town struggled for a short time against its adverse fate, which was no + doubt retarded owing to the various industries founded in it by + Khûniatonû, the manufactories of enamel and coloured glass requiring the + presence of many workmen; but the latter emigrated ere long to Thebes or + the neighbouring city of Hermopolis, and the “Horizon of Atonû” + disappeared from the list of nomes, leaving of what might have been the + capital of the Egyptian empire, merely a mound of crumbling bricks with + two or three fellahîn villages scattered on the eastern bank of the Nile.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Pétrie thinks that the temples and palaces were + systematically destroyed by Harmhabî, and the ruins used by + him in the buildings which he erected at different places in + Egypt. But there is no need for this theory: the beauty of + the limestone which Khûniatonû had used sufficiently + accounts for the rapid disappearance of the deserted + edifices. +</pre> + <p> + Thebes, whose influence and population had meanwhile never lessened, + resumed her supremacy undisturbed. If, out of respect for the past, + Tûtankhamon continued the decoration of the temple of Atonû at Karnak, he + placed in every other locality the name and figure of Amon; a little + stucco spread over the parts which had been mutilated, enabled the + outlines to be restored to their original purity, and the alteration was + rendered invisible by a few coats of colour. Tûtankhamon was succeeded by + the divine father Aï, whom Khûniatonû had assigned as husband to one of + his relatives named Tîi, so called after the widow of Amenôthes III. Aï + laboured no less diligently than his predecessor to keep up the traditions + which had been temporarily interrupted. He had been a faithful worshipper + of the Disk, and had given orders for the construction of two funerary + chapels for himself in the mountain-side above Tel el-Amarna, the + paintings in which indicate a complete adherence to the faith of the + reigning king. But on becoming Pharaoh, he was proportionally zealous in + his submission to the gods of Thebes, and in order to mark more fully his + return to the ancient belief, he chose for his royal burying-place a site + close to that in which rested the body of Amenôthes III.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The first tomb seems to have been dug before his marriage, + at the time when he had no definite ambitions; the second + was prepared for him and his wife Tîi. +</pre> + <p> + His sarcophagus, a large oblong of carved rose granite, still lies open + and broken on the spot. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0042" id="linkimage-0042"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/110.jpg" width="100%" + alt="111.jpg Sarcophagus of the Pharaoh AÎ " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, after the drawing of Prisse d’Avenues. +</pre> + <p> + Figures of goddesses stand at the four angles and extend their winged arms + along its sides, as if to embrace the mummy of the sovereign. Tûtankhamon + and Aï were obeyed from one end of Egypt to the other, from Napata to the + shores of the Mediterranean. The peoples of Syria raised no disturbances + during their reigns, and paid their accustomed tribute regularly;* if + their rule was short, it was at least happy. It would appear, however, + that after their deaths, troubles arose in the state. The lists of Manetho + give two or three princes—Râthôtis, Khebres, and Akherres—whose + names are not found on the monuments.** It is possible that we ought not + to regard them as historical personages, but merely as heroes of popular + romance, of the same type as those introduced so freely into the history + of the preceding dynasties by the chroniclers of the Saite and Greek + periods. They were, perhaps, merely short-lived pretenders who were + overthrown one by the other before either had succeeded in establishing + himself on the seat of Horus. Be that as it may, the XVIIIth dynasty drew + to its close amid strife and quarreling, without our being able to + discover the cause of its overthrow, or the name of the last of its + sovereigns.*** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Tûtankhamon receives the tribute of the Kûshites as well + as that of the Syrians; Aï is represented at Shataûi in + Nubia as accompanied by Paûîrû, the prince of Kûsh. + + ** Wiedemann has collected six royal names which, with much + hesitation, he places about this time. + + *** The list of kings who make up the XVIIIth dynasty can be + established with certainty, with the exception of the order + of the three last sovereigns who succeed Khûniatonû. It is + here given in its authentic form, as the monuments have + permitted us to reconstruct it, and in its Greek form as it + is found in the lists of Manetho: +</pre> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img alt="table (55K)" src="images/table.jpg" width="100%" /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Manetho’s list, as we have it, is a very ill-made extract, + wherein the official kings are mixed up with the legitimate + queens, as well as, at least towards the end, with persons + of doubtful authenticity. Several kings, between Khûniatonû + and Harmhabi, are sometimes added at the end of the list; + some of these I think, belonged to previous dynasties, e.g. + Teti to the VIth, Râhotpû to the XVIIth; several are heroes + of romance, as Mernebphtah or Merkhopirphtah, while the + names of the others are either variants from the cartouche + names of known princes, or else are nicknames, such as was + Sesû, Sestûrî for Ramses II. Dr. Mahler believes that he can + fix, within a few days, the date of the kings of whom the + list is composed, from Ahmosis I. to Aî. I hold to the + approximate date which I have given in vol. iv. p. 153 of + this History, and I give the years 1600 to 1350 as the + period of the dynasty, with a possible error of about fifty + years, more or less. +</pre> + <p> + Scarcely half a century had elapsed between the moment when the XVIII’s + dynasty reached the height of its power under Amenôthes III. and that of + its downfall. It is impossible to introduce with impunity changes of any + kind into the constitution or working of so complicated a machine as an + empire founded on conquest. When the parts of the mechanism have been once + put together and set in motion, and have become accustomed to work + harmoniously at a proper pace, interference with it must not be attempted + except to replace such parts as are broken or worn out, by others exactly + like them. To make alterations while the machine is in motion, or to + introduce new combinations, however ingenious, into any part of the + original plan, might produce an accident or a breakage of the gearing when + perhaps it would be least expected. When the devout Khûniatonû exchanged + one city and one god for another, he thought that he was merely + transposing equivalents, and that the safety of the commonwealth was not + concerned in the operation. Whether it was Amon or Atonu who presided over + the destinies of his people, or whether Thebes or Tel el-Amarna were the + centre of impulse, was, in his opinion, merely a question of internal + arrangement which could not affect the economy of the whole. But events + soon showed that he was mistaken in his calculations. It is probable that + if, on the expulsion of the Hyksôs, the earlier princes of the dynasty had + attempted an alteration in the national religion, or had moved the capital + to any other city they might select, the remainder of the kingdom would + not have been affected by the change. But after several centuries of + faithful adherence to Amon in his city of Thebes, the governing power + would find it no easy matter to accomplish such a resolution. During three + centuries the dynasty had become wedded to the city and to its patron + deity, and the locality had become so closely associated with the dynasty, + that any blow aimed at the god could not fail to destroy the dynasty with + it; indeed, had the experiment of Khûniatonû been prolonged beyond a few + years, it might have entailed the ruin of the whole country. All who came + into contact with Egypt, or were under her rule, whether Asiatics or + Africans, were quick to detect any change in her administration, and to + remark a falling away from the traditional systems of the times of + Thûtmosis III. and Amenothes II. The successors of the heretic king had + the sense to perceive at once the first symptoms of disorder, and to + refrain from persevering in his errors; but however quick they were to + undo his work, they could not foresee its serious consequences. His + immediate followers were powerless to maintain their dynasty, and their + posterity had to make way for a family who had not incurred the hatred of + Amon, or rather that of his priests. If those who followed them were able + by their tact and energy to set Egypt on her feet again, they were at the + same time unable to restore her former prosperity or her boundless + confidence in herself. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkimage-0043" id="linkimage-0043"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/114.jpg" width="100%" alt="114.jpg Tailpiece " /> + </div> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img alt="115 (135K)" src="images/115.jpg" width="100%" /> + </div> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img alt="116 (69K)" src="images/116.jpg" width="100%" /> + </div> + <p> + <br /> <br /> THE REACTION AGAINST EGYPT + </p> + <p> + <i>THE XIth DYNASTY: HARMHABΗTHE HITTITE EMPIRE IN SYRIA AND IN + ASIA MINOR—SETI I. AND RAMSES II.—THE PEOPLE OF THE SEA: + MÎNEPHTAH AND THE ISRAELITE EXODUS.</i> + </p> + <p> + <i>The birth and antecedents of Harmhabî, his youth, his enthronement—The + final triumph of Amon and his priests—Harmhabî infuses order into + the government: his wars against the Ethiopians and Asiatics—The + Khâti, their civilization, religion; their political and military + constitution; the extension of their empire towards the north—The + countries and populations of Asia Minor; commercial routes between the + Euphrates and the Ægean Sea—The treaty concluded between Harmhabî + and Sapalulu.</i> + </p> + <p> + <i>Ramses I. and the uncertainties as to his origin—Seti I. and the + campaign against Syria in the 1st year of his reign; the re-establishment + of the Egyptian empire—Working of the gold-mines at Etaï—The + monuments constructed by Seti I. in Nubia, at Karnak, Luxor, and Abydos—The + valley of the kings and tomb of Seti I. at Thebes.</i> + </p> + <p> + <i>Ramses II., his infancy, his association in the Government, his début + in Ethiopia: he builds a residence in the Delta—His campaign against + the Khâti in the 5th year of his reign—The talcing of Qodshu, the + victory of Ramses II. and the truce established with Khâtusaru: the poem + of Pentaûîrît—His treaty with the Khâti in the 21st year of his + reign: the balance of power in Syria: the marriage of Ramses II. with a + Hittite princess—Public works: the Speos at Abu-Simbel; Luxor, + Karnak, the Eamesseum, the monuments in the Delta—The regency of + Khamoîsît and Mînephtah, the legend of Sesostris, the coffin and mummy of + Ramses II.</i> + </p> + <p> + <i>Minephtah—The kingdom of Libya, the people of the sea—The + first invasion of Libya: the Egyptian victory at Piriû; the triumph of + Minephtah—Seti II., Amenmeses, Siphtah-Minephtah—The foreign + captives in Egypt; the Exodus of the Hebrews and their march to Sinai—An + Egyptian romance of the Exodus: Amenophis, son of Pa-apis.</i> + </p> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> <a name="linkB2HCH0001" id="linkB2HCH0001"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> <a name="linkBimage-0005" id="linkBimage-0005"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/117.jpg" width="100%" alt="117.jpg Page Image " /> + </div> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h2> + CHAPTER II—THE REACTION AGAINST EGYPT + </h2> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <p> + <i>The XIXth dynasty: Harmhabî—The Hittite empire in Syria and in + Asia Minor—Seti I. and Ramses II.—The people of the sea: + Minephtah and the Israelite Exodus.</i> + </p> + <p> + While none of these ephemeral Pharaohs left behind them a, either + legitimate or illegitimate, son there was no lack of princesses, any of + which, having on her accession to the throne to choose a consort after her + own heart, might thus become the founder of a new dynasty. By such a + chance alliance Harmhabî, who was himself descended from Thûtmosis III., + was raised to the kingly office.* His mother, Mûtnozmît, was of the royal + line, and one of the most beautiful statues in the Gîzeh Museum probably + represents her. The body is mutilated, but the head is charming in its + intelligent and animated expression, in its full eyes and somewhat large, + but finely modelled, mouth. The material of the statue is a finegrained + limestone, and its milky whiteness tends to soften the malign character of + her look and smile. It is possible that Mûtnozmît was the daughter of + Amenôthes III. by his marriage with one of his sisters: it was from her, + at any rate, and not from his great-grandfather, that Harmhabî derived his + indisputable claims to royalty.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * A fragment of an inscription at Karnak calls Thûtmosis + III. “the father of his fathers.” Champollion called him + Hornemnob, Rosellini, Hôr-hemheb, Hôr-em-hbai, and both + identified him with the Hôros of Manetho, hence the custom + among Egyptologists for a long time to designate him by the + name Horus. Dévéria was the first to show that the name + corresponded with the Armais of the lists of Manetho, and, + in fact, Armais is the Greek transcription of the group + Harmhabî in the bilingual texts of the Ptolemaic period. + + ** Mûtnozmît was at first considered the daughter and + successor of Harmhabî, or his wife. Birch showed that the + monuments did not confirm these hypotheses, and he was + inclined to think that she was Harmhabî’s mother. As far as + I can see for the present, it is the only solution which + agrees with the evidence on the principal monument which has + made known her existence. +</pre> + <p> + He was born, probably, in the last years of Amenôthes, when Tîi was the + exclusive favourite of the sovereign; but it was alleged later on, when + Harmhabî had emerged from obscurity, that Amon, destining him for the + throne, had condescended to become his father by Mûtnozmît—a + customary procedure with the god when his race on earth threatened to + become debased.* It was he who had rocked the newly born infant to sleep, + and, while Harsiesis was strengthening his limbs with protective amulets, + had spread over the child’s skin the freshness and brilliance which are + the peculiar privilege of the immortals. While still in the nursery, the + great and the insignificant alike prostrated themselves before Harmhabî, + making him liberal offerings. Every one recognised in him, even when still + a lad and incapable of reflection, the carriage and complexion of a god, + and Horus of Cynopolis was accustomed to follow his steps, knowing that + the time of his advancement was near. After having called the attention of + the Egyptians to Harmhabî, Amon was anxious, in fact, to hasten the coming + of the day when he might confer upon him supreme rank, and for this + purpose inclined the heart of the reigning Pharaoh towards him. Aï + proclaimed him his heir over the whole land.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * All that we know of the youth of Harmhabî is contained in + the texts on a group preserved in the Turin Museum, and + pointed out by Champollion, translated and published + subsequently by Birch and by Brugsch. The first lines of the + inscription seem to me to contain an account of the union of + Amon with the queen, analogous to those at Deîr el-Baharî + treating of the birth of Hâtshopsîtû, and to those at Luxor + bearing upon Amenôthes III. (cf. vol. iv. pp. 342, 343; and + p. 51 of the present volume), and to prove for certain that + Harmhabî’s mother was a princess of the royal line by right. + + ** The king is not named in the inscription. It cannot have + been Amenôthes IV., for an individual of the importance of + Harmhabî, living alongside this king, would at least have + had a tomb begun for him at. Tel el-Amarna. We may hesitate + between Aï and Tûtankhamon; but the inscription seems to say + definitely that Harmhabî succeeded directly to the king + under whom he had held important offices for many years, and + this compels us to fix upon Aï, who, as we have said at p. + 108, et seq., of the present volume, was, to all + appearances, the last of the so-called heretical sovereigns. +</pre> + <p> + He never gave cause for any dissatisfaction when called to court, and when + he was asked questions by the monarch he replied always in fit terms, in + such words as were calculated to produce serenity, and thus gained for + himself a reputation as the incarnation of wisdom, all his plans and + intentions appearing to have been conceived by Thot the Ibis himself. For + many years he held a place of confidence with the sovereign. The nobles, + from the moment he appeared at the gate of the palace, bowed their backs + before him; the barbaric chiefs from the north or south stretched out + their arms as soon as they approached him, and gave him the adoration they + would bestow upon a god. His favourite residence was Memphis, his + preference for it arising from his having possibly been born there, or + from its having been assigned to him for his abode. Here he constructed + for himself a magnificent tomb, the bas-reliefs of which exhibit him as + already king, with the sceptre in his hand and the uraaus on his brow, + while the adjoining cartouche does not as yet contain his name.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * This part of the account is based upon, a study of a + certain number of texts and representations all coming from + Harmhabî’s tomb at Saqqârah, and now scattered among the + various museums—at Gîzeh, Leyden, London, and Alexandria. + Birch was the first to assign those monuments to the Pharaoh + Harmhabî, supposing at the same time that he had been + dethroned by Ramses I., and had lived at Memphis in an + intermediate position between that of a prince and that of a + private individual; this opinion was adopted by Ed. Meyer, + rejected by Wiedemann and by myself. After full examination, + I think the Harmhabî of the tomb at Saqqârah and the Pharaoh + Harmhabî are one and the same person; Harmhabî, sufficiently + high placed to warrant his wearing the uraius, but not high + enough to have his name inscribed in a cartouche, must have + had his tomb constructed at Saqqârah, as Aï and possibly + Ramses I. had theirs built for them at Tel el-Amarna. +</pre> + <p> + He was the mighty of the mighty, the great among the great, the general of + generals, the messenger who ran to convey orders to the people of Asia and + Ethiopia, the indispensable companion in council or on the field of + battle,* at the time when Horus of Cynopolis resolved to seat him upon his + eternal throne. Aï no longer occupied it. Horus took Harmhabî with him to + Thebes, escorted him thither amid expressions of general joy, and led him + to Amon in order that the god might bestow upon him the right to reign. + The reception took place in the temple of Luxor, which served as a kind of + private chapel for the descendants of Amenôthes. Amon rejoiced to see + Harmhabî, the heir of the two worlds; he took him with him to the royal + palace, introduced him into the apartments of his august daughter, + Mûtnozmît; then, after she had recognised her child and had pressed him to + her bosom, all the gods broke out into acclamations, and their cries + ascended up to heaven.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The fragments of the tomb preserved at Leyden show him + leading to the Pharaoh Asiatics and Ethiopians, burthened + with tribute. The expressions and titles given above are + borrowed from the fragments at Gîzeh. + + ** Owing to a gap, the text cannot be accurately translated + at this point. The reading can be made out that Amon “betook + himself to the palace, placing the prince before him, as far + as the sanctuary of his (Amon’s) daughter, the very + august...; she poured water on his hands, she embraced the + beauties (of the prince), she placed herself before him.” It + will be seen that the name of the daughter of Amon is + wanting, and Birch thought that a terrestrial princess whom + Harmhabî had married was in question, Miifcnozmît, according + to Brugsch. If the reference is not to a goddess, who along + with Amon took part in the ceremonies, but to Mûtnozmît, we + must come to the conclusion that she, as heir and queen by + birth, must have ceded her rights by some ritual to her son + before he could be crowned. +</pre> + <p> + “Behold, Amon arrives with his son before him, at the palace, in order to + put upon his head the diadem, and to prolong the length of his life! We + install him, therefore, in his office, we give to him the insignia of Eâ, + we pray Amon for him whom he has brought as our protector: may he as king + have the festivals of Eâ and the years of Horus; may he accomplish his + good pleasure in Thebes, in Heliopolis, in Memphis, and may he add to the + veneration with which these cities are invested.” And they immediately + decided that the new Pharaoh should be called Horus-sturdy-bull, mighty in + wise projects, lord of the Vulture and of the very marvellous Urseus in + Thebes, the conquering Horus who takes pleasure in the truth, and who + maintains the two lands, the lord of the south and north, Sozir Khopîrûrî + chosen of Eâ, the offspring of the Sun, Harmhabî Mîamûn, giver of life. + The <i>cortege</i> came afterwards to the palace, the king walking before + Amon: there the god embraced his son, placed the diadems upon his head, + delivered to him the rule of the whole world, over foreign populations as + well as those of Egypt, inasmuch as he possessed this power as the + sovereign of the universe. + </p> + <p> + This is the customary subject of the records of enthronement. Pharaoh is + the son of a god, chosen by his father, from among all those who might + have a claim to it, to occupy for a time the throne of Horus; and as he + became king only by a divine decree, he had publicly to express, at the + moment of his elevation, his debt of gratitude to, and his boundless + respect for, the deity, who had made him what he was. In this case, + however, the protocol embodied something more than the traditional + formality, and its hackneyed phrases borrowed a special meaning from the + circumstances of the moment. Amon, who had been insulted and proscribed by + Khûniatonû, had not fully recovered his prestige under the rule of the + immediate successors of his enemy. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0006" id="linkBimage-0006"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/123.jpg" width="100%" + alt="123.jpg the First Pylon of HarmhabÎ at Karnak " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph taken by Beato. +</pre> + <p> + They had restored to him his privileges and his worship, they had become + reconciled to him, and avowed themselves his faithful ones, but all this + was as much an act of political necessity as a matter of religion: they + still continued to tolerate, if not to favour, the rival doctrinal system, + and the temple of the hateful Disk still dishonoured by its vicinity the + sanctuary of Karnak. Harmhabî, on the other hand, was devoted to Amon, who + had moulded him in embryo, and had trained him from his birth to worship + none but him. Harmhabî’s triumph marked the end of the evil days, and + inaugurated a new era, in which Amon saw himself again master of Thebes + and of the world. Immediately after his enthronement Harmhabî rivalled the + first Amen-ôthes in his zeal for the interests of his divine father: he + overturned the obelisks of Atonû and the building before which they stood; + then, that no trace of them might remain, he worked up the stones into the + masonry of two pylons, which he set up upon the site, to the south of the + gates of Thûtmosis III. They remained concealed in the new fabric for + centuries, but in the year 27 B.C. a great earthquake brought them + abruptly to light. We find everywhere among the ruins, at the foot of the + dislocated gates, or at the bases of the headless colossal figures, heaps + of blocks detached from the structure, on which can be made out remnants + of prayers addressed to the Disk, scenes of worship, and cartouches of + Amenôfches IV., Aï, and Tûtankhamon. The work begun by Harmhabî at Thebes + was continued with unabated zeal through the length of the whole + river-valley. “He restored the sanctuaries from the marshes of Athû even + to Nubia; he repaired their sculptures so that they were better than + before, not to speak of the fine things he did in them, rejoicing the eyes + of Râ. That which he had found injured he put into its original condition, + erecting a hundred statues, carefully formed of valuable stone, for every + one which was lacking. He inspected the ruined towns of the gods in the + land, and made them such as they had been in the time of the first Ennead, + and he allotted to them estates and offerings for every day, as well as a + set of sacred vessels entirely of gold and silver; he settled priests in + them, bookmen, carefully chosen soldiers, and assigned to them fields, + cattle, all the necessary material to make prayers to Râ every morning.” + These measures were inspired by consideration for the ancient deities; but + he added to them others, which tended to secure the welfare of the people + and the stability of the government. Up to this time the officials and the + Egyptian soldiers had displayed a tendency to oppress the fellahîn, + without taking into consideration the injury to the treasury occasioned by + their rapacity. Constant supervision was the only means of restraining + them, for even the best-served Pharaohs, Thûtmosis, and Amenôthes III. + themselves, were obliged to have frequent recourse to the rigour of the + law to keep the scandalous depredations of the officials within bounds.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Harmhabî refers to the edicts of Thûtmosis III. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0007" id="linkBimage-0007"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figleft" style="width:30%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/126.jpg" + alt="127.jpg Amenothes Iv. From a Fragment Used Again By Harmhabi " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, +from a sketch by +Prisse d’Avennes. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + The religious disputes of the preceding years, in enfeebling the authority + of the central power, had given a free hand to these oppressors. The + scribes and tax-collectors were accustomed to exact contributions for the + public service from the ships, whether laden or not, of those who were in + a small way of business, and once they had laid their hands upon them, + they did not readily let them go. The poor fellow falling into their + clutches lost his cargo, and he was at his wits’ end to know how to + deliver at the royal storehouses the various wares with which he + calculated to pay his taxes. No sooner had the Court arrived at some place + than the servants scoured the neighbourhood, confiscating the land + produce, and seizing upon slaves, under pretence that they were acting for + the king, while they had only their personal ends in view. Soldiers + appropriated all the hides of animals with the object, doubtless, of + making from them leather jackets and helmets, or of duplicating their + shields, with the result that when the treasury made its claim for + leather, none was to be found. It was hardly possible, moreover, to bring + the culprits to justice, for the chief men of the towns and villages, the + prophets, and all those who ought to have looked after the interests of + the taxpayer, took money from the criminals for protecting them from + justice, and compelled the innocent victims also to purchase their + protection. Harmhabî, who was continually looking for opportunities to put + down injustice and to punish deceit, at length decided to pro-mulgate a + very severe edict against the magistrates and the double-dealing + officials: any of them who was found to have neglected his duty was to + have his nose cut off, and was to be sent into perpetual exile to Zalu, on + the eastern frontier. His commands, faithfully carried out, soon produced + a salutary effect, and as he would on no account relax the severity of the + sentence, exactions were no longer heard of, to the advantage of the + revenue of the State. On the last day of each month the gates of his + palace were open to every one. + </p> + <p> + Any one on giving his name to the guard could enter the court of honour, + where he would find food in abundance to satisfy his hunger while he was + awaiting an audience. The king all the while was seated in the sight of + all at the tribune, whence he would throw among his faithful friends + necklaces and bracelets of gold: he inquired into complaints one after + another, heard every case, announced his judgments in brief words, and + dismissed his subjects, who went away proud and happy at having had their + affairs dealt with by the sovereign himself.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * All these details are taken from a stele discovered in + 1882. The text is so mutilated that it is impossible to give + a literal rendering of it in all its parts, but the sense is + sufficiently clear to warrant our rilling up the whole with + considerable certainty. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0008" id="linkBimage-0008"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figright" style="width:40%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/128.jpg" alt="128.jpg Harmhabi " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, +from a Autograph by +Emil Brugsch-Bey. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + The portraits of Harmhabî which have come down to us give us the + impression of a character at once energetic and agreeable. The most + beautiful of these is little more than a fragment broken off a black + granite statue. Its mournful expression is not pleasing to the spectator, + and at the first view alienates his sympathy. The face, which is still + youthful, breathes an air of melancholy, an expression which is somewhat + rare among the Pharaohs of the best period: the thin and straight nose is + well set on the face, the elongated eyes have somewhat heavy lids; the + large, fleshy lips, slightly contracted at the corners of the mouth, are + cut with a sharpness that gives them singular vigour, and the firm and + finely modelled chin loses little of its form from the false beard + depending from it. Every detail is treated with such freedom that one + would think the sculptor must have had some soft material to work upon, + rather than a rock almost hard enough to defy the chisel; the command over + it is so complete that the difficulty of the work is forgotten in the + perfection of the result. The dreamy expression of his face, however, did + not prevent Harmhabî from displaying beyond Egypt, as within it, singular + activity. + </p> + <p> + Although Egypt had never given up its claims to dominion over the whole + river-valley, as far as the plains of Sennar, yet since the time of + Amenôthes III. no sovereign had condescended, it would I appear, to + conduct in person the expeditions directed against the tribes of! the + Upper Nile. Harmhabî was anxious to revive the custom which imposed upon + the Pharaohs the obligation to make their first essay in arms in Ethiopia, + as Horus, son of Isis, had done of yore, and he seized the pretext of the + occurrence of certain raids there to lead a body of troops himself into + the heart of the negro country. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0009" id="linkBimage-0009"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/129.jpg" width="100%" + alt="129.jpg the Vaulted Passage of The Rock-tomb at Gebel Silsileh " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Insinger. +</pre> + <p> + He had just ordered at this time the construction of the two southern + pylons at Karnak, and there was great activity in the quarries of + Silsileh. A commemorative chapel also was in course of excavation here in + the sandstone rock, and he had dedicated it to his father, Amon-Ba of + Thebes, coupling with him the local divinities, Hapî the Nile, and Sobkû + the patron of Ombos. The sanctuary is excavated somewhat deeply into the + hillside, and the dark rooms within it are decorated with the usual scenes + of worship, but the vaulted approach to them displays upon its western + wall the victory of the king. We see here a figure receiving from Amon the + assurance of a long and happy life, and another letting fly his arrows at + a host of fleeing enemies; Ethiopians raise their heads to him in + suppliant gesture; soldiers march past with their captives; above one of + the doors we see twelve military leaders marching and carrying the king + aloft upon their shoulders, while a group of priests and nobles salute + him, offering incense.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The significance of the monument was pointed out first by + Champollion. The series of races conquered was represented + at Karnak on the internal face of one of the pylons built by + Harmhabi; it appears to have been “usurped” by Ramses II. +</pre> + <p> + At this period Egyptian ships were ploughing the Red Sea, and their + captains were renewing official relations with Pûanît. Somali chiefs were + paying visits to the palace, as in the time of Thûtmosis III. The wars of + Amon had, in fact, begun again. The god, having suffered neglect for half + a century, had a greater need than ever of gold and silver to fill his + coffers; he required masons for his buildings, slaves and cattle for his + farms, perfumed essences and incense for his daily rites. His resources + had gradually become exhausted, and his treasury would soon be empty if he + did not employ the usual means to replenish it. He incited Harmhabi to + proceed against the countries from which, in olden times he had enriched + himself—to the south in the first place, and then, having decreed + victory there, and having naturally taken for himself the greater part of + the spoils, he turned his attention to Asia. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0010" id="linkBimage-0010"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/131.jpg" width="100%" + alt="131.jpg the Triumph Op HarmhabÎ in The Sanctuary of Gebel Silsileh " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Daniel Heron. + The black spots are due to the torches of the fellahîn of + the neighbourhood who have visited the rock tomb in bygone + years. +</pre> + <p> + In the latter campaign the Egyptian troops took once more the route + through Coele-Syria, and if the expedition experienced here more + difficulties than on the banks of the Upper Nile, it was, nevertheless, + brought to an equally triumphant conclusion. Those of their adversaries + who had offered an obstinate resistance were transported into other lands, + and the rebel cities were either razed to the ground or given to the + flames: the inhabitants having taken refuge in the mountains, where they + were in danger of perishing from hunger, made supplications for peace, + which was granted to them on the usual conditions of doing homage and + paying tribute.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * These details are taken from the fragment of an + inscription now in the museum at Vienna; Bergmann, and also + Erman, think that we have in this text the indication of an + immigration into Egypt of a tribe of the Monâtiu. +</pre> + <p> + We do not exactly know how far he penetrated into the country; the list of + the towns and nations over which he boasts of having triumphed contains, + along with names unknown to us, some already famous or soon to become so—Arvad, + Pibukhu, the Khâti, and possibly Alasia. The Haui-Nibu themselves must + have felt the effects of the campaign, for several of their chiefs + associated, doubtless, with the Phoenicians, presented themselves before + the Pharaoh at Thebes. Egypt was maintaining, therefore, its ascendency, + or at least appearing to maintain it in those regions where the kings of + the XVIIIth dynasty had ruled after the campaigns of Thûtmosis I., + Thûtmosis III., and Amenothes II. Its influence, nevertheless, was not so + undisputed as in former days; not that the Egyptian soldiers were less + valiant, but owing to the fact that another power had risen up alongside + them whose armies were strong enough to encounter them on the field of + battle and to obtain a victory over them. + </p> + <p> + Beyond Naharaim, in the deep recesses of the Amanus and Taurus, there had + lived, for no one knows how many centuries, the rude and warlike tribes of + the Khâti, related not so, much to the Semites of the Syrian plain as to + the populations of doubtful race and language who occupied the upper + basins of the Halys and Euphrates.* The Chaldæan conquest had barely + touched them; the Egyptian campaign had not more effect, and Thûtmosis + III. himself, after having crossed their frontiers and sacked several of + their towns, made no serious pretence to reckon them among his subjects. + Their chiefs were accustomed, like their neighbours, to use, for + correspondence with other countries, the cuneiform mode of writing; they + had among them, therefore, for this purpose, a host of scribes, + interpreters, and official registrars of events, such as we find to have + accompanied the sovereigns of Assyria and Babylon.** These chiefs were + accustomed to send from time to time a present to the Pharaoh, which the + latter was pleased to regard as a tribute,*** or they would offer, + perhaps, one of their daughters in marriage to the king at Thebes, and + after the marriage show themselves anxious to maintain good faith with + their son-in-law. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Halévy asserts that the Khâti were Semites, and bases his + assertion on materials of the Assyrian period. Thés Khâti, + absorbed in Syria by the Semites, with whom they were + blended, appear to have been by origin a non-Semitic people. + + ** A letter from the King of the Khâti to the Pharaoh + Amenothes IV. is written in cuneiform writing and in a + Semitic language. It has been thought that other documents, + drawn up in a non-Semitic language and coming from Mitanni + and Arzapi, contain a dialect of the Hittite speech or that + language itself. A “writer of books,” attached to the person + of the Hittite King Khatusaru, is named amongst the dead + found on the field of battle at Qodshû. + + *** It is thus perhaps we must understand the mention of + tribute from the Khâti in the <i>Annals of Thûtmosis III.</i>, 1. + 26, in the year XXXIII., also in the year XL. One of the Tel + el-Amarna letters refers to presents of this kind, which the + King of Khâti addresses to Amenôthes IV. to celebrate his + enthronement, and to ask him to maintain with himself the + traditional good relations of their two families. +</pre> + <p> + They had, moreover, commercial relations with Egypt, and furnished it with + cattle, chariots, and those splendid Cappadocian horses whose breed was + celebrated down to the Greek period.* They were already, indeed, people of + consideration; their territory was so extensive that the contemporaries of + Thutmosis III. called them the Greater Khâti; and the epithet “vile,” + which the chancellors of the Pharaohs added to their name, only shows by + its virulence the impression which they had produced upon the mind of + their adversaries.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The horses of the Khâti were called <i>abarî</i>, strong, + vigorous, as also their bulls. The King of Alasia, while + offering to Amenôthes III. a profitable speculation, advises + him to have nothing to do with the King of the Khâti or with + the King of Sangar, and thus furnishes proof that the + Egyptians held constant commercial relations with the Khâti. + + ** M. de Rougé suggested that Khâti “the Little” was the + name of the Hittites of Hebron. The expression, “Khâti the + Great,” has been compared with that of Khanirabbat, “Khani + the Great,” which in the Assyrian texts would seem to + designate a part of Cappadocia, in which the province of + Miliddi occurs, and the identification of the two has found + an ardent defender in W. Max Millier. Until further light is + thrown upon it, the most probable reading of the word is not + Khani-<i>ra</i>bat, but Khani-<i>gal</i>bat. The name Khani-Galbat is + possibly preserved in Julbat, which the Arab geographers + applied in the Middle Ages to a province situated in Lesser + Armenia. +</pre> + <p> + Their type of face distinguishes them clearly from the nations + conterminous with them on the south. The Egyptian draughtsmen represented + them as squat and short in stature, though vigorous, strong-limbed, and + with broad and full shoulders in youth, but as inclined frequently to + obesity in old age. The head is long and heavy, the forehead flattened, + the chin moderate in size, the nose prominent, the eyebrows and cheeks + projecting, the eyes small, oblique, and deep-set, the mouth fleshy, and + usually framed in by two deep wrinkles; the flesh colour is a yellowish or + reddish white, but clearer than that of the Phoenicians or the Amurru. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0011" id="linkBimage-0011"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/135.jpg" width="100%" + alt="135.jpg Three Heads of Hittite Soldiers " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Insinger. +</pre> + <p> + Their ordinary costume consisted, sometimes of a shirt with short sleeves, + sometimes of a sort of loin-cloth, more or less ample according to the + rank of the individual wearing it, and bound round the waist by a belt. To + these they added a scanty mantle, red or blue, fringed like that of the + Chaldæans, which they passed over the left shoulder and brought back under + the right, so as to leave the latter exposed. They wore shoes with thick + soles, turning up distinctly at the toes,* and they encased their hands in + gloves, reaching halfway up the arm. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * This characteristic is found on the majority of the + monuments which the peoples of Asia Minor have left to us, + and it is one of the most striking indications of the + northern origin of the Khâti. The Egyptian artists and + modern draughtsmen have often neglected it, and the majority + of them have represented the Khâti without shoes. +</pre> + <p> + They shaved off both moustache and beard, but gave free growth to their + hair, which they divided into two or three locks, and allowed to fall upon + their backs and breasts. The king’s head-dress, which was distinctive of + royalty, was a tall pointed hat, resembling to some extent the white crown + of the Pharaohs. The dress of the people, taken all together, was of + better and thicker material than that of the Syrians or Egyptians. The + mountains and elevated plateaus which they inhabited were subject to + extraordinary vicissitudes of heat and cold. If the summer burnt up + everything, the winter reigned here with an extreme rigour, and dragged on + for months: clothing and footgear had to be seen to, if the snow and the + icy winds of December were to be resisted. The character of their towns, + and the domestic life of their nobles and the common people, can only be + guessed at. Some, at least, of the peasants must have sheltered themselves + in villages half underground, similar to those which are still to be found + in this region. The town-folk and the nobles had adopted for the most part + the Chaldæan or Egyptian manners and customs in use among the Semites of + Syria. As to their religion, they reverenced a number of secondary deities + who had their abode in the tempest, in the clouds, the sea, the rivers, + the springs, the mountains, and the forests. Above this crowd there were + several sovereign divinities of the thunder or the air, sun-gods and + moon-gods, of which the chief was called Khâti, and was considered to be + the father of the nation. They ascribed to all their deities a warlike and + savage character. The Egyptians pictured some of them as a kind of Râ,* + others as representing Sit, or rather Sûtkhû, that patron of the Hyksôs + which was identified by them with Sit: every town had its tutelary heroes, + of whom they were accustomed to speak as if of its Sûtkhû—Sûtkhû of + Paliqa, Sûtkhû of Khissapa, Sûtkhû of Sarsu, Sûtkhû of Salpina. The + goddesses in their eyes also became Astartés, and this one fact suggests + that these deities were, like their Phoenician and Canaanite sisters, of a + double nature—in one aspect chaste, fierce, and warlike, and in + another lascivious and pacific. One god was called Mauru, another Targu, + others Qaui and Khepa.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The Cilician inscriptions of the Græco-Roman period reveal + the existence in this region of a god, Rho, Rhos. Did this + god exist among the Khâti, and did the similarity of the + pronunciation of it to that of the god Râ suggest to the + Egyptians the existence of a similar god among these people, + or did they simply translate into their language the name of + the Hittite god representing the sun? + + ** The names Mauru and Qaui are deduced from the forms + Maurusaru and Qauisaru, which were borne by the Khâti: Qaui + was probably the eponymous hero of the Qui people, as Khâti + was of the Khâti. Tarku and Tisubu appear to me to be + contained in the names Targanunasa, Targazatas, and + Tartisubu; Tisubu is probably the Têssupas mentioned in the + letter from Dushratta written in Mitannian, and identical + with the Tushupu of another letter from the same king, and + in a despatch from Tarkondaraush. Targu, Targa, Targanu, + resemble the god Tarkhu, which is known to us from the + proper names of these regions preserved in attributes + covered by each of these divine names, and as to the forms + with which they were invested. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0012" id="linkBimage-0012"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figleft" style="width:20%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/138.jpg" alt="138.jpg a Hittite King. " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher- +Gudin, from a +picture in Lepsius. +Khatusaru, King of +the Khâti,who was +for thirty years +a contemporary +of Ramses II. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + Tishubu, the Rammân of the Assyrians, was doubtless lord of the tempest + and of the atmosphere; Shausbe answered to Shala and to Ishtar the queen + of love;* but we are frequently in ignorance as to the Assyrian and Greek + inscriptions. Kheba, Khepa, Khîpa, is said to be a denomination of Rammân; + we find it in the names of the princesses Tadu-khîpa, Gilu-khîpa, + Puu-khîpa. + </p> + <p> + The majority of them, both male and female, were of gigantic stature, and + were arrayed in the vesture of earthly kings and queens: they brandished + their arms, displayed the insignia of their authority, such as a flower or + bunch of grapes, and while receiving the offerings of the people were + seated on a chair before an altar, or stood each on the animal + representing him—such as a lion, a stag, or wild goat. The temples + of their towns have disappeared, but they could never have been, it would + seem, either-large or magnificent: the favourite places of worship were + the tops of mountains, in the vicinity of springs, or the depths of + mysterious grottoes, where the deity revealed himself to his priests, and + received the faithful at the solemn festivals celebrated several times a + year.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The association of Tushupu, Tessupas, Tisubu, with Rammânu + is made out from an Assyrian tablet published by Bezold: it + was reserved for Say ce and Jensen to determine the nature + of the god. Shausbe has been identified with Ishtar or Shala + by Jensen. +</pre> + <p> + We know as little about their political organisation as about their + religion.* We may believe, however, that it was feudal in character, and + that every clan had its hereditary chief and its proper gods: the clans + collectively rendered obedience to a common king, whose effective + authority depended upon his character and age.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The religious cities and the festivals of the Greek epoch + are described by Strabo; these festivals were very ancient, + and their institution, if not the method of celebrating + them, may go back to the time of the Hittite empire. + + ** The description of the battle of Qodshû in the time of + Ramses II. shows us the King of the Khâti surrounded by his + vassals. The evidence of the existence of a similar feudal + organisation from the time of the XVIIIth dynasty is + furnished by a letter of Dushratta, King of Mitanni, where + he relates to Amenôthes IV. the revolt of his brother + Artassumara, and speaks of the help which one of the + neighbouring chiefs, Pirkhi, and all the Khâti had given to + the rebel. +</pre> + <p> + The various contingents which the sovereign could collect together and + lead would, if he were an incapable general, be of little avail against + the well-officered and veteran troops of Egypt. Still they were not to be + despised, and contained the elements of an excellent army, superior both + in quality and quantity to any which Syria had ever been able to put into + the field. The infantry consisted of a limited number of archers or + slingers. They had usually neither shield nor cuirass, but merely, in the + way of protective armour, a padded head-dress, ornamented with a tuft. The + bulk of the army carried short lances and broad-bladed choppers, or more + generally, short thin-handled swords with flat two-edged blades, very + broad at the base and terminating in a point. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0013" id="linkBimage-0013"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/140.jpg" width="100%" + alt="140.jpg a Hittite Chariot With Its Three Occupants " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from Champollion. +</pre> + <p> + Their mode of attack was in close phalanxes, whose shock must have been + hard to bear, for the soldiers forming them were in part at least + recruited from among the strong and hardy mountaineers of the Taurus. The + chariotry comprised the nobles and the <i>élite</i> of the army, but it + was differently constituted from that of the Egyptians, and employed other + tactics. + </p> + <p> + The Hittite chariots were heavier, and the framework, instead of being a + mere skeleton, was pannelled on the sides, the contour at the top being + sometimes quite square, at other times rudely curved. It was bound + together in the front by two disks of metal, and strengthened by strips of + copper or bronze, which were sometimes plated with silver or gold. There + were no quiver-cases as in Egyptian chariots, for the Hittite charioteers + rarely resorted to the bow and arrow. The occupants of a chariot were + three in number—the driver; the shield-bearer, whose office it was + to protect his companions by means of a shield, sometimes of a round form, + with a segment taken out on each side, and sometimes square; and finally, + the warrior, with his sword and lance. The Hittite princes whom fortune + had brought into relations with Thûtmosîs III. and Amenôthes II. were not + able to avail themselves properly of the latent forces around them. It was + owing probably to the feebleness of their character or to the turbulence + of their barons that we must ascribe the poor part they played in the + revolutions of the Eastern world at this time. The establishment of a + strong military power on their southern frontier was certain, moreover, to + be anything but pleasing to them; if they preferred not to risk everything + by entering into a great struggle with the invaders, they could, without + compromising themselves too much, harass them with sudden attacks, and + intrigue in an underhand way against them to their own profit. Pharaoh’s + generals were accustomed to punish, one after the other, these bands of + invading tribes, and the sculptors duly recorded their names on a pylon at + Thebes among those of the conquered nations, but these disasters had + little effect in restraining the Hittites. They continued, in spite of + them, to march southward, and the letters from the Egyptian governors + record their progress year after year. They had a hand in all the plots + which were being hatched among the Syrians, and all the disaffected who + wished to be free from foreign oppression—such as Abdashirti and his + son Azîru—addressed themselves to them for help in the way of + chariots and men.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Azîru defends himself in one of his letters against the + accusation of having received four messengers from the King + of the Khâti, while he refused to receive those from Egypt. + The complicity of Aziru with the Khâti is denounced in an + appeal from the inhabitants of Tunipa. In a mutilated + letter, an unknown person calls attention to the + negotiations which a petty-Syrian prince had entered into + with the King of the Khâti. +</pre> + <p> + Even inthe time of Amenôfches III. they had endeavoured to reap profit + from the discords of Mitanni, and had asserted their supremacy over it. + Dushratta, however, was able to defeat one of their chiefs. Repulsed on + this side, they fell back upon that part of Naharaim lying between the + Euphrates and Orontes, and made themselves masters of one town after + another in spite of the despairing appeals of the conquered to the Theban + king. From the accession of Khûniatonû, they set to work to annex the + countries of Nukhassi, Nîi, Tunipa, and Zinzauru: they looked with + covetous eyes upon Phoenicia, and were already menacing Coele-Syria. The + religious confusion in Egypt under Tûtankhamon and Aî left them a free + field for their ambitions, and when Harmhabî ventured to cross to the east + of the isthmus, he found them definitely installed in the region + stretching from the Mediterranean and the Lebanon to the Euphrates. Their + then reigning prince, Sapalulu, appeared to have been the founder of a new + dynasty: he united the forces of the country in a solid body, and was + within a little of making a single state out of all Northern Syria.* + </p> + <p> + * Sapalulu has the same name as that wo meet with later on in the country + of Patin, in the time of Salmanasar III., viz. Sapalulme. It is known to + us only from a treaty with the Khâti, which makes him coeval with Ramses + I.: it was with him probably that Harmhabî had to deal in his Syrian + campaigns. The limit of his empire towards the south is gathered in a + measure from what we know of the wars of Seti I. with the Khâti. + </p> + <p> + All Naharaim had submitted to him: Zahi, Alasia, and the Amurru had passed + under his government from that of the Pharaohs; Carchemish, Tunipa, Nîi, + Hamath, figured among his royal cities, and Qodshû was the defence of his + southern frontier. His progress towards the east was not less + considerable. Mitanni, Arzapi, and the principalities of the Euphrates as + far as the Balikh, possibly even to the Khabur,* paid him homage: beyond + this, Assyria and Chaldæa barred his way. Here, as on his other frontiers, + fortune brought him face to face with the most formidable powers of the + Asiatic world. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The text of the poem of Pentaûîrît mentions, among the + countries confederate with the Khâti, all Naharaim; that is + to say, the country on either side of the Euphrates, + embracing Mitanni and the principalities named in the Amarna + correspondence, and in addition some provinces whose sites + have not yet been discovered, but which may be placed + without much risk of error to the north of the Taurus. +</pre> + <p> + The latter prince was obliged to capture Qodshû, and to conquer the people + of the Lebanon. Had he sufficient forces at his disposal to triumph over + them, or only enough to hold his ground? Both hypotheses could have been + answered in the affirmative if each one of these great powers, confiding + in its own resources, had attacked him separately. The Amorites, the + people of Zahi, Alasia, and Naharaim, together with recruits from Hittite + tribes, would then have put him in a position to resist, and even to carry + off victory with a high hand in the final struggle. But an alliance + between Assyria or Babylon and Thebes was always possible. There had been + such things before, in the time of Thut-mosis IV. and in that of Amenôthes + III., but they were lukewarm agreements, and their effect was not much to + boast of, for the two parties to the covenant had then no common enemy to + deal with, and their mutual interests were not, therefore, bound up with + their united action. The circumstances were very different now. The rapid + growth of a nascent kingdom, the restless spirit of its people, its + trespasses on domains in which the older powers had been accustomed to + hold the upper hand,—did not all this tend to transform the + convention, more commercial than military, with which up to this time they + had been content, into an offensive and defensive treaty? If they decided + to act in concert, how could Sapalulu or his successors, seeing that he + was obliged to defend himself on two frontiers at the same moment, muster + sufficient resources to withstand the double assault? The Hittites, as we + know them more especially from the hieroglyphic inscriptions, might be + regarded as the lords only of Northern Syria, and their power be measured + merely by the extent of territory which they occupied to the south of the + Taurus and on the two banks of the Middle Euphrates. But this does not by + any means represent the real facts. This was but the half of their empire; + the rest extended to the westward and northward, beyond the mountains into + that region, known afterwards as Asia Minor, in which Egyptian tradition + had from ancient times confused some twenty nations under the common vague + epithet of Haûî-nîbû. Official language still employed it as a convenient + and comprehensive term, but the voyages of the Phoenicians and the travels + of the “Royal Messengers,” as well as, probably, the maritime commerce of + the merchants of the Delta, had taught the scribes for more than a century + and a half to make distinctions among these nations which they had + previously summed up in one. The Lufeu* were to be found there, as well as + the Danauna,** the Shardana,*** and others besides, who lay behind one + another on the coast. Of the second line of populations behind the region + of the coast tribes, we have up to the present no means of knowing + anything with certainty. Asia Minor, furthermore, is divided into two + regions, so distinctly separated by nature as well as by races that one + would be almost inclined to regard them as two countries foreign to each + other. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The Luku, Luka, are mentioned in the Amarna correspondence + under the form Lukki as pirates and highway robbers. The + identity of these people with the Lycians I hold as well + established. + + ** The Danauna are mentioned along with the Luku in the + Amarna correspondence. The termination, <i>-auna, -ana</i> of + this word appears to be the ending in -aon found in Asiatic + names like Lykaôn by the side of Lykos, Kataôn by the side + of Kêtis and Kat-patuka; while the form of the name Danaos + is preserved in Greek legend, Danaôn is found only on + Oriental monuments. The Danauna came “from their islands,” + that is to say, from the coasts of Asia Minor, or from + Greece, the term not being pressed too literally, as the + Egyptians were inclined to call all distant lands situated + to the north beyond the Mediterranean Sea “islands.” + + *** E. de Rougé and Chabas were inclined to identify the + Shardana with the Sardes and the island of Sardinia. Unger + made them out to be the Khartanoi of Libya, and was followed + by Brugsch. W. Max Müller revived the hypotheses of De Rougé + and Chabas, and saw in them bands from the Italian island. I + am still persuaded, as I was twenty-five years ago, that + they were Asiatics—the Mæonian tribe which gave its name + to Sardis. The Serdani or Shardana are mentioned as serving + in the Egyptian Army in the Tel el-Amarna tablets. +</pre> + <p> + In its centre it consists of a well-defined undulating plain, having a + gentle slope towards the Black Sea, and of the shape of a kind of convex + trapezium, clearly bounded towards the north by the highlands of Pontus, + and on the south by the tortuous chain of the Taurus. A line of low hills + fringes the country on the west, from the Olympus of Mysia to the Taurus + of Pisidia. Towards the east it is bounded by broken chains of mountains + of unequal height, to which the name Anti-Taurus is not very appropriately + applied. An immense volcanic cone, Mount Argseus, looks down from a height + of some 13,000 feet over the wide isthmus which connects the country with + the lands of the Euphrates. This volcano is now extinct, but it still + preserved in old days something of its languishing energy, throwing out + flames at intervals above the sacred forests which clothed its slopes. The + rivers having their sources in the region just described, have not all + succeeded in piercing the obstacles which separate them from the sea, but + the Pyramus and the Sarus find their way into the Mediterranean and the + Iris, Halys and Sangarios into the Euxine. The others flow into the + lowlands, forming meres, marshes, and lakes of fluctuating extent. The + largest of these lakes, called Tatta, is salt, and its superficial extent + varies with the season. In brief, the plateau of this region is nothing + but an extension of the highlands of Central Asia, and has the same + vegetation, fauna, and climate, the same extremes of temperature, the same + aridity, and the same wretched and poverty-stricken character as the + latter. The maritime portions are of an entirely different aspect. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0014" id="linkBimage-0014"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/146.jpg" width="100%" alt="146.jpg Map " /> + </div> + <p> + The western coast which stretches into the Ægean is furrowed by deep + valleys, opening out as they reach the sea, and the rivers—the + Caicus, the Hermos, the Cayster, and Meander—which flow through them + are effective makers of soil, bringing down with them, as they do, a + continual supply of alluvium, which, deposited at their mouths, causes the + land to encroach there upon the sea. The littoral is penetrated here and + there by deep creeks, and is fringed with beautiful islands—Lesbos, + Chios, Samos, Cos, Rhodes—of which the majority are near enough to + the continent to act as defences of the seaboard, and to guard the mouths + of the rivers, while they are far enough away to be secure from the + effects of any violent disturbances which might arise in the mainland. The + Cyclades, distributed in two lines, are scattered, as it were, at hazard + between Asia and Europe, like great blocks which have fallen around the + piers of a broken bridge. The passage from one to the other is an easy + matter, and owing to them, the sea rather serves to bring together the two + continents than to divide them. Two groups of heights, imperfectly + connected with the central plateau, tower above the Ægean slope—wooded + Ida on the north, veiled in cloud, rich in the flocks and herds upon its + sides, and in the metals within its bosom; and on the south, the volcanic + bastions of Lycia, where tradition was wont to place the fire-breathing + Chimaera. A rocky and irregularly broken coast stretches to the west of + Lycia, in a line almost parallel with the Taurus, through which, at + intervals, torrents leaping from the heights make their way into the sea. + At the extreme eastern point of the coast, almost at the angle where the + Cilician littoral meets that of Syria, the Pyramus and the Sarus have + brought down between them sufficient material to form an alluvial plain, + which the classical geographers designated by the name of the Level + Cilicia, to distinguish it from the rough region of the interior, Gilicia + Trachea. + </p> + <p> + The populations dwelling in this peninsula belong to very varied races. On + the south and south-west certain Semites had found an abode—the + mysterious inhabitants of Solyma, and especially the Phoenicians in their + scattered trading-stations. On the north-east, beside the Khâti, + distributed throughout the valleys of the Anti-Taurus, between the + Euphrates and Mount Argseus, there were tribes allied to the Khâti*—possibly + at this time the Tabal and the Mushkâ—and, on the shores of the + Black Sea, those workers in metal, which, following the Greeks, we may + call, for want of a better designation, the Chalybes. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * A certain number of these tribes or of their towns are to + be found in the list contained in the treaty of Ramses II. + with the Khâti. +</pre> + <p> + We are at a loss to know the distribution of tribes in the centre and in + the north-west, but the Bosphorus and the Hellespont, we may rest assured, + never formed an ethnographical frontier. The continents on either side of + them appear at this point to form the banks of a river, or the two slopes + of a single valley, whose bottom lies buried beneath the waters. The + barbarians of the Balkans had forced their way across at several points. + Dardanians were to be encountered in the neighbourhood of Mount Ida, as + well as on the banks of the Axios, from early times, and the Kebrenes of + Macedonia had colonised a district of the Troad near Ilion, while the + great nation of the Mysians had issued, like them, from the European + populations of the Hebrus and the Strymon. The hero Dardanos, according to + legend, had at first founded, under the auspices of the Idasan Zeus, the + town of Dardania; and afterwards a portion of his progeny followed the + course of the Scamander, and entrenched themselves upon a precipitous + hill, from the top of which they could look far and wide over the plain + and sea. The most ancient Ilion, at first a village, abandoned on more + than one occasion in the course of centuries, was rebuilt and transformed, + earlier than the XVth century before Christ, into an important citadel, + the capital of a warlike and prosperous kingdom. The ruins on the spot + prove the existence of a primitive civilization analogous to that of the + islands of the Archipelago before the arrival of the Phoenician + navigators. We find that among both, at the outset, flint and bone, clay, + baked and unbaked, formed the only materials for their utensils and + furniture; metals were afterwards introduced, and we can trace their + progressive employment to the gradual exclusion of the older implements. + These ancient Trojans used copper, and we encounter only rarely a kind of + bronze, in which the proportion of tin was too slight to give the + requisite hardness to the alloy, and we find still fewer examples of iron + and lead. They were fairly adroit workers in silver, electrum, and + especially in gold. The amulets, cups, necklaces, and jewellery discovered + in their tombs or in the ruins of their houses, are sometimes of a not + ungraceful form. Their pottery was made by hand, and was not painted or + varnished, but they often gave to it a fine lustre by means of a + stone-polisher. Other peoples of uncertain origin, but who had attained a + civilization as advanced as that of the Trojans, were the Maeonians, the + Leleges, and the Carians who had their abode to the south of Troy and of + the Mysians. The Maeonians held sway in the fertile valleys of the Hermos, + Cayster, and Maaander. They were divided into several branches, such as + the Lydians, the Tyrseni, the Torrhebi, and the Shardana, but their most + ancient traditions looked back with pride to a flourishing state to which, + as they alleged, they had all belonged long ago on the slopes of Mount + Sipylos, between the valley of the Hermos and the Gulf of Smyrna. The + traditional capital of this kingdom was Magnesia, the most ancient of + cities, the residence of Tantalus, the father of Niobe and the Pelopidae. + The Leleges rise up before us from many points at the same time, but + always connected with the most ancient memories of Greece and Asia. The + majority of the strongholds on the Trojan coast belonged to them—such + as Antandros and Gargara—and Pedasos on the Satniois boasted of + having been one of their colonies, while several other towns of the same + name, but very distant from each other, enable us to form some idea of the + extent of their migrations.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * According to the scholiast on Nicander, the word “Pedasos” + signified “mountain,” probably in the language of the + Leleges. We know up to the present of four Pedasi, or + Pedasa: the first in Messenia, which later on took the name + of Methône; the second in the Troad, on the banks of the + Satniois; the third in the neighbourhood of Cyzicus; and the + fourth in Caria. +</pre> + <p> + In the time of Strabo, ruined tombs and deserted sites of cities were + shown in Caria which the natives regarded as Lelegia—that is, abode + of the Leleges. The Carians were dominant in the southern angle of the + peninsula and in the Ægean Islands; and the Lycians lay next them on the + east, and were sometimes confounded with them. One of the most powerful + tribes of the Carians, the Tremilse, were in the eyes of the Greeks hardly + to be separated from the mountainous district which they knew as Lycia + proper; while other tribes extended as far as the Halys. A district of the + Troad, to the south of Mount Ida, was called Lycia, and there was a + Lycaonia on both sides of the Middle Taurus; while Attica had its Lycia, + and Crete its Lycians. These three nations—the Lycians, Carians, and + Leleges—were so entangled together from their origin, that no one + would venture now to trace the lines of demarcation between them, and we + are often obliged to apply to them collectively what can be appropriately + ascribed to only one. + </p> + <p> + How far the Hittite power extended in the first years of its expansion we + have now hardly the means of knowing. It would appear that it took within + its scope, on the south-west, the Cilician plain, and the undulating + region bordering on it—that of Qodi: the prince of the latter + district, if not his vassal, was at least the colleague of the King of the + Khâti, and he acted in concert with him in peace as well as in war.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The country of Qidi, Qadi, Qodi, has been connected by + Chabas with Galilee, and Brugsch adopted the identification. + W. Max Müller identified it with Phoenicia. I think the + name served to designate the Cilician coast and plain from + the mouth of the Orontes, and the country which was known in + the Græco-Roman period by the name Kêtis and Kataonia. +</pre> + <p> + It embraced also the upper basin of the Pyramos and its affluents, as well + as the regions situated between the Euphrates and the Halys, but its + frontier in this direction was continually fluctuating, and our researches + fail to follow it. It is somewhat probable that it extended considerably + towards the west and north-west in the direction of the Ægean Sea. The + forests and escarpments of Lycaonia, and the desolate steppes of the + central plateau, have always presented a barrier difficult to surmount by + any invader from the east. If the Khâti at that period attacked it in + front, or by a flank movement, the assault must rather have been of the + nature of a hurried reconnaissance, or of a raid, than of a methodically + conducted campaign.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The idea of a Hittite empire extending over almost all + Asia Minor was advanced by Sayce. +</pre> + <p> + They must have preferred to obtain possession of the valleys of the + Thermodon and the Iris, which were rich in mineral wealth, and from which + they could have secured an inexhaustible revenue. The extraction and + working of metals in this region had attracted thither from time + immemorial merchants from neighbouring and distant countries—at + first from the south to supply the needs of Syria, Chaldæa, and Egypt, + then from the west for the necessities of the countries on the Ægean. The + roads, which, starting from the archipelago on the one hand, or the + Euphrates on the other, met at this point, fell naturally into one, and + thus formed a continuous route, along which the caravans of commerce, as + well as warlike expeditions, might henceforward pass. Starting from the + cultivated regions of Mæonia, the road proceeded up the valley of the + Hermos from west to east; then, scaling the heights of the central plateau + and taking a direction more and more to the north-east, it reached the + fords of the Halys. Crossing this river twice—for the first time at + a point about two-thirds the length of its course, and for the second at a + short distance from its source—it made an abrupt turn towards the + Taurus, and joined, at Melitene, the routes leading to the Upper Tigris, + to Nisibis, to Singara, and to Old Assur, and connecting further down + beyond the mountainous region, under the walls of Carchemish, with the + roads which led to the Nile and to the river-side cities on the Persian + Gulf.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The very early existence of this road, which partly + coincides with the royal route of the Persian Achemenids, + was proved by Kiepert. +</pre> + <p> + There were other and shorter routes, if we think only of the number of + miles, from the Hermos in Pisidia or Lycaonia, across the central steppe + and through the Cilician Gates, to the meeting of the ways at Carchemish; + but they led through wretched regions, without industries, almost without + tillage, and inhospitable alike to man and beast, and they were ventured + on only by those who aimed at trafficking among the populations who lived + in their neighbourhood. The Khâti, from the time even when they were + enclosed among the fastnesses of the Taurus, had within their control the + most important section of the great land route which served to maintain + regular relations between the ancient kingdoms of the east and the rising + states of the Ægean, and whosoever would pass through their country had to + pay them toll. The conquest of Naharaim, in giving them control of a new + section, placed almost at their discretion the whole traffic between + Chaldæa and Egypt. From the time of Thûtmosis III. caravans employed in + this traffic accomplished the greater part of their journey in territories + depending upon Babylon, Assyria, or Memphis, and enjoyed thus a relative + security; the terror of the Pharaoh protected the travellers even when + they were no longer in his domains, and he saved them from the flagrant + exactions made upon them by princes who called themselves his brothers, or + were actually his vassals. But the time had now come when merchants had to + encounter, between Qodshu and the banks of the Khabur, a sovereign owing + no allegiance to any one, and who would tolerate no foreign interference + in his territory. From the outbreak of hostilities with the Khâti, Egypt + could communicate with the cities of the Lower Euphrates only by the Wadys + of the Arabian Desert, which were always dangerous and difficult for large + convoys; and its commercial relations with Chaldæa were practically + brought thus to a standstill, and, as a consequence, the manufactures + which fed this trade being reduced to a limited production, the fiscal + receipts arising from it experienced a sensible diminution. When peace was + restored, matters fell again into their old groove, with certain + reservations to the Khâti of some common privileges: Egypt, which had + formerly possessed these to her own advantage, now bore the burden of + them, and the indirect tribute which she paid in this manner to her rivals + furnished them with arms to fight her in case she should endeavour to free + herself from the imposition. All the semi-barbaric peoples of the + peninsula of Asia Minor were of an adventurous and warlike temperament. + They were always willing to set out on an expedition, under the leadership + of some chief of noble family or renowned for valour; sometimes by sea in + their light craft, which would bring them unexpectedly to the nearest + point of the Syrian coast, sometimes by land in companies of foot-soldiers + and charioteers. They were frequently fortunate enough to secure plenty of + booty, and return with it to their homes safe and sound; but as frequently + they would meet with reverses by falling into some ambuscade: in such a + case their conqueror would not put them to the sword or sell them as + slaves, but would promptly incorporate them into his army, thus making his + captives into his soldiers. The King of the Khâti was able to make use of + them without difficulty, for his empire was conterminous on the west and + north with some of their native lands, and he had often whole regiments of + them in his army—Mysians, Lycians, people of Augarît,* of Ilion,** + and of Pedasos.*** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The country of Augarît, Ugarît, is mentioned on several + occasions in the Tel el-Amarna correspondence. The name has + been wrongly associated with Caria; it has been placed by W. + Max Miiller well within Naharaim, to the east of the + Orontes, between Khalybôn (Aleppo) and Apamoea, the writer + confusing it with Akaiti, named in the campaign of Amenôthes + II. I am not sure about the site, but its association in the + Amarna letters with Gugu and Khanigalbat inclines me to + place it beyond the northern slopes of the Taurus, possibly + on the banks of the Halys or of the Upper Euphrates. + + ** The name of this people was read Eiûna by Champollion, + who identified it with the Ionians; this reading and + identification were adopted by Lenormant and by W. Max + Müller. Chabas hesitates between Eiûna and Maiûna, Ionia and + Moonia and Brugsch read it Malunna. The reading Iriûna, + Iliûna, seems to me the only possible one, and the + identification with Ilion as well. + + *** Owing to its association with the Dardanians, Mysians, + and Ilion, I think it answers to the Pedasos on the Satniois + near Troy. +</pre> + <p> + The revenue of the provinces taken from Egypt, and the products of his + tolls, furnished him with abundance of means for obtaining recruits from + among them.* + </p> + <p> + All these things contributed to make the power of the Khâti so + considerable, that Harmhabî, when he had once tested it, judged it prudent + not to join issues with them. He concluded with Sapalulu a treaty of peace + and friendship, which, leaving the two powers in possession respectively + of the territory each then occupied, gave legal sanction to the extension + of the sphere of the Khâti at the expense of Egypt.** Syria continued to + consist of two almost equal parts, stretching from Byblos to the sources + of the Jordan and Damascus: the northern portion, formerly tributary to + Egypt, became a Hittite possession; while the southern, consisting of + Phoenicia and Canaan,*** which the Pharaoh had held for a long time with a + more effective authority, and had more fully occupied, was retained for + Egypt. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * E. de Rougé and the Egyptologists who followed him thought + at first that the troops designated in the Egyptian texts as + Lycians, Mysians, Dardanians, were the national armies of + these nations, each one commanded by its king, who had + hastened from Asia Minor to succour their ally the King of + the Khâti. I now think that those were bands of adventurers, + consisting of soldiers belonging to these nations, who came + to put themselves at the service of civilized monarchs, as + the Oarians, Ionians, and the Greeks of various cities did + later on: the individuals whom the texts mention as their + princes were not the kings of these nations, but the warrior + chiefs to which each band gave obedience. + + ** It is not certain that Harmhabî was the Pharaoh with whom + Sapalulu entered into treaty, and it might be insisted with + some reason that Ramses I. was the party to it on the side + of Egypt; but this hypothesis is rendered less probable by + the fact of the extremely short reign of the latter Pharaoh. + I am inclined to think, as W. Max Miiller has supposed, that + the passage in the <i>Treaty of Ramses II. with the Prince of + the Khâti,</i> which speaks of a treaty concluded with + Sapalulu, looks back to the time of Ramses II.‘s + predecessor, Harmhabî. + + *** This follows from the situation of the two empires, as + indicated in the account of the campaign of Seti I. in his + first year. The king, after having defeated the nomads of + the Arabian desert, passed on without further fighting into + the country of the Amûrrû and the regions of the Lebanon, + which fact seems to imply the submission of Kharû. W. Max + Miiller was the first to* discern clearly this part of the + history of Egyptian conquest; he appears, however, to have + circumscribed somewhat too strictly the dominion of Harmhabî + in assigning Carmel as its limit. The list of the nations of + the north who yielded, or are alleged to have yielded, + submission to Harmhabî, were traced on the first pylon of + this monarch at Karnak, and on its adjoining walls. Among + others, the names of the Khâti and of Arvad are to be read + there. +</pre> + <p> + This could have been but a provisional arrangement: if Thebes had not + altogether renounced the hope of repossessing some day the lost conquests + of Thûtmosis III., the Khâti, drawn by the same instinct which had urged + them to cross their frontiers towards the south, were not likely to be + content with less than the expulsion of the Egyptians from Syria, and the + absorption of the whole country into the Hittite dominion. Peace was + maintained during Harmhabî’s lifetime. We know nothing of Egyptian affairs + during the last years of his reign. His rule may have come to an end owing + to some court intrigue, or he may have had no male heir to follow him.* + Ramses, who succeeded him, did not belong to the royal line, or was only + remotely connected with it.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * It would appear, from an Ostracon in the British Museum, + that the year XXI. follows after the year VII. of Harmhabî’s + reign; it is possible that the year XXI. may belong to one + of Harmhabî’s successors, Seti I. or Ramses II., for + example. + + ** The efforts to connect Ramses I. with a family of Semitic + origin, possibly the Shepherd-kings themselves, have not + been successful. Everything goes to prove that the Ramses + family was, and considered itself to be, of Egyptian origin. + Brugsch and Ed. Meyer were inclined to see in Ramses I. a + younger brother of Harmhabî. This hypothesis has nothing + either for Or against it up to the present. +</pre> + <p> + He was already an old man when he ascended the throne, and we ought + perhaps to identify him with one or other of the Ramses who flourished + under the last Pharaohs of the XVIIIth dynasty, perhaps the one who + governed Thebes under Khûniatonû, or another, who began but never finished + his tomb in the hillside above Tel el-Amarna, in the burying-place of the + worshippers of the Disk. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0015" id="linkBimage-0015"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figleft" style="width:30%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/160.jpg" alt="160.jpg Ramses I. " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, +from a sketch in Rosellini. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + He had held important offices under Harmhabî,* and had obtained in + marriage for his son Seti the hand of Tuîa, who, of all the royal family, + possessed the strongest rights to the crown.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * This Tel el-Amarna Ramses is, perhaps, identical with the + Theban one: he may have followed his master to his new + capital, and have had a tomb dug for himself there, which he + subsequently abandoned, on the death of Khûniatonû, in order + to return to Thebes with Tûtankhamon and Aï. + + ** The fact that the marriage was celebrated under the + auspices of Harmhabî, and that, consequently, Ramses must + have occupied an important position at the court of that + prince, is proved by the appearance of Ramses II., son of + Tuîa, as early as the first year of Seti, among the ranks of + the combatants in the war carried on by that prince against + the Tihonû; even granting that he was then ten years old, we + are forced to admit that he must have been born before his + grandfather came to the throne. There is in the Vatican a + statue of Tuîa; other statues have been discovered at San. +</pre> + <p> + Ramses reigned only six or seven years, and associated Seti with himself + in the government from his second year. He undertook a short military + expedition into Ethiopia, and perhaps a raid into Syria; and we find + remains of his monuments in Nubia, at Bohani near Wady Haifa, and at + Thebes, in the temple of Amon.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * He began the great Hypostyle Hall at Karnak; E. de Rougé + thinks that the idea of building this was first conceived + under the XVIIIth dynasty. +</pre> + <p> + He displayed little activity, his advanced age preventing him from + entering on any serious undertaking: but his accession nevertheless marks + an important date in the history of Egypt. Although Harmhabî was distantly + connected with the line of the Ahmessides, it is difficult at the present + day to know what position to assign him in the Pharaonic lists: while some + regard him as the last of the XVIIIth dynasty, others prefer to place him + at the head of the XIXth. No such hesitation, however, exists with regard + to Ramses I., who was undoubtedly the founder of a new family. The old + familiar names of Thûtmosis and Amenôthes henceforward disappear from the + royal lists, and are replaced by others, such as Seti, Mînephtah, and, + especially, Ramses, which now figure in them for the first time. The + princes who bore these names showed themselves worthy successors of those + who had raised Egypt to the zenith of her power; like them they were + successful on the battle-field, and like them they devoted the best of the + spoil to building innumerable monuments. No sooner had Seti celebrated his + father’s obsequies, than he assembled his army and set out for war. + </p> + <p> + It would appear that Southern Syria was then in open revolt. “Word had + been brought to His Majesty: ‘The vile Shaûsû have plotted rebellion; the + chiefs of their tribes, assembled in one place on the confines of Kharû, + have been smitten with blindness and with the spirit of violence; every + one cutteth his neighbour’s throat.” * It was imperative to send succour to + the few tribes who remained faithful, to prevent them from succumbing to + the repeated attacks of the insurgents. Seti crossed the frontier at Zalu, + but instead of pursuing his way along the coast, he marched due east in + order to attack the Shaûsû in the very heart of the desert. The road ran + through wide wadys, tolerably well supplied with water, and the length of + the stages necessarily depended on the distances between the wells. This + route was one frequented in early times, and its security was ensured by a + number of fortresses and isolated towers built along it, such as “The + House of the Lion “—<i>ta ait pa maû</i>—near the pool of the + same name, the Migdol of the springs of Huzîna, the fortress of Uazît, the + Tower of the Brave, and the Migdol of Seti at the pools of Absakaba. The + Bedawîn, disconcerted by the rapidity of this movement, offered no serious + resistance. Their flocks were carried off, their trees cut down, their + harvests destroyed, and they surrendered their strongholds at discretion. + Pushing on from one halting-place to another, the conqueror soon reached + Babbîti, and finally Pakanâna.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The pictures of this campaign and the inscriptions which + explain them were engraved by Seti I., on the outside of the + north wall of the great hypostyle hall at Karnak. + + ** The site of Pakanâna has, with much probability, been + fixed at El-Kenân or Khurbet-Kanâan, to the south of Hebron. + Brugsch had previously taken this name to indicate the + country of Canaan, but Chabas rightly contested this view. + W. Max Millier took up the matter afresh: he perceived that + we have here an allusion to the first town encountered by + Seti I. in the country of Canaan to the south-west of + Raphia, the name of which is not mentioned by the Egyptian + sculptor; it seems to me that this name should be Pakanâna, + and that the town bore the same name as the country. +</pre> + <p> + The latter town occupied a splendid position on the slope of a rocky hill, + close to a small lake, and defended the approaches to the vale of Hebron. + It surrendered at the first attack, and by its fall the Egyptians became + possessed of one of the richest provinces in the southern part of Kharû. + This result having been achieved, Seti took the caravan road to his left, + on the further side of Gaza, and pushed forward at full speed towards the + Hittite frontier. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0016" id="linkBimage-0016"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/163.jpg" width="100%" + alt="163.jpg the Return of The North Wall Of The Hypostyle Hall at Karnak, Where Seti I. Represents Some Episodes in his First Campaign " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph, by Émil Brugsch-Bey. +</pre> + <p> + It was probably unprotected by any troops, and the Hittite king was absent + in some other part of his empire. Seti pillaged the Amurru, seized Ianuâmu + and Qodshû by a sudden attack, marched in an oblique direction towards the + Mediterranean, forcing the inhabitants of the Lebanon to cut timber from + their mountains for the additions which he was premeditating in the temple + of the Theban Amon, and finally returned by the coast road, receiving, as + he passed through their territory, the homage of the Phoenicians. His + entry into Egypt was celebrated by solemn festivities. The nobles, + priests, and princes of both south and north hastened to meet him at the + bridge of Zalû, and welcomed, with their chants, both the king and the + troops of captives whom he was bringing back for the service of his father + Amon at Karnak. The delight of his subjects was but natural, since for + many years the Egyptians bad not witnessed such a triumph, and they no + doubt believed that the prosperous era of Thûtmosis III. was about to + return, and that the wealth of Naharaim would once more flow into Thebes + as of old. Their illusion was short-lived, for this initial victory was + followed by no other. Maurusaru, King of the Khâti, and subsequently his + son Mautallu, withstood the Pharaoh with such resolution that he was + forced to treat with them. A new alliance was concluded on the same + conditions as the old one, and the boundaries of the two kingdoms remained + the same as under Harmhabî, a proof that neither sovereign had gained any + advantage over his rival. Hence the campaign did not in any way restore + Egyptian supremacy, as had been hoped at the moment; it merely served to + strengthen her authority in those provinces which the Khâti had failed to + take from Egypt. The Phoenicians of Tyre and Sidon had too many commercial + interests on the banks of the Nile to dream of breaking the slender tie + which held them to the Pharaoh, since independence, or submission to + another sovereign, might have ruined their trade. The Kharû and the + Bedawîn, vanquished wherever they had ventured to oppose the Pharaoh’s + troops, were less than ever capable of throwing off the Egyptian yoke. + Syria fell back into its former state. The local princes once more resumed + their intrigues and quarrels, varied at intervals by appeals to their + suzerain for justice or succour. The “Royal Messengers” appeared from time + to time with their escorts of archers and chariots to claim tribute, levy + taxes, to make peace between quarrelsome vassals, or, if the case required + it, to supersede some insubordinate chief by a governor of undoubted + loyalty; in fine, the entire administration of the empire was a + continuation of that of the preceding century. The peoples of Kûsh + meanwhile had remained quiet during the campaign in Syria, and on the + western frontier the Tihonû had suffered so severe a defeat that they were + not likely to recover from it for some time.* The bands of pirates, + Shardana and others, who infested the Delta, were hunted down, and the + prisoners taken from among them were incorporated into the royal guard.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * This war is represented at Karnak, and Ramses II. figures + there among the children of Seti I. + + ** We gather this from passages in the inscriptions from the + year V. onwards, in which Ramses II. boasts that he has a + number of Shardana prisoners in his guard; Rouge was, + perhaps, mistaken in magnifying these piratical raids into a + war of invasion. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0017" id="linkBimage-0017"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/166.jpg" width="100%" + alt="166.jpg Representation of Seti I. Vanquishing the Libyans And Asiatics on the Walls, Karnak " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph by Ernil Brugsch-Bey. +</pre> + <p> + Seti, however, does not appear to have had a confirmed taste for war. He + showed energy when occasion required it, and he knew how to lead his + soldiers, as the expedition of his first year amply proved; but when the + necessity was over, he remained on the defensive, and made no further + attempt at conquest. By his own choice he was “the jackal who prowls about + the country to protect it,” rather than “the wizard lion marauding abroad + by hidden paths,” * and Egypt enjoyed a profound peace in consequence of + his ceaseless vigilance. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * These phrases are taken direct from the inscriptions of + Seti I. +</pre> + <p> + A peaceful policy of this kind did not, of course, produce the amount of + spoil and the endless relays of captives which had enabled his + predecessors to raise temples and live in great luxury without + overburdening their subjects with taxes. Seti was, therefore, the more + anxious to do all in his power to develop the internal wealth of the + country. The mining colonies of the Sinaitic Peninsula had never ceased + working since operations had been resumed there under Hâtshopsîtû and + Thûtmosis III., but the output had lessened during the troubles under the + heretic kings. Seti sent inspectors thither, and endeavoured to stimulate + the workmen to their former activity, but apparently with no great + success. We are not able to ascertain if he continued the revival of trade + with Pûanît inaugurated by Harmhabî; but at any rate he concentrated his + attention on the regions bordering the Red Sea and the gold-mines which + they contained. Those of Btbaï, which had been worked as early as the + XIIth dynasty, did not yield as much as they had done formerly; not that + they were exhausted, but owing to the lack of water in their neighbourhood + and along the routes leading to them, they were nearly deserted. It was + well known that they contained great wealth, but operations could not be + carried on, as the workmen were in danger of dying of thirst. Seti + despatched engineers to the spot to explore the surrounding wadys, to + clear the ancient cisterns or cut others, and to establish victualling + stations at regular intervals for the use of merchants supplying the gangs + of miners with commodities. These stations generally consisted of square + or rectangular enclosures, built of stones without mortar, and capable of + resisting a prolonged attack. The entrance was by a narrow doorway of + stone slabs, and in the interior were a few huts and one or two reservoirs + for catching rain or storing the water of neighbouring springs. Sometimes + a chapel was built close at hand, consecrated to the divinities of the + desert, or to their compeers, Mînû of Coptos, Horus, Maut, or Isis. One of + these, founded by Seti, still exists near the modern town of Redesieh, at + the entrance to one of the valleys which furrow this gold region. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0018" id="linkBimage-0018"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/168.jpg" width="100%" + alt="168.jpg a Fortified Station on the Route Between The Nile And the Red Sea. " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by M. de Bock +</pre> + <p> + It is built against, and partly excavated in, a wall of rock, the face of + which has been roughly squared, and it is entered through a four-columned + portico, giving access to two dark chambers, whose walls are covered with + scenes of adoration and a lengthy inscription. In this latter the + sovereign relates how, in the IXth year of his reign, he was moved to + inspect the roads of the desert; he completed the work in honour of + Amon-Râ, of Phtah of Memphis, and of Harmakhis, and he states that + travellers were at a loss to express their gratitude and thanks for what + he had done. “They repeated from mouth to mouth: ‘May Amon give him an + endless existence, and may he prolong for him the length of eternity! O ye + gods of fountains, attribute to him your life, for he has rendered back to + us accessible roads, and he has opened that which was closed to us. + Henceforth we can take our way in peace, and reach our destination alive; + now that the difficult paths are open and the road has become good, gold + can be brought back, as our lord and master has commanded.’” Plans were + drawn on papyrus of the configuration of the district, of the beds of + precious metal, and of the position of the stations. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0019" id="linkBimage-0019"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/169.jpg" width="100%" + alt="169.jpg the Temple of Seti I. At Redesieh " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Golénischeff. +</pre> + <p> + One of these plans has come down to us, in which the districts are + coloured bright red, the mountains dull ochre, the roads dotted over with + footmarks to show the direction to be taken, while the superscriptions + give the local names, and inform us that the map represents the Bukhni + mountain and a fortress and stele of Seti. The whole thing is executed in + a rough and naive manner, with an almost childish minuteness which + provokes a smile; we should, however, not despise it, for it is the oldest + map in the world. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0020" id="linkBimage-0020"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/170.jpg" width="100%" + alt="170.jpg Fragment of the Map Of The Gold-mines " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Facsimile by Faucher-Gudin of coloured chalk-drawing by Chabas. +</pre> + <p> + The gold extracted from these regions, together with that brought from + Ethiopia, and, better still, the regular payment of taxes and custom-house + duties, went to make up for the lack of foreign spoil all the more + opportunely, for, although the sovereign did not share the military + enthusiasm of Thûtmosis III., he had inherited from him the passion for + expensive temple-building. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0021" id="linkBimage-0021"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/171.jpg" width="100%" + alt="171.jpg the Three Standing Columns of The Temple Of Sesebi " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph by Insinger. +</pre> + <p> + He did not neglect Nubia in this respect, but repaired several of the + monuments at which the XVIIIth dynasty had worked—among others, + Kalabsheh, Dakkeh, and Amada, besides founding a temple at Sesebi, of + which three columns are still standing.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * In Lepsius’s time there were still four columns standing; + Insinger shows us only three. +</pre> + <p> + The outline of these columns is not graceful, and the decoration of them + is very poor, for art degenerated rapidly in these distant provinces of + the empire, and only succeeded in maintaining its vigour and spirit in the + immediate neighbourhood of the Pharaoh, as at Abydos, Memphis, and above + all at Thebes. Seti’s predecessor Ramses, desirous of obliterating all + traces of the misfortunes lately brought about by the changes effected by + the heretic kings, had contemplated building at Karnak, in front of the + pylon of Amenôthes III., an enormous hall for the ceremonies connected + with the cult of Amon, where the immense numbers of priests and + worshippers at festival times could be accommodated without inconvenience. + It devolved on Seti to carry out what had been merely an ambitious dream + of his father’s.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The great hypostyle hall was cleared and the columns were + strengthened in the winter of 1895-6, as far, at least, as + it was possible to carry out the work of restoration without + imperilling the stability of the whole. +</pre> + <p> + We long to know who was the architect possessed of such confidence in his + powers that he ventured to design, and was able to carry out, this almost + superhuman undertaking. His name would be held up to almost universal + admiration beside those of the greatest masters that we are familiar with, + for no one in Greece or Italy has left us any work which surpasses it, or + which with such simple means could produce a similar impression of + boldness and immensity. It is almost impossible to convey by words to + those who have not seen it, the impression which it makes on the + spectator. Failing description, the dimensions speak for themselves. The + hall measures one hundred and sixty-two feet in length, by three hundred + and twenty-five in breadth. A row of twelve columns, the largest ever + placed inside a building, runs up the centre, having capitals in the form + of inverted bells. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0022" id="linkBimage-0022"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/173.jpg" width="100%" + alt="173 an Avenue of One Of the Aisles Of The Hypostyle Hall At Karnak " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Beato. +</pre> + <p> + One hundred and twenty-two columns with lotiform capitals fill the aisles, + in rows of nine each. The roof of the central bay is seventy-four feet + above the ground, and the cornice of the two towers rises sixty-three feet + higher. The building was dimly lighted from the roof of the central + colonnade by means of stone gratings, through which the air and the sun’s + rays entered sparingly. The daylight, as it penetrated into the hall, was + rendered more and more obscure by the rows of columns; indeed, at the + further end a perpetual twilight must have reigned, pierced by narrow + shafts of light falling from the ventilation holes which were placed at + intervals in the roof. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0023" id="linkBimage-0023"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/174.jpg" width="100%" + alt="174.jpg the Gratings of The Central Colonnade in The Hypostyle Hall at Karnak " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Beato. In the + background, on the right, may be seen a column which for + several centuries has been retained in a half-fallen + position by the weight of its architrave. +</pre> + <p> + The whole building now lies open to the sky, and the sunshine which floods + it, pitilessly reveals the mutilations which it has suffered in the course + of ages; but the general effect, though less mysterious, is none the less + overwhelming. It is the only monument in which the first <i>coup d’oil</i> + surpasses the expectations of the spectator instead of disappointing him. + The size is immense, and we realise its immensity the more fully as we + search our memory in vain to find anything with which to compare it. Seti + may have entertained the project of building a <i>replica</i> of this hall + in Southern Thebes. Amenôthes III. had left his temple at Luxor + unfinished. The sanctuary and its surrounding buildings were used for + purposes of worship, but the court of the customary pylon was wanting, and + merely a thin wall concealed the mysteries from the sight of the vulgar. + Seti resolved to extend the building in a northerly direction, without + interfering with the thin screen which had satisfied his predecessors. + Starting from the entrance in this wall, he planned an avenue of giant + columns rivalling those of Karnak, which he destined to become the central + colonnade of a hypostyle hall as vast as that of the sister temple. Either + money or time was lacking to carry out his intention. He died before the + aisles on either side were even begun. At Abydos, however, he was more + successful. We do not know the reason of Seti’s particular affection for + this town; it is possible that his family held some fief there, or it may + be that he desired to show the peculiar estimation in which he held its + local god, and intended, by the homage that he lavished on him, to cause + the fact to be forgotten that he bore the name of Sit the accursed. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0024" id="linkBimage-0024"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/176.jpg" width="100%" + alt="176.jpg One of the Colonnades Of The Hypostyle Hall In The Temple of Seti I. At Abydos " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Beato. +</pre> + <p> + The king selected a favourable site for his temple to the south of the + town, on the slope of a sandhill bordering the canal, and he marked out in + the hardened soil a ground plan of considerable originality. The building + was approached through two pylons, the remains of which are now hidden + under the houses of Aarabat el-Madfuneh. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0025" id="linkBimage-0025"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/176b.jpg" width="100%" + alt="176b.jpg the Facade of The Temple Of Seti " /> + </div> + <p> + A fairly large courtyard, bordered by two crumbling walls, lies between + the second pylon and the temple façade, which was composed of a portico + resting on square pillars. Passing between these, we reach two halls + supported by-columns of graceful outline, beyond which are eight chapels + arranged in a line, side by side, in front of two chambers built in to the + hillside, and destined for the reception of Osiris. The holy of holies in + ordinary temples is surrounded by chambers of lesser importance, but here + it is concealed behind them. The building-material mainly employed here + was the white limestone of Tûrah, but of a most beautiful quality, which + lent itself to the execution of bas-reliefs of great delicacy, perhaps the + finest in ancient Egypt. The artists who carved and painted them belonged + to the Theban school, and while their subjects betray a remarkable + similarity to those of the monuments dedicated by Amenôthes III., the + execution surpasses them in freedom and perfection of modelling; we can, + in fact, trace in them the influence of the artists who furnished the + drawings for the scenes at Tel el-Amarna. They have represented the gods + and goddesses with the same type of profile as that of the king—a + type of face of much purity and gentleness, with its aquiline nose, its + decided mouth, almond-shaped eyes, and melancholy smile. When the + decoration of the temple was completed, Seti regarded the building as too + small for its divine inmate, and accordingly added to it a new wing, which + he built along the whole length of the southern wall; but he was unable to + finish it completely. Several parts of it are lined with religious + representations, but in others the subjects have been merely sketched out + in black ink with corrections in red, while elsewhere the walls are bare, + except for a few inscriptions, scribbled over them after an interval of + twenty centuries by the monks who turned the temple chambers into a + convent. This new wing was connected with the second hypostyle hall of the + original building by a passage, on one of the walls of which is a list of + seventy-five royal names, representing the ancestors of the sovereign + traced back to Mini. The whole temple must be regarded as a vast funerary + chapel, and no one who has studied the religion of Egypt can entertain a + doubt as to its purpose. Abydos was the place where the dead assembled + before passing into the other world. It was here, at the mouth of the + “Cleft,” that they received the provisions and offerings of their + relatives and friends who remained on this earth. As the dead flocked + hither from all quarters of the world, they collected round the tomb of + Osiris, and there waited till the moment came to embark on the Boat of the + Sun. Seti did not wish his soul to associate with those of the common + crowd of his vassals, and prepared this temple for himself, as a separate + resting-place, close to the mouth of Hades. After having dwelt within it + for a short time subsequent to his funeral, his soul could repair thither + whenever it desired, certain of always finding within it the incense and + the nourishment of which it stood in need. + </p> + <p> + Thebes possessed this king’s actual tomb. The chapel was at Qurnah, a + little to the north of the group of pyramids in which the Pharaohs of the + XIth dynasty lay side by side with those of the XIIIth and XVIIth. Ramses + had begun to build it, and Seti continued the work, dedicating it to the + cult of his father and of himself. Its pylon has altogether disappeared, + but the façade with lotus-bud columns is nearly perfect, together with + several of the chambers in front of the sanctuary. The decoration is as + carefully carried out and the execution as delicate as that in the work at + Abydos; we are tempted to believe from one or two examples of it that the + same hands have worked at both buildings. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0026" id="linkBimage-0026"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/181.jpg" width="100%" alt="181.jpg the Temple of Qurnah " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Beato. +</pre> + <p> + The rock-cut tomb is some distance away up in the mountain, but not in the + same ravine as that in which Amenôthes III., Aï, and probably Tûtankhamon + and Harmhabî, are buried.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * There are, in fact, close to those of Aï and Amenôthes + III., three other tombs, two at least of which have been + decorated with paintings, now completely obliterated, and + which may have served as the burying-places of Tûtankhamon + and Harmhabî: the earlier Egyptologists believed them to + have been dug by the first kings of the XVIIIth dynasty. +</pre> + <p> + There then existed, behind the rock amphitheatre of Deîr el-Baharî, a kind + of enclosed basin, which could be reached from the plain only by dangerous + paths above the temple of Hâtshopsîtû. This basin is divided into two + parts, one of which runs in a south-easterly direction, while the other + trends to the south-west, and is subdivided into minor branches. To the + east rises a barren peak, the outline of which is not unlike that of the + step-pyramid of Saqqâra, reproduced on a colossal scale. No spot could be + more appropriate to serve as a cemetery for a family of kings. The + difficulty of reaching it and of conveying thither the heavy accessories + and of providing for the endless processions of the Pharaonic funerals, + prevented any attempt being made to cut tombs in it during the Ancient and + Middle Empires. About the beginning of the XIXth dynasty, however, some + engineers, in search of suitable burial sites, at length noticed that this + basin was only separated from the wady issuing to the north of Qurnah by a + rocky barrier barely five hundred cubits in width. This presented no + formidable obstacle to such skilful engineers as the Egyptians. They cut a + trench into the living rock some fifty or sixty cubits in depth, at the + bottom of which they tunnelled a narrow passage giving access to the + valley.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * French scholars recognised from the beginning of this + century that the passage in question had been made by human + agency. I attribute the execution of this work to Ramses I., + as I believe Harmhabî to have been buried in the eastern + valley, near Amenôthes III. +</pre> + <p> + It is not known whether this herculean work was accomplished during the + reign of Harnhabî or in that of Ramses I. The latter was the first of the + Pharaohs to honour the spot by his presence. His tomb is simple, almost + coarse in its workmanship, and comprises a gentle inclined passage, a + vault and a sarcophagus of rough stone. That of Seti, on the contrary, is + a veritable palace, extending to a distance of 325 feet into the + mountain-side. It is entered by a wide and lofty door, which opens on to a + staircase of twenty-seven steps, leading to an inclined corridor; other + staircases of shallow steps follow with their landings; then come + successively a hypostyle hall, and, at the extreme end, a vaulted chamber, + all of which are decorated with mysterious scenes and covered with + inscriptions. This is, however, but the first storey, containing the + antechambers of the dead, but not their living-rooms. A passage and steps, + concealed under a slab to the left of the hall, lead to the real vault, + which held the mummy and its funerary furniture. As we penetrate further + and further by the light of torches into this subterranean abode, we see + that the walls are covered with pictures and formulae, setting forth the + voyages of the soul through the twelve hours of the night, its trials, its + judgment, its reception by the departed, and its apotheosis—all + depicted on the rock with the same perfection as that which characterises + the bas-reliefs on the finest slabs of Tûrah stone at Qurnah and Abydos. A + gallery leading out of the last of these chambers extends a few feet + further and then stops abruptly; the engineers had contemplated the + excavation of a third storey to the tomb, when the death of their master + obliged them to suspend their task. The king’s sarcophagus consists of a + block of alabaster, hollowed out, polished, and carved with figures and + hieroglyphs, with all the minuteness which we associate with the cutting + of a gem. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0027" id="linkBimage-0027"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/184.jpg" width="100%" + alt="184.jpg One of the Pillars Of The Tomb Of Seti I. " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph by Insinger, taken in + 1884. +</pre> + <p> + It contained a wooden coffin, shaped to the human figure and painted + white, the features picked out in black, and enamel eyes inserted in a + mounting of bronze. The mummy is that of a thin elderly man, well + preserved; the face was covered by a mask made of linen smeared with + pitch, but when this was raised by means of a chisel, the fine kingly head + was exposed to view. It was a masterpiece of the art of the embalmer, and + the expression of the face was that of one who had only a few hours + previously breathed his last. Death had slightly drawn the nostrils and + contracted the lips, the pressure of the bandages had flattened the nose a + little, and the skin was darkened by the pitch; but a calm and gentle + smile still played over the mouth, and the half-opened eyelids allowed a + glimpse to be seen from under their lashes of an apparently moist and + glistening line,—the reflection from the white porcelain eyes let in + to the orbit at the time of burial. + </p> + <p> + Seti had had several children by his wife Tuîa, and the eldest had already + reached manhood when his father ascended the throne, for he had + accompanied him on his Syrian campaign. The young prince died, however, + soon after his return, and his right to the crown devolved on his younger + brother, who, like his grandfather, bore the name of Ramses. The prince + was still very young,* but Seti did not on that account delay enthroning + with great pomp this son who had a better right to the throne than + himself. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The history of the youth and the accession of Ramses II. + is known to us from the narrative given by himself in the + temple of Seti I. at Abydos. The bulk of the narrative is + confirmed by the evidence of the Kubân inscription, + especially as to the extreme youth of Ramses at the time + when he was first associated with the crown. +</pre> + <p> + “From the time that I was in the egg,” Ramses writes later on, “the great + ones sniffed the earth before me; when I attained to the rank of eldest + son and heir upon the throne of Sibû, I dealt with affairs, I commanded as + chief the foot-soldiers and the chariots. My father having appeared before + the people, when I was but a very little boy in his arms, said to me: ‘I + shall have him crowned king, that I may see him in all his splendour while + I am still on this earth!’ The nobles of the court having drawn near to + place the pschent upon my head: ‘Place the diadem upon his forehead!’ said + he.” As Ramses increased in years, Seti delighted to confer upon him, one + after the other, the principal attributes of power; “while he was still + upon this earth, regulating everything in the land, defending its + frontiers, and watching over the welfare of its inhabitants, he cried: + ‘Let him reign!’ because of the love he had for me.” Seti also chose for + him wives, beautiful “as are those of his palace,” and he gave him in + marriage his sisters Nofrîtari II. Mîmût and Isîtnofrît, who, like Ramses + himself, had claims to the throne. Ramses was allowed to attend the State + councils at the age of ten; he commanded armies, and he administered + justice under the direction of his father and his viziers. Seti, however, + although making use of his son’s youth and activity, did not in any sense + retire in his favour; if he permitted Ramses to adopt the insignia of + royalty—the cartouches, the pschent, the bulbous-shaped helmet, and + the various sceptres—he still remained to the day of his death the + principal State official, and he reckoned all the years of this dual + sovereignty as those of his sole reign.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Brugsoh is wrong in reckoning the reign of Ramses II. from + the time of his association in the crown; the great + inscription of Abydos, which has been translated by Brugsch + himself, dates events which immediately followed the death + of Seti I. as belonging to the first year of Ramses II. +</pre> + <p> + Ramses repulsed the incursions of the Tihonû, and put to the sword such of + their hordes as had ventured to invade Egyptian territory. He exercised + the functions of viceroy of Ethiopia, and had on several occasions to + chastise the pillaging negroes. We see him at Beît-Wally and at Abu Simbel + charging them in his chariot: in vain they flee in confusion before him; + their flight, however swift, cannot save them from captivity and + destruction. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0028" id="linkBimage-0028"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/187.jpg" width="100%" + alt="187.jpg Ramses Ii. Puts the Negroes to Flight " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Insinger. +</pre> + <p> + He was engaged in Ethiopia when the death of Seti recalled him to Thebes.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * We do not know how long Seti I. reigned; the last date is + that of his IXth year at Redesieh and at Aswan, and that of + the year XXVII. sometimes attributed to him belongs to one + of the later Ramessides. I had at first supposed his reign + to have been a long one, merely on the evidence afforded by + Manetho’s lists, but the presence of Ramses II. as a + stripling, in the campaign of Seti’s 1st year, forces us to + limit its duration to fifteen or twenty years at most, + possibly to only twelve or fifteen. +</pre> + <p> + He at once returned to the capital, celebrated the king’s funeral + obsequies with suitable pomp, and after keeping the festival of Amon, set + out for the north in order to make his authority felt in that part of his + domains. He stopped on his way at Abydos to give the necessary orders for + completing the decoration of the principal chambers of the resting-place + built by his father, and chose a site some 320 feet to the north-west of + it for a similar Memnonium for himself. He granted cultivated fields and + meadows in the Thinite name for the maintenance of these two mausolea, + founded a college of priests and soothsayers in connexion with them, for + which he provided endowments, and also assigned them considerable fiefs in + all parts of the valley of the Nile. The Delta next occupied his + attention. The increasing importance of the Syrian provinces in the eyes + of Egypt, the growth of the Hittite monarchy, and the migrations of the + peoples of the Mediterranean, had obliged the last princes of the + preceding dynasty to reside more frequently at Memphis than Amenôthes I. + or Thûtmosis III. had done. Amenôthes III. had set to work to restore + certain cities which had been abandoned since the days of the Shepherds, + and Bubastis, Athribis, and perhaps Tanis, had, thanks to his efforts, + revived from their decayed condition. The Pharaohs, indeed, felt that at + Thebes they were too far removed from the battle-fields of Asia; distance + made it difficult for them to counteract the intrigues in which their + vassals in Kharû and the lords of Naharaim were perpetually implicated, + and a revolt which might have been easily anticipated or crushed had they + been advised of it within a few days, gained time to increase and extend + during the interval occupied by the couriers in travelling to and from the + capital. Ramses felt the importance of possessing a town close to the + Isthmus where he could reside in security, and he therefore built close to + Zalû, in a fertile and healthy locality, a stronghold to which he gave his + own name,* and of which the poets of the time have left us an enthusiastic + description. “It extends,” they say, “between Zahi and Egypt—and is + filled with provisions and victuals.—It resembles Hermonthis,—it + is strong like Memphis,—and the sun rises—and sets in it—so + that men quit their villages and establish themselves in its territory.”—“The + dwellers on the coasts bring conger eels and fish in homage,—they + pay it the tribute of their marshes.—The inhabitants don their + festal garments every day,—perfumed oil is on their heads and new + wigs;—they stand at their doors, their hands full of bunches of + flowers,—green branches from the village of Pihâthor,—garlands + of Pahûrû,—on the day when Pharaoh makes his entry.—Joy then + reigns and spreads, and nothing can stay it,—O Usirmarî-sotpûnirî, + thou who art Montû in the two lands,—Ramses-Mîamûn, the god.” The + town acted as an advance post, from whence the king could keep watch + against all intriguing adversaries,—whether on the banks of the + Orontes or the coast of the Mediterranean. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * An allusion to the foundation of this residence occurs in + an inscription at Abu Simbel, dated in his XXVth year. +</pre> + <p> + Nothing appeared for the moment to threaten the peace of the empire. The + Asiatic vassals had raised no disturbance on hearing of the king’s + accession, and Mautallu continued to observe the conditions of the treaty + which he had signed with Seti. Two military expeditions undertaken beyond + the isthmus in the IInd and IVth years of the new sovereign were + accomplished almost without fighting. He repressed by the way the + marauding Shaûsû, and on reaching the Nahr el-Kelb, which then formed the + northern frontier of his empire, he inscribed at the turn of the road, on + the rocks which overhang the mouth of the river, two triumphal stelæ in + which he related his successes.* Towards the end of his IVth year a + rebellion broke out among the Khâti, which caused a rupture of relations + between the two kingdoms and led to some irregular fighting. Khâtusaru, a + younger brother of Maurusaru, murdered the latter and made himself king in + his stead.** It is not certain whether the Egyptians took up arms against + him, or whether he judged it wise to oppose them in order to divert the + attention of his subjects from his crime. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The stelæ are all in a very bad condition; in the last of + them the date is no longer legible. + + ** In the <i>Treaty of Harrises II. with the Prince of Khâti</i>, + the writer is content to use a discreet euphemism, and + states that Mautallu succumbed “to his destiny.” The name of + the Prince of the Khâti is found later on under the form + Khatusharu, in that of a chief defeated by Tiglath-pileser + I. in the country of Kummukh, though this name has generally + been read Khatukhi. +</pre> + <p> + At all events, he convoked his Syrian vassals and collected his + mercenaries; the whole of Naharaim, Khalupu, Carchemish, and Arvad sent + their quota, while bands of Dardanians, Mysians, Trojans, and Lycians, + together with the people of Pedasos and Girgasha,* furnished further + contingents, drawn from an area extending from the most distant coasts of + the Mediterranean to the mountains of Cilicia. Ramses, informed of the + enemy’s movement by his generals and the governors of places on the + frontier, resolved to anticipate the attack. He assembled an army almost + as incongruous in its component elements as that of his adversary: besides + Egyptians of unmixed race, divided into four corps bearing the names of + Amon, Phtah, Harmakhis and Sûtkhû, it contained Ethiopian auxiliaries, + Libyans, Mazaiu, and Shardana.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The name of this nation is written Karkisha, Kalkisha, or + Kashkisha, by one of those changes of <i>sh</i> into <i>r-l</i> which + occur so frequently in Assyro-Chaldæan before a dental; the + two different spellings seem to show that the writers of the + inscriptions bearing on this war had before them a list of + the allies of Khâtusaru, written in cuneiform characters. If + we may identify the nation with the Kashki or Kashku of the + Assyrian texts, the ancestors of the people of Colchis of + classical times, the termination <i>-isha</i> of the Egyptian + word would be the inflexion <i>-ash</i> or <i>-ush</i> of the Eastern- + Asiatic tongues which we find in so many race-names, e.g. + Adaush, Saradaush, Ammaush. Rouge and Brugsch identified + them with the Girgashites of the Bible. Brugsch, adopting + the spelling Kashki, endeavoured to connect them with + Casiotis; later on he identified them with the people of + Gergis in Troas. Ramsay recognises in them the Kisldsos of + Cilicia. + + ** In the account of the campaign the Shardana only are + mentioned; but we learn from a list in the <i>Anastasi Papyrus + I</i>, that the army of Ramses II. included, in ordinary + circumstances, in addition to the Shardana, a contingent of + Mashauasha, Kahaka, and other Libyan and negro mercenaries. +</pre> + <p> + When preparations were completed, the force crossed the canal at Zalû, on + the 9th of Payni in his Vth year, marched rapidly across Canaan till they + reached the valley of the Litâny, along which they took their way, and + then followed up that of the Orontes. They encamped for a few days at + Shabtuna, to the south-west of Qodshû,* in the midst of the Amorite + country, sending out scouts and endeavouring to discover the position of + the enemy, of whose movements they possessed but vague information. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Shabtuna had been placed on the Nahr es-Sebta, on the site + now occupied by Kalaat el-Hosn, a conjecture approved by + Mariette; it was more probably a town situated in the plain, + to the south of Bahr el-Kades, a little to the south-west of + Tell Keby Mindoh which represents Qodshû, and close to some + forests which at that time covered the slopes of Lebanon, + and, extending as they did to the bottom of the valley, + concealed the position of the Khâti from the Egyptians. +</pre> + <p> + Khâtusaru lay concealed in the wooded valleys of the Lebanon; he was kept + well posted by his spies, and only waited an opportunity to take the + field; as an occasion did not immediately present itself, he had recourse + to a ruse with which the generals of the time were familiar. Ramses, at + length uneasy at not falling in with the enemy, advanced to the south of + Shabtuna, where he endeavoured to obtain information from two Bedawîn. + “Our brethren,” said they, “who are the chiefs of the tribes united under + the vile Prince of Khâti, send us to give information to your Majesty: We + desire to serve the Pharaoh. We are deserting the vile Prince of the + Khâti; he is close to Khalupu (Aleppo), to the north of the city of + Tunipa, whither he has rapidly retired from fear of the Pharaoh.” This + story had every appearance of probability; and the distance—Khalupu + was at least forty leagues away—explained why the reconnoitring + parties of the Egyptians had not fallen in with any of the enemy. The + Pharaoh, with this information, could not decide whether to lay siege to + Qodshû and wait until the Hittites were forced to succour the town, or to + push on towards the Euphrates and there seek the engagement which his + adversary seemed anxious to avoid. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0029" id="linkBimage-0029"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/193.jpg" width="100%" + alt="193.jpg the Shardana Guard of Ramses Ii. " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Insinger. +</pre> + <p> + He chose the latter of the two alternatives. He sent forward the legions + of Anion, Phrâ, Phtah, and Sutkhu, which constituted the main body of his + troops, and prepared to follow them with his household chariotry. At the + very moment when this division was being effected, the Hittites, who had + been represented by the spies as being far distant, were secretly massing + their forces to the north-east of Qodshu, ready to make an attack upon the + Pharaoh’s flank as soon as he should set out on his march towards Khalupu. + The enemy had considerable forces at their disposal, and on the day of the + engagement they placed 18,000 to 20,000 picked soldiers in the field.* + Besides a well-disciplined infantry, they possessed 2500 to 3000 chariots, + containing, as was the Asiatic custom, three men in each.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * An army corps is reckoned as containing 9000 men on the + wall scenes at Luxor, and 8000 at the Eamesseum; the 3000 + chariots were manned by 9000 men. In allowing four to five + thousand men for the rest of the soldiers engaged, we are + not likely to be far wrong, and shall thus obtain the modest + total mentioned in the text, contrary to the opinion current + among historians. + + * The mercenaries are included in these figures, as is shown + by the reckoning of the Lycian, Dardanian, and Pedasian + chiefs who were in command of the chariots during the + charges against Ramses II. +</pre> + <p> + The Egyptian camp was not entirely broken up, when the scouts brought in + two spies whom they had seized—Asiatics in long blue robes arranged + diagonally over one shoulder, leaving the other bare. The king, who was + seated on his throne delivering his final commands, ordered them to be + beaten till the truth should be extracted from them. They at last + confessed that they had been despatched to watch the departure of the + Egyptians, and admitted that the enemy was concealed in ambush behind the + town. Ramses hastily called a council of war and laid the situation before + his generals, not without severely reprimanding them for the bad + organisation of the intelligence department. The officers excused + themselves as best they could, and threw the blame on the provincial + governors, who had not been able to discover what was going on. The king + cut short these useless recriminations, sent swift messengers to recall + the divisions which had started early that morning, and gave orders that + all those remaining in camp should hold themselves in readiness to attack. + The council were still deliberating when news was brought that the + Hittites were in sight. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0030" id="linkBimage-0030"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/195.jpg" width="100%" + alt="195.jpg Two Hittite Spies Beaten by the Egyptian Soldiers " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from the picture in the temple at + Abu Simbel. +</pre> + <p> + Their first onslaught was so violent that they threw down one side of the + camp wall, and penetrated into the enclosure. Ramses charged them at the + head of his household troops. Eight times he engaged the chariotry which + threatened to surround him, and each time he broke their ranks. Once he + found himself alone with Manna, his shield-bearer, in the midst of a knot + of warriors who were bent on his destruction, and he escaped solely by his + coolness and bravery. The tame lion which accompanied him on his + expeditions did terrible work by his side, and felled many an Asiatic with + his teeth and claws.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The lion is represented and named in the battle-scenes at + Abu Simbel, at Dorr, and at Luxor, where we see it in camp + on the eve of the battle, with its two front paws tied, and + its keeper threatening it. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0031" id="linkBimage-0031"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/196.jpg" width="100%" + alt="196.jpg the Egyptian Camp and The Council of War on The Morning of the Battle Of QodshÛ " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph by Beato of the west + front of the Eamesseum. +</pre> + <p> + The soldiers, fired by the king’s example, stood their ground resolutely + during the long hours of the afternoon; at length, as night was drawing + on, the legions of Phrâ and Sûtkhû, who had hastily retraced their steps, + arrived on the scene of action. A large body of Khâfci, who were hemmed in + in that part of the camp which they had taken in the morning, were at once + killed or made prisoners, not a man of them escaping. Khâtusaru, + disconcerted by this sudden reinforcement of the enemy, beat a retreat, + and nightfall suspended the struggle. It was recommenced at dawn the + following morning with unabated fury, and terminated in the rout of the + confederates. Garbatusa, the shield-bearer of the Hittite prince, the + generals in command of his infantry and chariotry, and Khalupsaru, the + “writer of books,” fell during the action. The chariots, driven back to + the Orontes, rushed into the river in the hope of fording it, but in so + doing many lives were lost. Mazraîma, the Prince of Khâti’s brother, + reached the opposite bank in safety, but the Chief of Tonisa was drowned, + and the lord of Khalupu was dragged out of the water more dead than alive, + and had to be held head downwards to disgorge the water he had swallowed + before he could be restored to consciousness. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0032" id="linkBimage-0032"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/198.jpg" width="100%" + alt="198.jpg the Garrison of QodshÛ Issuing Forth to Help The Prince of KhÂti. " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Bénédite. +</pre> + <p> + Khâtusaru himself was on the point of perishing, when the troops which had + been shut up in Qodshû, together with the inhabitants, made a general + sortie; the Egyptians were for a moment held in check, and the fugitives + meanwhile were able to enter the town. Either there was insufficient + provision for so many mouths, or the enemy had lost all heart from the + disaster; at any rate, further resistance appeared useless. The next + morning Khâtusaru sent to propose a truce or peace to the victorious + Pharaoh. The Egyptians had probably suffered at least as much as their + adversaries, and perhaps regarded the eventuality of a siege with no small + distaste; Ramses, therefore, accepted the offers made to him and prepared + to return to Egypt. The fame of his exploits had gone before him, and he + himself was not a little proud of the energy he had displayed on the day + of battle. His predecessors had always shown themselves to be skilful + generals and brave soldiers, but none of them had ever before borne, or + all but borne, single-handed the brunt of an attack. Ramses loaded his + shield-bearer Manna with rewards for having stood by him in the hour of + danger, and ordered abundant provender and sumptuous harness for the good + horses—“Strength-in-Thebaid” and “Nûrît the satisfied”—who had + drawn his chariot.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * A gold ring in the Louvre bears in relief on its bezel two + little horses; which are probably “Strength-in-Thebaid”and + “Nûrît satisfied.” + </pre> + <p> + He determined that the most characteristic episodes of the campaign—the + beating of the spies, the surprise of the camp, the king’s repeated + charges, the arrival of his veterans, the flight of the Syrians, and the + surrender of Qodshû—should be represented on the walls and pylons of + the temples. A poem in rhymed strophes in every case accompanies these + records of his glory, whether at Luxor, at the Eamesseum, at the Memnonium + of Abydos, or in the heart of Nubia at Abu Simbel. The author of the poem + must have been present during the campaign, or must have had the account + of it from the lips of his sovereign, for his work bears no traces of the + coldness of official reports, and a warlike strain runs through it from + one end to the other, so as still to invest it with life after a lapse of + more than thirty centuries.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The author is unknown: Pentaûr, or rather Pentaûîrît, to + whom E. de Rougé attributed the poem, is merely the + transcriber of the copy we possess on papyrus. +</pre> + <p> + But little pains are bestowed on the introduction, and the poet does not + give free vent to his enthusiasm until the moment when he describes his + hero, left almost alone, charging the enemy in the sight of his followers. + The Pharaoh was surrounded by two thousand five hundred chariots, and his + retreat was cut off by the warriors of the “perverse” Khâti and of the + other nations who accompanied them—the peoples of Arvad, Mysia, and + Pedasos; each of their chariots contained three men, and the ranks were so + serried that they formed but one dense mass. “No other prince was with me, + no general officers, no one in command of the archers or chariots. My + foot-soldiers deserted me, my charioteers fled before the foe, and not one + of them stood firm beside me to fight against them.” Then said His + Majesty: “Who art thou, then, my father Amon? A father who forgets his + son? Or have I committed aught against thee? Have I not marched and halted + according to thy command? When he does not violate thy orders, the lord of + Egypt is indeed great, and he overthrows the barbarians in his path! What + are these Asiatics to thy heart? Amon will humiliate those who know not + the god. Have I not consecrated innumerable offerings to thee? Filling thy + holy dwelling-place with my prisoners, I build thee a temple for millions + of years, I lavish all my goods on thy storehouses, I offer thee the whole + world to enrich thy domains.... A miserable fate indeed awaits him who + sets himself against thy will, but happy is he who finds favour with thee + by deeds done for thee with a loving heart. I invoke thee, O my father + Amon! Here am I in the midst of people so numerous that it cannot be known + who are the nations joined together against me, and I am alone among them, + none other is with me. My many soldiers have forsaken me, none of my + charioteers looked towards me when I called them, not one of them heard my + voice when I cried to them. But I find that Amon is more to me than a + million soldiers, than a hundred thousand charioteers, than a myriad of + brothers or young sons, joined all together, for the number of men is as + nothing, Amon is greater than all of them. Each time I have accomplished + these things, Amon, by the counsel of thy mouth, as I do not transgress + thy orders, I rendered thee glory even to the ends of the earth.” So calm + an invocation in the thick of the battle would appear misplaced in the + mouth of an ordinary man, but Pharaoh was a god, and the son of a god, and + his actions and speeches cannot be measured by the same standard as that + of a common mortal. He was possessed by the religious spirit in the hour + of danger, and while his body continued to fight, his soul took wing to + the throne of Amon. He contemplates the lord of heaven face to face, + reminds him of the benefits which he had received from him, and summons + him to his aid with an imperiousness which betrays the sense of his own + divine origin. The expected help was not delayed. “While the voice + resounds in Hermonthis, Amon arises at my behest, he stretches out his + hand to me, and I cry out with joy when he hails me from behind: ‘Face to + face with thee, face to face with thee, Ramses Miamun, I am with thee! It + is I, thy father! My hand is with thee, and I am worth more to thee than + hundreds of thousands. I am the strong one who loves valour; I have beheld + in thee a courageous heart, and my heart is satisfied; my will is about to + be accomplished!’ I am like Montû; from the right I shoot with the dart, + from the left I seize the enemy. I am like Baal in his hour, before them; + I have encountered two thousand five hundred chariots, and as soon as I am + in their midst, they are overthrown before my mares. Not one of all these + people has found a hand wherewith to fight; their hearts sink within their + breasts, fear paralyses their limbs; they know not how to throw their + darts, they have no strength to hold their lances. I precipitate them into + the water like as the crocodile plunges therein; they are prostrate face + to the earth, one upon the other, and I slay in the midst of them, for I + have willed that not one should look behind him, nor that one should + return; he who falls rises not again.” This sudden descent of the god has, + even at the present day, an effect upon the reader, prepared though he is + by his education to consider it as a literary artifice; but on the + Egyptian, brought up to regard Amon with boundless reverence, its + influence was irresistible. The Prince of the Khâti, repulsed at the very + moment when he was certain of victory, “recoiled with terror. He sends + against the enemy the various chiefs, followed by their chariots and + skilled warriors,—the chiefs of Arvad, Lycia, and Ilion, the leaders + of the Lycians and Dardanians, the lords of Carchemish, of the + Girgashites, and of Khalupu; these allies of the Khâti, all together, + comprised three thousand chariots.” Their efforts, however, were in vain. + “I fell upon them like Montû, my hand devoured them in the space of a + moment, in the midst of them I hewed down and slew. They said one to + another: ‘This is no man who is amongst us; it is Sûtkhû the great + warrior, it is Baal incarnate! These are not human actions which he + accomplishes: alone, by himself, he repulses hundreds of thousands, + without leaders or men. Up, let us flee before him, let us seek to save + our lives, and let us breathe again!’” When at last, towards evening, the + army again rallies round the king, and finds the enemy completely + defeated, the men hang their heads with mingled shame and admiration as + the Pharaoh reproaches them: “What will the whole earth say when it is + known that you left me alone, and without any to succour me? that not a + prince, not a charioteer, not a captain of archers, was found to place his + hand in mine? I fought, I repulsed millions of people by myself alone. + ‘Victory-in-Thebes’ and ‘Nûrît satisfied’ were my glorious horses; it was + they that I found under my hand when I was alone in the midst of the + quaking foe. I myself will cause them to take their food before me, each + day, when I shall be in my palace, for I was with them when I was in the + midst of the enemy, along with the Prince Manna my shield-bearer, and with + the officers of my house who accompanied me, and who are my witnesses for + the combat; these are those whom I was with. I have returned after a + victorious struggle, and I have smitten with my sword the assembled + multitudes.” + </p> + <p> + The ordeal was a terrible one for the Khâti; but when the first moment of + defeat was over, they again took courage and resumed the campaign. This + single effort had not exhausted their resources, and they rapidly filled + up the gaps which had been made in their ranks. The plains of Naharaim and + the mountains of Cilicia supplied them with fresh chariots and + foot-soldiers in the place of those they had lost, and bands of + mercenaries were furnished from the table-lands of Asia Minor, so that + when Ramses II. reappeared in Syria, he found himself confronted by a + completely fresh army. Khâtusaru, having profited by experience, did not + again attempt a general engagement, but contented himself with disputing + step by step the upper valleys of the Litany and Orontes. Meantime his + emissaries spread themselves over Phoenicia and Kharû, sowing the seeds of + rebellion, often only too successfully. In the king’s VIIIth year there + was a general rising in Galilee, and its towns—Galaput in the + hill-country of Bît-Aniti, Merorn, Shalama, Dapur, and Anamaîm*—had + to be reduced one after another. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Episodes from this war are represented at Karnak. The list + of the towns taken, now much mutilated, comprised twenty- + four names, which proves the importance of the revolt. +</pre> + <p> + Dapur was the hardest to carry. It crowned the top of a rocky eminence, + and was protected by a double wall, which followed the irregularities of + the hillside. It formed a rallying-point for a large force, which had to + be overcome in the open country before the investment of the town could be + attempted. The siege was at last brought to a conclusion, after a series + of skirmishes, and the town taken by scaling, four Egyptian princes having + been employed in conducting the attack. In the Pharaoh’s IXth year a + revolt broke out on the Egyptian frontier, in the Shephelah, and the king + placed himself at the head of his troops to crush it. Ascalon, in which + the peasantry and their families had found, as they hoped, a safe refuge, + opened its gates to the Pharaoh, and its fall brought about the submission + of several neighbouring places. This, it appears, was the first time since + the beginning of the conquests in Syria that the inhabitants of these + regions attempted to take up arms, and we may well ask what could have + induced them thus to renounce their ancient loyalty. Their defection + reduced Egypt for the moment almost to her natural frontiers. Peace had + scarcely been resumed when war again broke out with fresh violence in + Coele-Syria, and one year it reached even to Naharaim, and raged around + Tunipa as in the days of Thûtmosis III. “Pharaoh assembled his + foot-soldiers and chariots, and he commanded his foot-soldiers and his + chariots to attack the perverse Khâti who were in the neighbourhood of + Tunipa, and he put on his armour and mounted his chariot, and he waged + battle against the town of the perverse Khâti at the head of his + foot-soldiers and his chariots, covered with his armour;” the fortress, + however, did not yield till the second attack. Ramses carried his arms + still further afield, and with such results, that, to judge merely from + the triumphal lists engraved on the walls of the temple of Karnak, the + inhabitants on the banks of the Euphrates, those in Carchemish, Mitanni, + Singar, Assyria, and Mannus found themselves once more at the mercy of the + Egyptian battalions. These victories, however brilliant, were not + decisive; if after any one of them the princes of Assyria and Singar may + have sent presents to the Pharaoh, the Hittites, on the other hand, did + not consider themselves beaten, and it was only after fifteen campaigns + that they were at length sufficiently subdued to propose a treaty. At + last, in the Egyptian king’s XXIst year, on the 21st of the month Tybi, + when the Pharaoh, then residing in his good town of Anakhîtû, was + returning from the temple where he had been offering prayers to his father + Amon-Eâ, to Harmakhis of Heliopolis, to Phtah, and to Sûtkhû the valiant + son of Nûît, Eamses, one of the “messengers” who filled the office of + lieutenant for the king in Asia, arrived at the palace and presented to + him Tartisubu, who was authorised to make peace with Egypt in the name of + Khâtusaru.* Tartisubu carried in his hand a tablet of silver, on which his + master had prescribed the conditions which appeared to him just and + equitable. A short preamble recalling the alliances made between the + ancestors of both parties, was followed by a declaration of friendship, + and a reciprocal obligation to avoid in future all grounds of hostility. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The treaty of Ramses II. with the Prince of the Khâti was + sculptured at Karnak. +</pre> + <p> + Not only was a perpetual truce declared between both peoples, but they + agreed to help each other at the first demand. “Should some enemy march + against the countries subject to the great King of Egypt, and should he + send to the great Prince of the Khâti, saying: ‘Come, bring me forces + against them,’ the great Prince of the Khâti shall do as he is asked by + the great King of Egypt, and the great Prince of the Khâti shall destroy + his enemies. And if the great Prince of the Khâti shall prefer not to come + himself, he shall send his archers and his chariots to the great King of + Egypt to destroy his enemies.” A similar clause ensured aid in return from + Ramses to Khâtusaru, “his brother,” while two articles couched in + identical terms made provision against the possibility of any town or + tribe dependent on either of the two sovereigns withdrawing its allegiance + and placing it in the hands of the other party. In this case the Egyptians + as well as the Hittites engaged not to receive, or at least not to accept, + such offers, but to refer them at once to the legitimate lord. The whole + treaty was placed under the guarantee of the gods both, of Egypt and of + the Khâti, whose names were given at length: “Whoever shall fail to + observe the stipulations, let the thousand gods of Khâti and the thousand + gods of Egypt strike his house, his land, and his servants. But he who + shall observe the stipulations engraved on the tablet of silver, whether + he belong to the Hittite people or whether he belong to the people of + Egypt, as he has not neglected them, may the thousand gods of Khâti and + the thousand gods of Egypt give him health, and grant that he may prosper, + himself, the people of his house, and also his land and his servants.” The + treaty itself ends by a description of the plaque of silver on which it + was engraved. It was, in fact, a facsimile in metal of one of those clay + tablets on which the Chaldæans inscribed their contracts. The preliminary + articles occupied the upper part in closely written lines of cuneiform + characters, while in the middle, in a space left free for the purpose, was + the impress of two seals, that of the Prince of the Khâti and of his wife + Pûûkhîpa. Khâtusaru was represented on them as standing upright in the + arms of Sûtkhû, while around the two figures ran the inscription, “Seal of + Sûtkhû, the sovereign of heaven.” Pûûkhîpa leaned on the breast of a god, + the patron of her native town of Aranna in Qaauadana, and the legend + stated that this was the seal of the Sun of the town of Àranna, the regent + of the earth. The text of the treaty was continued beneath, and probably + extended to the other side of the tablet. The original draft had + terminated after the description of the seals, but, to satisfy the + Pharaoh, certain additional articles were appended for the protection of + the commerce and industry of the two countries, for the prevention of the + emigration of artisans, and for ensuring that steps taken against them + should be more effectual and less cruel. Any criminal attempting to evade + the laws of his country, and taking refuge in that of the other party to + the agreement, was to be expelled without delay and consigned to the + officers of his lord; any fugitive not a criminal, any subject carried off + or detained by force, any able artisan quitting either territory to take + up permanent residence in the other, was to be conducted to the frontier, + but his act of folly was not to expose him to judicial condemnation. “He + who shall thus act, his fault shall not be brought up against him; his + house shall not be touched, nor his wife, nor his children; he shall not + have his throat cut, nor shall his eyes be touched, nor his mouth, nor his + feet; no criminal accusation shall be made against him.” + </p> + <p> + This treaty is the most ancient of all those of which the text has come + down to us; its principal conditions were—perfect equality and + reciprocity between the contracting sovereigns, an offensive and defensive + alliance, and the extradition of criminals and refugees. The original was + drawn up in Chaldæan script by the scribes of Khâtusaru, probably on the + model of former conventions between the Pharaohs and the Asiatic courts, + and to this the Egyptian ministers had added a few clauses relative to the + pardon of emigrants delivered up by one or other of the contracting + parties. When, therefore, Tartisubu arrived in the city of Eamses, the + acceptance of the treaty was merely a matter of form, and peace was + virtually concluded. It did not confer on the conqueror the advantages + which we might have expected from his successful campaigns: it enjoined, + on the contrary, the definite renunciation of those countries, Mitanni, + Naharaim, Alasia, and Amurru, over which Thûtmosis III. and his immediate + successors had formerly exercised an effective sovereignty. Sixteen years + of victories had left matters in the same state as they were after the + expedition of Harmhabî, and, like his predecessor, Ramses was able to + retain merely those Asiatic provinces which were within the immediate + influence of Egypt, such as the Phoenician coast proper, Kharû, Persea + beyond Jordan, the oases of the Arabian desert, and the peninsula of + Sinai.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The <i>Anastasi Papyrus I</i>. mentions a place called <i>Zaru of + Sesostris</i>, in the neighbourhood of Aleppo, in a part of + Syria which was not in Egyptian territory: the frontier in + this locality must have passed between Arvad and Byblos on + the coast, and between Qodshû and Hazor from Merom inland. + Egyptian rule on the other side of the Jordan seems to be + proved by the monument discovered a few years ago in the + Haurân, and known under the name of the “Stone of Job” by + the Bedawîn of the neighbourhood. +</pre> + <p> + This apparently unsatisfactory result, after such supreme efforts, was, + however, upon closer examination, not so disappointing. For more than half + a century at least, since the Hittite kingdom had been developed and + established under the impulse given to it by Sapalulu, everything had been + in its favour. The campaign of Seti had opposed merely a passing obstacle + to its expansion, and had not succeeded in discouraging its ambitions, for + its rulers still nursed the hope of being able one day to conquer Syria as + far as the isthmus. The check received at Qodshû, the abortive attempts to + foment rebellion in Galilee and the Shephelah, the obstinate persistence + with which Ramses and his army returned year after year to the attack, the + presence of the enemy at Tunipa, on the banks of the Euphrates, and in the + provinces then forming the very centre of the Hittite kingdom—in + short, all the incidents of this long struggle—at length convinced + Khâtusaru that he was powerless to extend his rule in this direction at + the expense of Egypt. Moreover, we have no knowledge of the events which + occupied him on the other frontiers of his kingdom, where he may have been + engaged at the same time in a conflict with Assyria, or in repelling an + incursion of the tribes on the Black Sea. The treaty with Pharaoh, if made + in good faith and likely to be lasting, would protect the southern + extremities of his kingdom, and allow of his removing the main body of his + forces to the north and east in case of attack from either of these + quarters. The security which such an alliance would ensure made it, + therefore, worth his while to sue for peace, even if the Egyptians should + construe his overtures as an acknowledgment of exhausted supplies or of + inferiority of strength. Ramses doubtless took it as such, and openly + displayed on the walls at Karnak and in the Eamesseum a copy of the treaty + so flattering to his pride, but the indomitable resistance which he had + encountered had doubtless given rise to reflections resembling those of + Khâtusaru, and he had come to realise that it was his own interest not to + lightly forego the good will of the Khâti. Egypt had neighbours in Africa + who were troublesome though not dangerous: the Timihû, the Tihonu, the + Mashûasha, the negroes of Kûsh and of Pûanît, might be a continual source + of annoyance and disturbance, even though they were incapable of + disturbing her supremacy. The coast of the Delta, it is true, was exposed + to the piracy of northern nations, but up to that time this had been + merely a local trouble, easy to meet if not to obviate altogether. The + only real danger was on the Asiatic side, arising from empires of ancient + constitution like Chaldæa, or from hordes who, arriving at irregular + intervals from the north, and carrying all before them, threatened, after + the example of the Hyksôs, to enter the Delta. The Hittite kingdom acted + as a kind of buffer between the Nile valley and these nations, both + civilized and barbarous; it was a strongly armed force on the route of the + invaders, and would henceforth serve as a protecting barrier, through + which if the enemy were able to pass it would only be with his strength + broken or weakened by a previous encounter. The sovereigns loyally + observed the peace which they had sworn to each other, and in his XXXIVth + year the marriage of Ramses with the eldest daughter of Khâtusaru + strengthened their friendly relations. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0033" id="linkBimage-0033"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/214.jpg" width="100%" + alt="214.jpg KhÂtusaru, Prince of KhÂti, and his Daughter " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from the plate in Lepsius; the triad + worshipped by Khâtusaru and his daughter is composed of + Ramses II., seated between Amon-Râ and Phtah-Totûnen. +</pre> + <p> + Pharaoh was not a little proud of this union, and he has left us a naive + record of the manner in which it came about. The inscription is engraved + on the face of the rock at Abu Simbel in Nubia; and Ramses begins by + boasting, in a heroic strain, of his own energy and exploits, of the fear + with which his victories inspired the whole world, and of the anxiety of + the Syrian kinglets to fulfil his least wishes. The Prince of the Khâti + had sent him sumptuous presents at every opportunity, and, not knowing how + further to make himself agreeable to the Pharaoh, had finally addressed + the great lords of his court, and reminded them how their country had + formerly been ruined by war, how their master Sûtkhû had taken part + against them, and how they had been delivered from their ills by the + clemency of the Sun of Egypt. “Let us therefore take our goods, and + placing my eldest daughter at the head of them, let us repair to the + domains of the great god, so that the King Sesostris may recognise us.” He + accordingly did as he had proposed, and the embassy set out with gold and + silver, valuable horses, and an escort of soldiers, together with cattle + and provisions to supply them with food by the way. When they reached the + borders of Khâru, the governor wrote immediately to the Pharaoh as + follows: “Here is the Prince of the Khâti, who brings his eldest daughter + with a number of presents of every kind; and now this princess and the + chief of the country of the Khâti, after having crossed many mountains and + undertaken a difficult journey from distant parts, have arrived at the + frontiers of His Majesty. May we be instructed how we ought to act with + regard to them.” The king was then in residence at Ramses. When the news + reached him, he officially expressed his great joy at the event, since it + was a thing unheard of in the annals of the country that so powerful a + prince should go to such personal inconvenience in order to marry his + daughter to an ally. The Pharaoh, therefore, despatched his nobles and an + army to receive them, but he was careful to conceal the anxiety which he + felt all the while, and, according to custom, took counsel of his patron + god Sûtkhû: “Who are these people who come with a message at this time to + the country of Zahi?” The oracle, however, reassured him as to their + intentions, and he thereupon hastened to prepare for their proper + reception. The embassy made a triumphal entry into the city, the princess + at its head, escorted by the Egyptian troops told off for the purpose, + together with the foot-soldiers and charioteers of the Khâti, comprising + the flower of their army and militia. A solemn festival was held in their + honour, in which food and drink were served without stint, and was + concluded by the celebration of the marriage in the presence of the + Egyptian lords and of the princes of the whole earth.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The fact of the marriage is known to us by the decree of + Phtah Totûnen at Abu Simbel in the XXXVth year of the king’s + reign. The account of it in the text is taken from the stele + at Abu Simbel. The last lines are so mutilated that I have + been obliged to paraphrase them. The stele of the Princess + of Bakhtan has preserved the romantic version of this + marriage, such as was current about the Saite period. The + King of the Khâti must have taken advantage of the + expedition which the Pharaoh made into Asia to send him + presents by an embassy, at the head of which he placed his + eldest daughter: the princess found favour with Ramses, who + married her. +</pre> + <p> + Ramses, unwilling to relegate a princess of such noble birth to the + companionship of his ordinary concubines, granted her the title of queen, + as if she were of solar blood, and with the cartouche gave her the new + name of Ûirimaûnofîrurî—“She who sees the beauties of the Sun.” She + figures henceforth in the ceremonies and on the monuments in the place + usually occupied by women of Egyptian race only, and these unusual honours + may have compensated, in the eyes of the young princess, for the + disproportion in age between herself and a veteran more than sixty years + old. The friendly relations between the two courts became so intimate that + the Pharaoh invited his father-in-law to visit him in his own country. + “The great Prince of Khâti informed the Prince of Qodi: ‘Prepare thyself + that we may go down into Egypt. The word of the king has gone forth, let + us obey Sesostris. He gives the breath of life to those who love him; + hence all the earth loves him, and Khâti forms but one with him.’” They + were received with pomp at Ramses-Anakhîtû, and perhaps at Thebes. It was + with a mixture of joy and astonishment that Egypt beheld her bitterest foe + become her most faithful ally, “and the men of Qimît having but one heart + with the chiefs of the Khâti, a thing which had not happened since the + ages of Pa.” + </p> + <p> + The half-century following the conclusion of this alliance was a period of + world-wide prosperity. Syria was once more able to breathe freely, her + commerce being under the combined protection of the two powers who shared + her territory. Not only caravans, but isolated travellers, were able to + pass through the country from north to south without incurring any risks + beyond those occasioned by an untrustworthy guide or a few highwaymen. It + became in time a common task in the schools of Thebes to describe the + typical Syrian tour of some soldier or functionary, and we still possess + one of these imaginative stories in which the scribe takes his hero from + Qodshû across the Lebanon to Byblos, Berytus, Tyre, and Sidon, “the fish” + of which latter place “are more numerous than the grains of sand;” he then + makes him cross Galilee and the forest of oaks to Jaffa, climb the + mountains of the Dead Sea, and following the maritime route by Raphia, + reach Pelusium. The Egyptian galleys thronged the Phoenician ports, while + those of Phoenicia visited Egypt. The latter drew so little water that + they had no difficulty in coming up the Nile, and the paintings in one of + the tombs represent them at the moment of their reaching Thebes. The hull + of these vessels was similar to that of the Nile boats, but the bow and + stern were terminated by structures which rose at right angles, and + respectively gave support to a sort of small platform. Upon this the pilot + maintained his position by one of those wondrous feats of equilibrium of + which the Orientals were masters. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0034" id="linkBimage-0034"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/218.jpg" width="100%" + alt="218.jpg Phoenician Boats Landing at Thebes " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from the photograph published by Daressy. +</pre> + <p> + An open rail ran round the sides of the vessel, so as to prevent goods + stowed upon the deck from falling into the sea when the vessel lurched. + Voyages to Pûanît were undertaken more frequently in quest of incense and + precious metals. The working of the mines of Akiti had been the source of + considerable outlay at the beginning of the reign. The measures taken by + Seti to render the approaches to them practicable at all seasons had not + produced the desired results; as far back as the IIIrd year of Ramses the + overseers of the south had been forced to acknowledge that the managers of + the convoys could no longer use any of the cisterns which had been hewn + and built at such great expense. “Half of them die of thirst, together + with their asses, for they have no means of carrying a sufficient number + of skins of water to last during the journey there and back.” The friends + and officers whose advice had been called in, did not doubt for a moment + that the king would be willing to complete the work which his father had + merely initiated. “If thou sayest to the water, ‘Come upon the mountain,’ + the heavenly waters will spring out at the word of thy mouth, for thou art + Râ incarnate, Khopri visibly created, thou art the living image of thy + father Tûmû, the Heliopolitan.”—“If thou thyself sayest to thy + father the Nile, father of the gods,” added the Viceroy of Ethiopia, + “‘Raise the water up to the mountain,’ he will do all that thou hast said, + for so it has been with all thy projects which have been accomplished in + our presence, of which the like has never been heard, even in the songs of + the poets.” The cisterns and wells were thereupon put into such a + condition that the transport of gold was rendered easy for years to come. + The war with the Khâti had not suspended building and other works of + public utility; and now, owing to the establishment of peace, the + sovereign was able to devote himself entirely to them. He deepened the + canal at Zalû; he repaired the walls and the fortified places which + protected the frontier on the side of the Sinaitic Peninsula, and he built + or enlarged the strongholds along the Nile at those points most frequently + threatened by the incursions of nomad tribes. Ramses was the royal builder + <i>par excellence</i>, and we may say without fear of contradiction that, + from the second cataract to the mouths of the Nile, there is scarcely an + edifice on whose ruins we do not find his name. In Nubia, where the desert + approaches close to the Nile, he confined himself to cutting in the solid + rock the monuments which, for want of space, he could not build in the + open. The idea of the cave-temple must have occurred very early to the + Egyptians; they were accustomed to house their dead in the mountain-side, + why then should they not house their gods in the same manner? The oldest + forms of speos, those near to Beni-Hasan, at Deîr el-Baharî, at Bl-Kab, + and at Gebel Silsileh, however, do not date further back than the time of + the XVIIIth dynasty. All the forms of architectural plan observed in + isolated temples were utilised by Ramses and applied to rock-cut buildings + with more or less modification, according to the nature of the stratum in + which he had to work. Where space permitted, a part only of the temple was + cut in the rock, and the approaches to it were built in the open air with + blocks brought to the spot, so that the completed speos became only in + part a grotto—a hemi-speos of varied construction. It was in this + manner that the architects of Ramses arranged the court and pylon at + Beît-Wally, the hypostyle hall, rectangular court and pylon at + Gerf-Hosseîn, and the avenue of sphinxes at Wady es-Sebuah, where the + entrance to the avenue was guarded by two statues overlooking the river. + The pylon at Gerf-Hosseîn has been demolished, and merely a few traces of + the foundations appear here and there above the soil, but a portion of the + portico which surrounded the court is still standing, together with its + massive architraves and statues, which stand with their backs against the + pillars. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0035" id="linkBimage-0035"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/221.jpg" width="100%" + alt="221.jpg the Projecting Columns of The Speos Of Gerf-hosseÎn " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Insinger. +</pre> + <p> + The sanctuary itself comprised an antechamber, supported by two columns + and flanked by two oblong recesses; this led into the Holy of Holies, + which was a narrow niche with a low ceiling, placed between two lateral + chapels. A hall, nearly square in shape, connected these mysterious + chambers with the propylæa, which were open to the sky and faced with + Osiride caryatides. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0036" id="linkBimage-0036"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/221.jpg" width="100%" + alt="221.jpg the Caryatides of Gerf-hosseÎn " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Insinger and + Daniel Héron. +</pre> + <p> + These appear to keep rigid and solemn watch over the approaches to the + tabernacle, and their faces, half hidden in the shadow, still present such + a stern appearance that the semi-barbaric Nubians of the neighbouring + villages believe them to be possessed by implacable genii. They are + supposed to move from their places during the hours of night, and the fire + which flashes from their eyes destroys or fascinates whoever is rash + enough to watch them. + </p> + <p> + Other kings before Ramses had constructed buildings in these spots, and + their memory would naturally become associated with his in the future; he + wished, therefore, to find a site where he would be without a rival, and + to this end he transformed the cliff at Abu Simbel into a monument of his + greatness. The rocks here project into the Nile and form a gigantic + conical promontory, the face of which was covered with triumphal stelæ, on + which the sailors or troops going up or down the river could spell out as + they passed the praises of the king and his exploits. A few feet of shore + on the northern side, covered with dry and knotty bushes, affords in + winter a landing-place for tourists. At the spot where the beach ends near + the point of the promontory, sit four colossi, with their feet nearly + touching the water, their backs leaning against a sloping wall of rock, + which takes the likeness of a pylon. A band of hieroglyphs runs above + their heads underneath the usual cornice, over which again is a row of + crouching cynocephali looking straight before them, their hands resting + upon their knees, and above this line of sacred images rises the steep and + naked rock. One of the colossi is broken, and the bust of the statue, + which must have been detached by some great shock, has fallen to the + ground; the others rise to the height of 63 feet, and appear to look + across the Nile as if watching the wadys leading to the gold-mines. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0037" id="linkBimage-0037"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/224.jpg" width="100%" + alt="224.jpg the Two Colossi of Abu Simbel to The South Of The Doorway " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Insinger and + Daniel Héron. +</pre> + <p> + The pschent crown surmounts their foreheads, and the two ends of the + head-dress fall behind their ears; their features are of a noble type, + calm and serious; the nose slightly aquiline, the under lip projecting + above a square, but rather heavy, chin. Of such a type we may picture + Ramses, after the conclusion of the peace with the Khâti, in the full + vigour of his manhood and at the height of his power. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0038" id="linkBimage-0038"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/225.jpg" width="100%" + alt="225.jpg the Interior of The Speos Of Abu Simbel " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph by Insinger and Daniel + Héron. +</pre> + <p> + The doorway of the temple is in the centre of the façade, and rises nearly + to a level with the elbows of the colossi; above the lintel, and facing + the river, stands a figure of the god Râ, represented with a human body + and the head of a sparrow-hawk, while two images of the king in profile, + one on each side of the god, offer him a figure of Truth. The first hall, + 130 feet long by 58 feet broad, takes the place of the court surrounded by + a colonnade which in other temples usually follows the pylon. Her eight + Osiride figures, standing against as many square pillars, appear to + support the weight of the superincumbent rock. Their profile catches the + light as it enters through the open doorway, and in the early morning, + when the rising sun casts a ruddy ray over their features, their faces + become marvellously life-like. We are almost tempted to think that a smile + plays over their lips as the first beams touch them. The remaining + chambers consist of a hypostyle hall nearly square in shape, the sanctuary + itself being between two smaller apartments, and of eight subterranean + chambers excavated at a lower level than the rest of the temple. The whole + measures 178 feet from the threshold to the far end of the Holy of Holies. + The walls are covered with bas-reliefs in which the Pharaoh has vividly + depicted the wars which he carried on in the four corners of his kingdom; + here we see raids against the negroes, there the war with the Khâti, and + further on an encounter with some Libyan tribe. Ramses, flushed by the + heat of victory, is seen attacking two Timihu chiefs: one has already + fallen to the ground and is being trodden underfoot; the other, after + vainly letting fly his arrows, is about to perish from a blow of the + conqueror. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0039" id="linkBimage-0039"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/226.jpg" width="100%" + alt="227.jpg the Face of The Rock at Abu Simgel " /> + </div> + <p> + His knees give way beneath him, his head falls heavily backwards, and the + features are contracted in his death-agony. Pharaoh with his left hand has + seized him by the arm, while with his right he points his lance against + his enemy’s breast, and is about to pierce him through the heart. As a + rule, this type of bas-relief is executed with a conventional grace which + leaves the spectator unmoved, and free to consider the scene merely from + its historical point of view, forgetful of the artist. + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img alt="227 (69K)" src="images/227.jpg" width="100%" /> + </div> + <p> + <br /> <br /> <a name="linkBimage-0040" id="linkBimage-0040"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/229.jpg" width="100%" + alt="229.jpg Ramses II. Pierces a Libyan Chief With his Lance " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph by Mons. do Bock. +</pre> + <p> + An examination of most of the other wall-decorations of the speos will + furnish several examples of this type: we see Ramses with a suitable + gesture brandishing his weapon above a group of prisoners, and the + composition furnishes us with a fair example of official sculpture, + correct, conventional, but devoid of interest. Here, on the contrary, the + drawing is so full of energy that it carries the imagination hack to the + time and scene of those far-off battles. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0041" id="linkBimage-0041"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/230.jpg" width="100%" + alt="230.jpg Ramses Ii. Strikes a Group of Prisoners " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph by Insinger. +</pre> + <p> + The indistinct light in which it is seen helps the illusion, and we almost + forget that it is a picture we are beholding, and not the action itself as + it took place some three thousand years ago. A small speos, situated at + some hundred feet further north, is decorated with standing colossi of + smaller size, four of which represent Ramses, and two of them his wife, + Isit Nofrîtari. This speos possesses neither peristyle nor crypt, and the + chapels are placed at the two extremities of the transverse passage, + instead of being in a parallel line with the sanctuary; on the other hand, + the hypostyle hall rests on six pillars with Hathor-headed capitals of + fine proportions. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0042" id="linkBimage-0042"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/231.jpg" width="100%" + alt="231.jpg the Façade of The Little Speos Of Hauthor at Abu Simbel " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from the plates in Champollion. +</pre> + <p> + A third excavated grotto of modest dimensions served as an accessory + chamber to the two others. An inexhaustible stream of yellow sand poured + over the great temple from the summit of the cliff, and partially covered + it every year. No sooner were the efforts to remove it relaxed, than it + spreads into the chambers, concealing the feet of the colossi, and slowly + creeping upwards to their knees, breasts, and necks; at the beginning of + this century they were entirely hidden. In spite of all that was done to + divert it, it ceaselessly reappeared, and in a few summers regained all + the ground which had been previously cleared. It would seem as if the + desert, powerless to destroy the work of the conqueror, was seeking + nevertheless to hide it from the admiration of posterity.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The English engineers have succeeded in barring out the + sand, and have prevented it from pouring over the cliff any + more.—Ed. +</pre> + <p> + Seti had worked indefatigably at Thebes, but the shortness of his reign + prevented him from completing the buildings he had begun there. There + existed everywhere, at Luxor, at Karnak, and on the left bank of the Nile, + the remains of his unfinished works; sanctuaries partially roofed in, + porticoes incomplete, columns raised to merely half their height, halls as + yet imperfect with blank walls, here and there covered with only the + outlines in red and black ink of their future bas-reliefs, and statues + hardly blocked out, or awaiting the final touch of the polisher.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * This is the description which Ramses gave of the condition + in which he found the Memnonium of Abydos. An examination of + the inscriptions existing in the Theban temples which Seti + I. had constructed, shows that it must have applied also to + the appearance of certain portions of Qurneh, Luxor, and + Karnak in the time of Ramses II. +</pre> + <p> + Ramses took up the work where his father had relinquished it. At Luxor + there was not enough space to give to the hypostyle hall the extension + which the original plans proposed, and the great colonnade has an + unfinished appearance. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0043" id="linkBimage-0043"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/232.jpg" width="100%" + alt="232.jpg Columns of Temple at Luxor " /> + </div> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img alt="232-text (5K)" src="images/232-text.jpg" width="100%" /> + </div> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <p> + The Nile, in one of its capricious floods, had carried away the land upon + which the architects had intended to erect the side aisles; and if they + wished to add to the existing structure a great court and a pylon, without + which no temple was considered complete, it was necessary to turn the axis + of the building towards the east. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0044" id="linkBimage-0044"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/233.jpg" width="100%" + alt="233.jpg the Chapel of Thutmosis Iii. And One Of The Pylons of Ramses Ii. At Luxor " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Beato. +</pre> + <p> + In their operations the architects came upon a beautiful little edifice of + rose granite, which had been either erected or restored by Thûtmosis III. + at a time when the town was an independent municipality and was only + beginning to extend its suburban dwellings to meet those of Karnak. They + took care to make no change in this structure, but set to work to + incorporate it into their final plans. It still stands at the north-west + corner of the court, and the elegance of its somewhat slender little + columns contrasts happily with the heaviness of the structure to which it + is attached. A portion of its portico is hidden by the brickwork of the + mosque of Abu’l Haggag: the part brought to light in the course of the + excavations contains between each row of columns a colossal statue of + Ramses II. We are accustomed to hear on all sides of the degeneracy of the + sculptor’s art at this time, and of its having fallen into irreparable + neglect. Nothing can be further from the truth than this sweeping + statement. There are doubtless many statues and bas-reliefs of this epoch + which shock us by their crudity and ugliness, but these owed their origin + for the most part to provincial workshops which had been at all times of + mediocre repute, and where the artists did not receive orders enough to + enable them to correct by practice the defects of their education. We find + but few productions of the Theban school exhibiting bad technique, and if + we had only this one monument of Luxor from which to form our opinion of + its merits, it would be sufficient to prove that the sculptors of Ramses + II. were not a whit behind those of Harmham or Seti I. Adroitness in + cutting the granite or hard sandstone had in no wise been lost, and the + same may be said of the skill in bringing out the contour and life-like + action of the figure, and of the art of infusing into the features and + demeanour of the Pharaoh something of the superhuman majesty with which + the Egyptian people were accustomed to invest their monarchs. If the + statues of Ramses II. in the portico are not perfect models of sculpture, + they have many good points, and their bold treatment makes them + effectively decorative. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0045" id="linkBimage-0045"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/235.jpg" width="100%" + alt="235.jpg the Colonnade of Seti I. And The Three Colossal Statues of Ramses Ii. At Luxor " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Beato. +</pre> + <p> + Eight other statues of Ramses are arranged along the base of the façade, + and two obelisks—one of which has been at Paris for half a century*—stood + on either side of the entrance. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The colonnade and the little temple of Thûtmosis III. were + concealed under the houses of the village; they were first + brought to light in the excavations of 1884-86. +</pre> + <p> + The whole structure lacks unity, and there is nothing corresponding to it + in this respect anywhere else in Egypt. The northern half does not join on + to the southern, but seems to belong to quite a distinct structure, or the + two parts might be regarded as having once formed a single edifice which + had become divided by an accident, which the architect had endeavoured to + unite together again by a line of columns running between two walls. The + masonry of the hypostyle hall at Karnak was squared and dressed, but the + walls had been left undecorated, as was also the case with the majority of + the shafts of the columns and the surface of the architraves. Ramses + covered the whole with a series of sculptured and painted scenes which had + a rich ornamental effect; he then decorated the pylon, and inscribed on + the outer wall to the south the list of cities which he had captured. The + temple of Amon then assumed the aspect which it preserved henceforward for + centuries. The Ramessides and their successors occupied themselves in + filling it with furniture, and in taking steps for the repair of any + damage that might accrue to the hall or pillars; they had their cartouches + or inscriptions placed in vacant spaces, but they did not dare to modify + its arrangement. It was reserved for the Ethiopian and Greek Pharaohs, in + presence of the hypostyle and pylon of the XIXth dynasty, to conceive of + others on a still vaster scale. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0046" id="linkBimage-0046"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/236b.jpg" width="100%" alt="236b.jpg Paintings of Chairs " /> + </div> + <p> + Ramses, having completed the funerary chapel of Seti at Qurneh upon the + left bank of the river, then began to think of preparing the edifice + destined for the cult of his “double”—that Eamesseum whose majestic + ruins still stand at a short distance to the north of the giants of + Amenôthes. Did these colossal statues stimulate his spirit of emulation to + do something yet more marvellous? He erected here, at any rate, a still + more colossal figure. The earthquake which shattered Memnon brought it to + the ground, and fragments of it still strew the soil where they fell some + nineteen centuries ago. There are so many of them that the spectator would + think himself in the middle of a granite quarry.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The ear measures 3 feet 4 inches in length; the + statue is 58 feet high from the top of the head to the + sole of the foot, and the weight of the whole has been + estimated at over a thousand tons. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0047" id="linkBimage-0047"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/237.jpg" width="100%" + alt="237.jpg the Remains of The Colossal Statue Of Ramses Ii. At the Ramesseum " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Beato +</pre> + <p> + The portions forming the breast, arms, and thighs are in detached pieces, + but they are still recognisable where they lie close to each other. The + head has lost nothing of its characteristic expression, and its + proportions are so enormous, that a man could sleep crouched up in the + hollow of one of its ears as if on a sofa. Behind the court overlooked by + this colossal statue lay a second court, surrounded by a row of square + pillars, each having a figure of Osiris attached to it. The god is + represented as a mummy, the swathings throwing the body and limbs into + relief. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0048" id="linkBimage-0048"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/238.jpg" width="100%" alt="238.jpg the Ramesseum " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph by Beato; the great + blocks in the foreground are the fragments of the colossal + statue of Ramses II. +</pre> + <p> + His hands are freed from the bandages and are crossed on the breast, and + hold respectively the flail and crook; the smiling face is surmounted by + an enormous head-dress. The sanctuary with the buildings attached to it + has perished, but enormous brick structures extend round the ruins, + forming an enclosure of storehouses. Here the priests of the “double” were + accustomed to dwell with their wives and slaves, and here they stored up + the products of their domains—meat, vegetables, corn, fowls dried or + preserved in fat, and wines procured from all the vineyards of Egypt. + </p> + <p> + These were merely the principal monuments put up by Ramses II. at Thebes + during the sixty-seven years of his rule. There would be no end to the + enumeration of his works if we were to mention all the other edifices + which he constructed in the necropolis or among the dwellings of the + living, all those which he restored, or those which he merely repaired or + inscribed with his cartouches. These are often cut over the name of the + original founder, and his usurpations of monuments are so numerous that he + might be justly accused of having striven to blot out the memory of his + predecessors, and of claiming for himself the entire work of the whole + line of Pharaohs. It would seem as if, in his opinion, the glory of Egypt + began with him, or at least with his father, and that no victorious + campaigns had been ever heard of before those which he conducted against + the Libyans and the Hittites. + </p> + <p> + The battle of Qodshû, with its attendant episodes—the flogging of + the spies, the assault upon the camp, the charge of the chariots, the + flight of the Syrians—is the favourite subject of his inscriptions; + and the poem of Pentaûîrît adds to the bas-reliefs a description worthy of + the acts represented. This epic reappears everywhere, in Nubia and in the + Said, at Abu Simbel, at Beît-Wally, at Derr, at Luxor, at Karnak, and on + the Eamesseum, and the same battle-scenes, with the same accompanying + texts, reappear in the Memnonium, whose half-ruined walls still crown the + necropolis of Abydos. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0049" id="linkBimage-0049"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/240.jpg" width="100%" + alt="240.jpg the Ruins of The Memnonium Of Ramses Ii. At Abydos " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph by Emil Brugsch-Bey. +</pre> + <p> + He had decided upon the erection of this latter monument at the very + beginning of his reign, and the artisans who had worked at the similar + structure of Seti I. were employed to cover its walls with admirable + bas-reliefs. Ramses also laid claim to have his own resting-place at “the + Cleft;” in this privilege he associated all the Pharaohs, from whom he + imagined himself to be descended, and the same list of their names, which + we find engraved in the chapel of his father, appears on his building + also. Some ruins, lying beyond Abydos, are too formless to do more than + indicate the site of some of his structures. He enlarged the temple of + Harshafîtû and that of Osiris at Heracleopolis, and, to accomplish these + works the more promptly, his workmen had recourse for material to the + royal towns of the IVth and XIIth dynasties; the pyramids of Usirtasen II. + and Snofrûi at Medûm suffered accordingly the loss of the best part of + their covering. He finished the mausoleum at Memphis, and dedicated the + statue which Seti had merely blocked out; he then set to work to fill the + city with buildings of his own device—granite and sandstone chambers + to the east of the Sacred Lake,* monumental gateways to the south,** and + before one of them a fine colossal figure in granite.*** It lay not long + ago at the bottom of a hole among the palm trees, and was covered by the + inundation every year; it has now been so raised as to be safe from the + waters. Ramses could hardly infuse new life into all the provinces which + had been devastated years before by the Shepherd-kings; but + Heliopolis,**** Bubastes, Athribis, Patûmû, Mendis, Tell Moqdam, and all + the cities of the eastern corner of the Delta, constitute a museum of his + monuments, every object within them testifying to his activity. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Partly excavated and published by Mariette, and partly by + M. de Morgan. This is probably the temple mentioned in the + <i>Great Inscription of Abu Simbel</i>. + + ** These are probably those mentioned by Herodotus, when he + says that Sesostris constructed a propylon in the temple of + Hephaistos. + + *** This is Abu-1-hôl of the Arabs. + + **** Ruins of the temple of Râ bear the cartouche of Ramses + II. “Cleopatra’s Needle,” transported to Alexandria by one + of the Ptolemies, had been set up by Ramses at Heliopolis; + it is probably one of the four obelisks which the + traditional Sesostris is said to have erected in that city, + according to Pliny. +</pre> + <p> + He colonised these towns with his prisoners, rebuilt them, and set to work + to rouse them from the torpor into which they had fallen after their + capture by Ahmosis. He made a third capital of Tanis, which rivalled both + Memphis and Thebes. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0050" id="linkBimage-0050"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/242.jpg" width="100%" + alt="242.jpg the Colossal Statue of Ramses Ii. At Mitrahineh " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph brought back by + Bénédite. +</pre> + <p> + Before this it had been little more than a deserted ruin: he cleared out + the <i>débris</i>, brought a population to the place; rebuilt the temple, + enlarging it by aisles which extended its area threefold; and here he + enthroned, along with the local divinities, a triad, in which Amonrâ and + Sûtkhû sat side by side with his own deified “double.” The ruined walls, + the overturned stelæ, the obelisks recumbent in the dust, and the statues + of his usurped predecessors, all bear his name. His colossal figure of + statuary sandstone, in a sitting attitude like that at the Eamesseum, + projected from the chief court, and seemed to look down upon the confused + ruin of his works.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The fragments of the colossus were employed in the Græco- + Roman period as building material, and used in the masonry + of a boundary wall. +</pre> + <p> + We do not know how many wives he had in his harem, but one of the lists of + his children which has come down to us enumerates, although mutilated at + the end, one hundred and eleven sons, while of his daughters we know of + fifty-five.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The list of Abydos enumerates thirty-three of his sons and + thirty-two of his daughters, that of Wady-Sebua one hundred + and eleven of his sons and fifty-one of his daughters; both + lists are mutilated. The remaining lists for the most part + record only some of the children living at the time they + were drawn up, at Derr, at the Eamesseum, and at Abu Simbel. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0051" id="linkBimage-0051"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figright" style="width:40%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/245.jpg" + alt="245.jpg the Chapel of The Apis Of AmekÔthes Iii. " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, +from a sketch by Mariette. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + The majority of these were the offspring of mere concubines or foreign + princesses, and possessed but a secondary rank in comparison with himself; + but by his union with his sisters Nofrîtari Marîtmût and Isîtnofrît, he + had at least half a dozen sons and daughters who might aspire to the + throne. Death robbed him of several of these before an opportunity was + open to them to succeed him, and among them Amenhikhopshûf, Amenhiunamif, + and Ramses, who had distinguished themselves in the campaign against the + Khâti; and some of his daughters—Bitanîti, Marîtamon, Nibîttaûi—by + becoming his wives lost their right to the throne. About the XXXth year of + his reign, when he was close upon sixty, he began to think of an + associate, and his choice rested on the eldest surviving son of his queen + Isîtnofrît, who was called Khâmoîsît. This prince was born before the + succession of his father, and had exhibited distinguished bravery under + the walls of Qodshu and at Ascalon. When he was still very young he had + been invested with the office of high priest of the Memphite Phtah, and + thus had secured to him the revenues of the possessions of the god, which + were the largest in all Egypt after those of the Theban Anion. He had a + great reputation for his knowledge of abstruse theological questions and + of the science of magic—a later age attributing to him the + composition of several books on magic giving directions for the invocation + of spirits belonging to this world and the world beyond. He became the + hero also of fantastic romances, in which it was related of him how, in + consequence of his having stolen from the mummy of an old wizard the books + of Thot, he became the victim of possession by a sort of lascivious and + sanguinary ghoul. Ramses relieved himself of the cares of state by handing + over to Khâmoîsîfc the government of the country, without, however, + conferring upon him the titles and insignia of royalty. The chief concern + of Khâmoîsît was to secure the scrupulous observance of the divine laws. + He celebrated at Silsilis the festivals of the inundation; he presided at + the commemoration of his father’s apotheosis, and at the funeral rites of + the Apis who died in the XXXth year of the king’s reign. Before his time + each sacred bull had its separate tomb in a quarter of the Memphite + Necropolis known to the Greeks as the Serapeion. The tomb was a small + cone-roofed building erected on a square base, and containing only one + chamber. Khâmoîsît substituted for this a rock-tomb similar to those used + by ordinary individuals. He had a tunnel cut in the solid rock to a depth + of about a hundred yards, and on either side of this a chamber was + prepared for each Apis on its death, the masons closing up the wall after + the installation of the mummy. His regency had lasted for nearly a quarter + of a century, when, the burden of government becoming too much for him, he + was succeeded in the LVth year of Ramses by his younger brother Mînephtah, + who was like himself a son of Isîtnofrît.* Mînephtah acted, during the + first twelve years of his rule, for his father, who, having now almost + attained the age of a hundred, passed peacefully away at Thebes in the + LXVIII year of his reign, full of days and sated with glory.** He became + the subject of legend almost before he had closed his eyes upon the world. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Mînephtah was in the order of birth the thirteenth son of + Ramses II. + + ** A passage on a stele of Ramses IV. formally attributes to + him a reign of sixty-seven years. I procured at Koptos a + stele of his year LXVI. +</pre> + <p> + He had obtained brilliant successes during his life, and the scenes + describing them were depicted in scores of places. Popular fancy believed + everything which he had related of himself, and added to this all that it + knew of other kings, thus making him the Pharaoh of Pharaohs—the + embodiment of all preceding monarchs. Legend preferred to recall him by + the name Sesûsû, Sesûstûrî—a designation which had been applied to + him by his contemporaries, and he thus became better known to moderns as + Sesostris than by his proper name Ramses Mîamûn.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * This designation, which is met with at Medinet-Habu and in + the Anmtasi Papyrus I., was shown by E. de Rougé to refer to + Ramses II.; the various readings Sesû, Sesûsû, Sesûstûrî, + explain the different forms Sesosis, Sesoosis, Sesostris. + Wiedemann saw in this name the mention of a king of the + XVIIIth dynasty not yet classified. +</pre> + <p> + According to tradition, he was at first sent to Ethiopia with a fleet of + four hundred ships, by which he succeeded in conquering the coasts of the + Red Sea as far as the Indus. In later times several stelæ in the cinnamon + country were ascribed to him. He is credited after this with having led + into the east a great army, with which he conquered Syria, Media, Persia, + Bactriana, and India as far as the ocean; and with having on his return + journey through the deserts of Scythia reached the Don [Tanais], where, on + the shore of the Masotic Sea, he left a number of his soldiers, whose + descendants afterwards peopled Colchis. It was even alleged that he had + ventured into Europe, but that the lack of provisions and the inclemency + of the climate had prevented him from advancing further than Thrace. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0052" id="linkBimage-0052"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figleft" style="width:30%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/246.jpg" alt="246.jpg Statue of Khamoisit " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, +from a statue in the +British Museum. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + He returned to Egypt after an absence of nine years, and after having set + up on his homeward journey statues and stelæ everywhere in commemoration + of his victories. Herodotus asserts that he himself had seen several of + these monuments in his travels in Syria and Ionia. Some of these are of + genuine Egyptian manufacture, and are to be attributed to our Ramses; they + are to be found near Tyre, and on the banks of the Nahr el-Kelb, where + they mark the frontier to which his empire extended in this direction. + Others have but little resemblance to Egyptian monuments, and were really + the work of the Asiatic peoples among whom they were found. The two + figures referred to long ago by Herodotus, which have been discovered near + Ninfi between Sardis and Smyrna, are instances of the latter. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0053" id="linkBimage-0053"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/247.jpg" width="100%" + alt="247.jpg Stele of the Nahr El-kelb " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, + from a photograph. +</pre> + <p> + The shoes of the figures are turned up at the toe, and the head-dress has + more resemblance to the high hats of the people of Asia Minor than to the + double crown of Egypt, while the lower garment is striped horizontally in + place of vertically. The inscription, moreover, is in an Asiatic form of + writing, and has nothing Egyptian about it. Ramses II. in his youth was + the handsomest man of his time. He was tall and straight; his figure was + well moulded—the shoulders broad, the arms full and vigorous, the + legs muscular; the face was oval, with a firm and smiling mouth, a thin + aquiline nose, and large open eyes. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0054" id="linkBimage-0054"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/248.jpg" width="100%" + alt="248.jpg the Bas-belief of Ninfi " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0055" id="linkBimage-0055"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/249.jpg" width="100%" + alt="249.jpg the Coffin and Mummy of Ramses Ii " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph taken from the mummy + itself, by Emil Brugsch-Bey. +</pre> + <p> + There may be seen below the cartouche the lines of the official report of + inspection written during the XXIst dynasty. Old age and death did not + succeed in marring the face sufficiently to disfigure it. The coffin + containing his body is not the same as that in which his children placed + him on the day of his obsequies; it is another substituted for it by one + of the Ramessides, and the mask upon it has but a distant resemblance to + the face of the victorious Pharaoh. The mummy is thin, much shrunken, and + light; the bones are brittle, and the muscles atrophied, as one would + expect in the case of a man who had attained the age of a hundred; but the + figure is still tall and of perfect proportions.* + </p> + <p> + * Even after the coalescence of the vertebrae and the shrinkage produced + by mummification, the body of Ramses II. still measures over 5 feet 8 + inches. + </p> + <p> + The head, which is bald on the top, is somewhat long, and small in + relation to the bulk of the body; there is but little hair on the + forehead, but at the back of the head it is thick, and in smooth stiff + locks, still preserving its white colour beneath the yellow balsams of his + last toilet. The forehead is low, the supra-orbital ridges accentuated, + the eyebrows thick, the eyes small and set close to the nose, the temples + hollow, the cheek-bones prominent; the ears, finely moulded, stand out + from the head, and are pierced, like those of a woman, for the usual + ornaments pendant from the lobe. A strong jaw and square chin, together, + with a large thick-lipped mouth, which reveals through the black paste + within it a few much-worn but sound teeth, make up the features of the + mummied king. His moustache and beard, which were closely shaven in his + lifetime, had grown somewhat in his last sickness or after his death; the + coarse and thick hairs in them, white like those of the head and eyebrows, + attain a length of two or three millimetres. The skin shows an ochreous + yellow colour under the black bituminous plaster. The mask of the mummy, + in fact, gives a fair idea of that of the living king; the somewhat + unintelligent expression, slightly brutish perhaps, but haughty and firm + of purpose, displays itself with an air of royal majesty beneath the + sombre materials used by the embalmer. The disappearance of the old hero + did not produce many changes in the position of affairs in Egypt: + Mînephtah from this time forth possessed as Pharaoh the power which he had + previously wielded as regent. He was now no longer young. Born somewhere + about the beginning of the reign of Ramses II., he was now sixty, possibly + seventy, years old; thus an old man succeeded another old man at a moment + when Egypt must have needed more than ever an active and vigorous ruler. + The danger to the country did not on this occasion rise from the side of + Asia, for the relations of the Pharaoh with his Kharu subjects continued + friendly, and, during a famine which desolated Syria,* he sent wheat to + his Hittite allies. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * A document preserved in the <i>Anastasi Papyrus III.</i> shows + how regular the relations with Syria had become. It is the + journal of a custom-house officer, or of a scribe placed at + one of the frontier posts, who notes from day to day the + letters, messengers, officers, and troops which passed from + the 15th to the 25th of Pachons, in the IIIrd year of the + reign. +</pre> + <p> + The nations, however, to the north and east, in Libya and in the + Mediterranean islands, had for some time past been in a restless + condition, which boded little good to the empires of the old world. The + Tirnihû, some of them tributaries from the XIIth, and others from the + first years of the XVIIIth dynasty, had always been troublesome, but never + really dangerous neighbours. From time to time it was necessary to send + light troops against them, who, sailing along the coast or following the + caravan routes, would enter their territory, force them from their + retreats, destroy their palm groves, carry off their cattle, and place + garrisons in the principal oases—even in Sîwah itself. For more than + a century, however, it would seem that more active and numerically + stronger populations had entered upon the stage. A current of invasion, + having its origin in the region of the Atlas, or possibly even in Europe, + was setting towards the Nile, forcing before it the scattered tribes of + the Sudan. Who were these invaders? Were they connected with the race + which had planted its dolmens over the plains of the Maghreb? Whatever the + answer to this question may be, we know that a certain number of Berber + tribes*—the Labû and Mashaûasha—who had occupied a middle + position between Egypt and the people behind them, and who had only + irregular communications with the Nile valley, were now pushed to the + front and forced to descend upon it.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The nationality of these tribes is evidenced by the names + of their chiefs, which recall exactly those of the + Numidians—Massyla, Massinissa, Massiva. + + ** The Labû, Laûbû, Lobû, are mentioned for the first time + under Ramses II.; these are the Libyans of classical + geographers. The Mashaûasha answer to the Maxycs of + Herodotus; they furnished mercenaries to the armies of + Ramses II. +</pre> + <p> + They were men tall of stature and large of limb, with fair skins, light + hair, and blue eyes; everything, in fact, indicating their northern + origin. They took pleasure in tattooing the skin, just as the Tuaregs and + Kabyles are now accustomed to do, and some, if not all, of them practised + circumcision, like a portion of the Egyptians and Semites. In the + arrangement of the hair, a curl fell upon the shoulder, while the + remainder was arranged in small frizzled locks. Their chiefs and braves + wore on their heads two flowering plumes. A loin-cloth, a wild-beast’s + skin thrown over the back, a mantle, or rather a covering of woollen or + dyed cloth, fringed and ornamented with many-coloured needlework, falling + from the left shoulder with no attachment in front, so as to leave the + body unimpeded in walking,—these constituted the ordinary costume of + the people. Their arms were similar to those of the Egyptians, consisting + of the lance, the mace, the iron or copper dagger, the boomerang, the bow + and arrow, and the sling. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0056" id="linkBimage-0056"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/253.jpg" width="100%" alt="253.jpg a Libyan " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph. +</pre> + <p> + They also employed horses and chariots. Their bravery made them a foe not + to be despised, in spite of their ignorance of tactics and their want of + discipline. When they were afterwards formed into regiments and conducted + by experienced generals, they became the best auxiliary troops which Egypt + could boast of. The Labû from this time forward were the most energetic of + the tribes, and their chiefs prided themselves upon possessing the + leadership over all the other clans in this region of the world.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * This was the case in the wars of Mînephtah and Ramses + III., in which the Labû and their kings took the command of + the confederate armies assembled against Egypt. +</pre> + <p> + The Labû might very well have gained the mastery over the other + inhabitants of the desert at this period, who had become enfeebled by the + frequent defeats which they had sustained at the hands of the Egyptians. + At the moment when Mînephtah ascended the throne, their king, Mâraîû, son + of Didi, ruled over the immense territory lying between the Fayûm and the + two Syrtes: the Timihu, the Kahaka, and the Mashaûasha rendered him the + same obedience as his own people. A revolution had thus occurred in Africa + similar to that which had taken place a century previously in Naharaim, + when Sapalulu founded the Hittite empire. A great kingdom rose into being + where no state capable of disturbing Egyptian control had existed before. + The danger was serious. The Hittites, separated from the Nile by the whole + breadth of Kharu, could not directly threaten any of the Egyptian cities; + but the Libyans, lords of the desert, were in contact with the Delta, and + could in a few days fall upon any point in the valley they chose. + Mînephtah, therefore, hastened to resist the assault of the westerns, as + his father had formerly done that of the easterns, and, strange as it may + seem, he found among the troops of his new enemies some of the adversaries + with whom the Egyptians had fought under the walls of Qodshû sixty years + before. The Shardana, Lycians, and others, having left the coasts of the + Delta and the Phoenician seaports owing to the vigilant watch kept by the + Egyptians over their waters, had betaken themselves to the Libyan + littoral, where they met with a favourable reception. Whether they had + settled in some places, and formed there those colonies of which a Greek + tradition of a recent age speaks, we cannot say. They certainly followed + the occupation of mercenary soldiers, and many of them hired out their + services to the native princes, while others were enrolled among the + troops of the King of the Khâti or of the Pharaoh himself. Mâraîû brought + with him Achæans, Shardana, Tûrsha, Shagalasha,* and Lycians in + considerable numbers when he resolved to begin the strife.** This was not + one of those conventional little wars which aimed at nothing further than + the imposition of the payment of a tribute upon the conquered, or the + conquest of one of their provinces. Mâraîû had nothing less in view than + the transport of his whole people into the Nile valley, to settle + permanently there as the Hyksôs had done before him. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The Shakalasha, Shagalasha, identified with the Sicilians + by E. de Rougé, were a people of Asia Minor whose position + there is approximately indicated by the site of the town + Sagalassos, named after them. + + ** The <i>Inscription of Mînephtah</i> distinguishes the Libyans + of Mâraîû from “the people of the Sea.” + </pre> + <p> + He set out on his march towards the end of the IVth year of the Pharaoh’s + reign, or the beginning of his Vth, surrounded by the elite of his troops, + “the first choice from among all the soldiers and all the heroes in each + land.” The announcement of their approach spread terror among the + Egyptians. The peace which they had enjoyed for fifty years had cooled + their warlike ardour, and the machinery of their military organisation had + become somewhat rusty. The standing army had almost melted away; the + regiments of archers and charioteers were no longer effective, and the + neglected fortresses were not strong enough to protect the frontier. As a + consequence, the oases of Farafrah and of the Natron lakes fell into the + hands of the enemy at the first attack, and the eastern provinces of the + Delta became the possession of the invader before any steps could be taken + for their defence. Memphis, which realised the imminent danger, broke out + into open murmurs against the negligent rulers who had given no heed to + the country’s ramparts, and had allowed the garrisons of its fortresses to + dwindle away. Fortunately Syria remained quiet. The Khâti, in return for + the aid afforded them by Mînephtah during the famine, observed a friendly + attitude, and the Pharaoh was thus enabled to withdraw the troops from his + Asiatic provinces. He could with perfect security take the necessary + measures for ensuring “Heliopolis, the city of Tûmû,” against surprise, + “for arming Memphis, the citadel of Phtah-Tonen, and for restoring all + things which were in disorder: he fortified Pibalîsît, in the + neighbourhood of the Shakana canal, on a branch of that of Heliopolis,” + and he rapidly concentrated his forces behind these quickly organised + lines.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Chabas would identify Pibalîsît with Bubastis; I agree + with Brugsch in placing it at Belbeîs. +</pre> + <p> + Mâraîû, however, continued to advance; in the early months of the summer + he had crossed the Canopic branch of the Nile, and was now about to encamp + not far from the town of Pirici. When the king heard of this “he became + furious against them as a lion that fascinates its victim; he called his + officers together and addressed them: ‘I am about to make you hear the + words of your master, and to teach you this: I am the sovereign shepherd + who feeds you; I pass my days in seeking out that which is useful for you: + I am your father; is there among you a father like me who makes his + children live? You are trembling like geese, you do not know what is good + to do: no one gives an answer to the enemy, and our desolated land is + abandoned to the incursions of all nations. The barbarians harass the + frontier, rebels violate it every day, every one robs it, enemies + devastate our seaports, they penetrate into the fields of Egypt; if there + is an arm of a river they halt there, they stay for days, for months; they + come as numerous as reptiles, and no one is able to sweep them back, these + wretches who love death and hate life, whose hearts meditate the + consummation of our ruin. Behold, they arrive with their chief; they pass + their time on the land which they attack in filling their stomachs every + day; this is the reason why they come to the land of Egypt, to seek their + sustenance, and their intention is to install themselves there; mine is to + catch them like fish upon their bellies. Their chief is a dog, a poor + devil, a madman; he shall never sit down again in his place.’” He then + announced that on the 14th of Epiphi he would himself conduct the troops + against the enemy. + </p> + <p> + These were brave words, but we may fancy the figure that this king of more + than sixty years of age would have presented in a chariot in the middle of + the fray, and his competence to lead an effective charge against the + enemy. On the other hand, his absence in such a critical position of + affairs would have endangered the <i>morale</i> of his soldiers and + possibly compromised the issue of the battle. A dream settled the whole + question.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Ed. Meyer sees in this nothing but a customary rhetorical + expression, and thinks that the god spoke in order to + encourage the king to defend himself vigorously. +</pre> + <p> + While Mînephtah was asleep one night, he saw a gigantic figure of Phtah + standing before him, and forbidding him to advance. “‘Stay,’ cried the god + to him, while handing him the curved khopesh: ‘put away discouragement + from thee!’ His Majesty said to him: ‘But what am I to do then?’ And Phtah + answered him: ‘Despatch thy infantry, and send before it numerous chariots + to the confines of the territory of Piriû.’”** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * This name was read Pa-ari by E. de Rougé, Pa-ali by Lauth, + and was transcribed Pa-ari-shop by Brugsch, who identified + with Prosopitis. The orthography of the text at Athribis + shows that we ought to read Piri, Pirû, Piriû; possibly the + name is identical with that of larû which is mentioned in + the Pyramid-texts. +</pre> + <p> + The Pharaoh obeyed the command, and did not stir from his position. Mâraîû + had, in the mean time, arranged his attack for the 1st of Epiphi, at the + rising of the sun: it did not take place, however, until the 3rd. “The + archers of His Majesty made havoc of the barbarians for six hours; they + were cut off by the edge of the sword.” When Mâraîû saw the carnage, “he + was afraid, his heart failed him; he betook himself to flight as fast as + his feet could bear him to save his life, so successfully that his bow and + arrows remained behind him in his precipitation, as well as everything + else he had upon him.” His treasure, his arms, his wife, together with the + cattle which he had brought with him for his use, became the prey of the + conqueror; “he tore out the feathers from his head-dress, and took flight + with such of those wretched Libyans as escaped the massacre, but the + officers who had the care of His Majesty’s team of horses followed in + their steps” and put most of them to the sword. Mâraîû succeeded, however, + in escaping in the darkness, and regained his own country without water or + provisions, and almost without escort. The conquering troops returned to + the camp laden with booty, and driving before them asses carrying, as + bloody tokens of victory, quantities of hands and phalli cut from the dead + bodies of the slain. The bodies of six generals and of 6359 Libyan + soldiers were found upon the field of battle, together with 222 + Shagalasha, 724 Tursha, and some hundreds of Shardana and Achæans: several + thousands of prisoners passed in procession before the Pharaoh, and were + distributed among such of his soldiers as had distinguished themselves. + These numbers show the gravity of the danger from which Egypt had escaped: + the announcement of the victory filled the country with enthusiasm, all + the more sincere because of the reality of the panic which had preceded + it. The fellahîn, intoxicated with joy, addressed each other: “‘Come, and + let us go a long distance on the road, for there is now no fear in the + hearts of men.‘The fortified posts may at last be left; the citadels are + now open; messengers stand at the foot of the walls and wait in the shade + for the guard to awake after their siesta, to give them entrance. The + military police sleep on their accustomed rounds, and the people of the + marshes once more drive their herds to pasture without fear of raids, for + there are no longer marauders near at hand to cross the river; the cry of + the sentinels is heard no more in the night: ‘Halt, thou that comest, thou + that comest under a name which is not thine own—sheer off!’ and men + no longer exclaim on the following morning: ‘Such or such a thing has been + stolen;’ but the towns fall once more into their usual daily routine, and + he who works in the hope of the harvest, will nourish himself upon that + which he shall have reaped.” The return from Memphis to Thebes was a + triumphal march. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0057" id="linkBimage-0057"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figright" style="width:25%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/260.jpg" alt="260.jpg Statue of MÎnephtah " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, +from a photograph by Dévéria. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + “He is very strong, Binrî Mînephtah,” sang the court poets, “very wise are + his projects—his words have as beneficial effect as those of Thot—everything + which he does is completed to the end.—When he is like a guide at + the head of his armies—his voice penetrates the fortress walls.—Very + friendly to those who bow their backs—before Mîamun—his + valiant soldiers spare him who humbles himself—before his courage + and before his strength;—they fall upon the Libyans—they + consume the Syrian;—the Shardana whom thou hast brought back by thy + sword—make prisoners of their own tribes.—Very happy thy + return to Thebes—victorious! Thy chariot is drawn by hand—the + conquered chiefs march backwards before thee—whilst thou leadest + them to thy venerable father—Amon, husband of his mother.” And the + poets amuse themselves with summoning Mâraîû to appear in Egypt, pursued + as he was by his own people and obliged to hide himself from them. “He is + nothing any longer but a beaten man, and has become a proverb among the + Labû, and his chiefs repeat to themselves: ‘Nothing of the kind has + occurred since the time of Râ.’ The old men say each one to his children: + ‘Misfortune to the Labû! it is all over with them! No one can any longer + pass peacefully across the country; but the power of going out of our land + has been taken from us in a single day, and the Tihonu have been withered + up in a single year; Sûtkhû has ceased to be their chief, and he + devastates their “duars;” there is nothing left but to conceal one’s self, + and one feels nowhere secure except in a fortress.’” The news of the + victory was carried throughout Asia, and served to discourage the + tendencies to revolt which were beginning to make themselves manifest + there. “The chiefs gave there their salutations of peace, and none among + the nomads raised his head after the crushing defeat of the Libyans; Khâti + is at peace, Canaan is a prisoner as far as the disaffected are concerned, + the inhabitant of Ascalon is led away, Gezer is carried into captivity, + Ianuâmîm is brought to nothing, the Israîlû are destroyed and have no + longer seed, Kharu is like a widow of the land of Egypt.” * + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * This passage is taken from a stele discovered by Petrie in + 1896, on the site of the Amenophium at Thebes. The mention + of the Israîlû immediately calls to mind the place-names + Yushaph-îlu, Yakob-îlu, on lists of Thûtmosis III. which + have been compared with the names Jacob and Joseph. +</pre> + <p> + Mînephtah ought to have followed up his opportunity to the end, but he had + no such intention, and his inaction gave Mâraîû time to breathe. Perhaps + the effort which he had made had exhausted his resources, perhaps old age + prevented him from prosecuting his success; he was content, in any case, + to station bodies of pickets on the frontier, and to fortify a few new + positions to the east of the Delta. The Libyan kingdom was now in the same + position as that in which the Hittite had been after the campaign of Seti + I.: its power had been checked for the moment, but it remained intact on + the Egyptian frontier, awaiting its opportunity. + </p> + <p> + Mînephtah lived for some time after this memorable year* and the number of + monuments which belong to this period show that he reigned in peace. We + can see that he carried out works in the same places as his father before + him; at Tanis as well as Thebes, in Nubia as well as in the Delta. He + worked the sandstone quarries for his building materials, and continued + the custom of celebrating the feasts of the inundation at Silsileh. One at + least of the stelae which he set up on the occasion of these feasts is + really a chapel, with its architraves and columns, and still, excites the + admiration of the traveller on account both of its form and of its + picturesque appearance. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The last known year of his reign is the year VIII. The + lists of Manetho assign to him a reign of from twenty to + forty years; Brugsch makes it out to have been thirty-four + years, from 1300 to 1266 B.C., which is evidently too much, + but we may attribute to him without risk of serious error a + reign of about twenty years. +</pre> + <p> + The last years of his life were troubled by the intrigues of princes who + aspired to the throne, and by the ambition of the ministers to whom he was + obliged to delegate his authority. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0058" id="linkBimage-0058"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/263.jpg" width="100%" + alt="263.jpg the Chapels of Ramses Ii. And Minephtah At Sisileh " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Beato. +</pre> + <p> + One of the latter, a man of Semite origin, named Ben-Azana, of Zor-bisana, + who had assumed the appellation of his first patron, ramsesûpirnirî, + appears to have acted for him as regent. Mînephtah was succeeded, + apparently, by one of his sons, called Seti, after his great-grandfather.* + Seti II. had doubtless reached middle age at the time of his accession, + but his portraits represent him, nevertheless, with the face and figure of + a young man.** The expression in these is gentle, refined, haughty, and + somewhat melancholic. MU It is the type of Seti I. and Ramses II., but + enfeebled and, as it were, saddened. An inscription of his second year + attributes to him victories in Asia,*** but others of the same period + indicate the existence of disturbances similar to those which had troubled + the last years of his father. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * E. de Rougé introduced Amenmeses and Siphtah between + Mînephtah and Seti II., and I had up to the present followed + his example; I have come back to the position of Chabas, + making Seti II. the immediate successor of Mînephtah, which + is also the view of Brugsch, Wiedemann, and Ed. Meyer. The + succession as it is now given does not seem to me to be free + from difficulties; the solution generally adopted has only + the merit of being preferable to that of E. de Rougé, which + I previously supported. + + ** The last date known of his reign is the year II. which is + found at Silsilis; Chabas was, nevertheless, of the opinion + that he reigned a considerable time. + + *** The expressions employed in this document do not vary + much from the usual protocol of all kings of this period. + The triumphal chant of Seti II. preserved in the <i>Anastasi + Papyrus IV</i>. is a copy of the triumphal chant of Mînephtah, + which is in the same Papyrus. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0059" id="linkBimage-0059"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/264.jpg" width="100%" alt="264.jpg Statue of Seti Ii. " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph. +</pre> + <p> + These were occasioned by a certain Aiari, who was high priest of Phtah, + and who had usurped titles belonged ordinarily to the Pharaoh or his + eldest son, in the house of Sibû, “heir and hereditary prince of the two + lands.” Seti died, it would seem, without having had time to finish his + tomb. We do not know whether he left any legitimate children, but two + sovereigns succeeded him who were not directly connected with him, but + were probably the grandsons of the Amenmesis and the Siphtah, whom we meet + with among the children of Ramses. The first of these was also called + Amenmesis,* and he held sway for several years over the whole of Egypt, + and over its foreign possessions. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Graffiti of this sovereign have been found at the second + cataract. Certain expressions have induced E. de Rougé to + believe that he, as well as Siphtah, came originally from + Khibît in the Aphroditopolite nome. This was an allusion, as + Chabas had seen, to the myth of Horus, similar to that + relating to Thûtmosis III., and which we more usually meet + with in the cases of those kings who were not marked out + from their birth onwards for the throne. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0060" id="linkBimage-0060"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/265.jpg" width="100%" alt="265.jpg Seti II. " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph by Émil Brugsch-Bey. +</pre> + <p> + The second, who was named Siphtah-Mînephtah, ascended “the throne of his + father” thanks to the devotion of his minister Baî,* but in a greater + degree to his marriage with a certain princess called Tausirît. He + maintained himself in this position for at least six years, during which + he made an expedition into Ethiopia, and received in audience at Thebes + messengers from all foreign nations. He kept up so zealously the + appearance of universal dominion, that to judge from his inscriptions he + must have been the equal of the most powerful of his predecessors at + Thebes. + </p> + <p> + Egypt, nevertheless, was proceeding at a quick pace towards its downfall. + No sooner had this monarch disappeared than it began to break up.** There + were no doubt many claimants for the crown, but none of them succeeded in + disposing of the claims of his rivals, and anarchy reigned supreme from + one end of the Nile valley to the other. The land of Qîmît began to drift + away, and the people within it had no longer a sovereign, and this, too, + for many years, until other times came; for “the land of Qîmît was in the + hands of the princes ruling over the nomes, and they put each other to + death, both great and small. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Baî has left two inscriptions behind him, one at Silsilis + and the other at Sehêl, and the titles he assumes on both + monuments show the position he occupied at the Theban court + during the reign of Siphtah-Mînephtah. Chabas thought that + Baî had succeeded in maintaining his rights to the crown + against the claims of Amenmesis. + + ** The little that we know about this period of anarchy has + been obtained from the <i>Harris Papyrus</i>. +</pre> + <p> + Other times came afterwards, during years of nothingness, in which Arisu, + a Syrian,* was chief among them, and the whole country paid tribute before + him; every one plotted with his neighbour to steal the goods of others, + and it was the same with regard to the gods as with regard to men, + offerings were no longer made in the temples.” + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The name of this individual was deciphered by Chabas; + Lauth, and after him Krall, were inclined to read it as Ket, + Ketesh, in order to identify it with the Ketes of Diodorus + Siculus. A form of the name Arisai in the Bible may be its + original, or that of Arish which is found in Phoenician, + especially Punic, inscriptions. +</pre> + <p> + This was in truth the revenge of the feudal system upon Pharaoh. The + barons, kept in check by Ahmosis and Amenôthes I., restricted by the + successors of these sovereigns to the position of simple officers of the + king, profited by the general laxity to recover as many as possible of + their ancient privileges. For half a century and more, fortune had given + them as masters only aged princes, not capable of maintaining continuous + vigilance and firmness. The invasions of the peoples of the sea, the + rivalry of the claimants to the throne, and the intrigues of ministers + had, one after the other, served to break the bonds which fettered them, + and in one generation they were able to regain that liberty of action of + which they had been deprived for centuries. To this state of things Egypt + had been drifting from the earliest times. Unity could be maintained only + by a continuous effort, and once this became relaxed, the ties which bound + the whole country together were soon broken. There was another danger + threatening the country beside that arising from the weakening of the + hands of the sovereign, and the turbulence of the barons. For some three + centuries the Theban Pharaohs were accustomed to bring into the country + after each victorious campaign many thousands of captives. The number of + foreigners around them had, therefore, increased in a striking manner. The + majority of these strangers either died without issue, or their posterity + became assimilated to the indigenous inhabitants. In many places, however, + they had accumulated in such proportions that they were able to retain + among themselves the remembrance of their origin, their religion, and + their customs, and with these the natural desire to leave the country of + their exile for their former fatherland. As long as a strict watch was + kept over them they remained peaceful subjects, but as soon as this + vigilance was relaxed rebellion was likely to break out, especially + amongst those who worked in the quarries. Traditions of the Greek period + contain certain romantic episodes in the history of these captives. Some + Babylonian prisoners brought back by Sesostris, these traditions tell us, + unable to endure any longer the fatiguing work to which they were + condemned, broke out into open revolt. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0061" id="linkBimage-0061"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figleft" style="width:30%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/268.jpg" alt="268.jpg Amenmesis " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, +after a picture in +Rosellini. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + They made themselves masters of a position almost opposite Memphis, and + commanding the river, and held their ground there with such obstinacy that + it was found necessary to give up to them the province which they + occupied: they built here a town, which they afterwards called Babylon. A + similar legend attributes the building of the neighbouring village of + Troîû to captives from Troy.* + </p> + <p> + The scattered barbarian tribes of the Delta, whether Hebrews or the + remnant of the ïïyksôs, had endured there a miserable lot ever since the + accession of the Ramessides. The rebuilding of the cities which had been + destroyed there during the wars with the Hyksôs had restricted the extent + of territory on which they could pasture their herds. Ramses II. treated + them as slaves of the treasury,** and the Hebrews were not long under his + rule before they began to look back with regret on the time of the + monarchs “who knew Joseph.” ** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The name Babylon comes probably from <i>Banbonu, Barbonu, + Babonu</i>—a term which, under the form <i>Hât-Banbonu,</i> served + to designate a quarter of Heliopolis, or rather a suburban + village of that city. Troja was, as we have seen, the + ancient city of Troîû, now Tûrah, celebrated for its + quarries of fine limestone. The narratives collected by the + historians whom Diodorus consulted were products of the + Saite period, and intended to explain to Greeks the + existence on Egyptian territory of names recalling those of + Babylon in Chaldæa and of Homeric Troy. + + ** A very ancient tradition identifies Ramses II. with the + Pharaoh “who knew not Joseph” (<i>Exod.</i> i. 8). Recent + excavations showing that the great works in the east of the + Delta began under this king, or under Seti II. at the + earliest, confirm in a general way the accuracy of the + traditional view: I have, therefore, accepted it in part, + and placed the Exodus after the death of Ramses II. Other + authorities place it further back, and Lieblein in 1863 was + inclined to put it under Amenôthes III. +</pre> + <p> + The Egyptians set over them taskmasters to afflict them with their + burdens. And they built for Pharaoh treasure cities, Pithom and Raamses. + But the more they afflicted them, the more they multiplied and grew. And + they were “grieved because of the children of Israel.” * A secondary + version of the same narrative gives a more detailed account of their + condition: “They made their lives bitter with hard bondage, in mortar and + in brick, and in all manner of service in the field.” ** The unfortunate + slaves awaited only an opportunity to escape from the cruelty of their + persecutors. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * <i>Exod</i>. i. 11, 12. Excavations made by Naville have + brought to light near Tel el-Maskhutah the ruins of one of + the towns which the Hebrews of the Alexandrine period + identified with the cities constructed by their ancestors in + Egypt: the town excavated by Naville is Pitûmû, and + consequently the Pithom of the Biblical account, and at the + same time also the Succoth of Exod. xii. 37, xiii. 20, the + first station of the Bnê-Israel after leaving Ramses. + + ** <i>Exod,</i> i. 13, 14. +</pre> + <p> + The national traditions of the Hebrews inform us that the king, in + displeasure at seeing them increase so mightily notwithstanding his + repression, commanded the midwives to strangle henceforward their male + children at their birth. A woman of the house of Levi, after having + concealed her infant for three months, put him in an ark of bulrushes and + consigned him to the Nile, at a place where the daughter of Pharaoh was + accustomed to bathe. The princess on perceiving the child had compassion + on him, adopted him, called him Moses—saved from the waters—and + had him instructed in all the knowledge of the Egyptians. Moses had + already attained forty years of age, when he one day encountered an + Egyptian smiting a Hebrew, and slew him in his anger, shortly afterwards + fleeing into the land of Midian. Here he found an asylum, and Jethro the + priest gave him one of his daughters in marriage. After forty years of + exile, God, appearing to him in a burning bush, sent him to deliver His + people. The old Pharaoh was dead, but Moses and his brother Aaron betook + themselves to the court of the new Pharaoh, and demanded from him + permission for the Hebrews to sacrifice in the desert of Arabia. They + obtained it, as we know, only after the infliction of the ten plagues, and + after the firstborn of the Egyptians had been stricken.* The emigrants + started from Ramses; as they were pursued by a body of troops, the Sea + parted its waters to give them passage over the dry ground, and closing up + afterwards on the Egyptian hosts, overwhelmed them to a man. Thereupon + Moses and the children of Israel sang this song unto Jahveh, saying: + “Jahveh is my strength and song—and He has become my salvation.—This + is my God, and I will praise Him,—my father’s God, and I will exalt + Him.—The Lord is a man of war,—and Jahveh is His name.—Pharaoh’s + chariots and his hosts hath He cast into the sea, —and his chosen + captains are sunk in the sea of weeds.—The deeps cover them—they + went down into the depths like a stone.... The enemy said: ‘I will pursue, + I will overtake—I will divide the spoil—my lust shall be + satiated upon them—I will draw my sword—my hand shall destroy + them.’—Thou didst blow with Thy wind—the sea covered them—they + sank as lead in the mighty waters.” ** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * <i>Exod.</i> ii.-xiii. I have limited myself here to a summary + of the Biblical narrative, without entering into a criticism + of the text, which I leave to others. + + ** <i>Exod.</i> xv. 1-10 (R.V.) +</pre> + <p> + From this narrative we see that the Hebrews, or at least those of them who + dwelt in the Delta, made their escape from their oppressors, and took + refuge in the solitudes of Arabia. According to the opinion of accredited + historians, this Exodus took place in the reign of Mînephtah, and the + evidence of the triumphal inscription, lately discovered by Prof. Petrie, + seems to confirm this view, in relating that the people of Israîlû were + destroyed, and had no longer a seed. The context indicates pretty clearly + that these ill-treated Israîlû were then somewhere south of Syria, + possibly in the neighbourhood of Ascalon and Glezer. If it is the Biblical + Israelites who are here mentioned for the first time on an Egyptian + monument, one might suppose that they had just quitted the land of slavery + to begin their wanderings through the desert. Although the peoples of the + sea and the Libyans did not succeed in reaching their settlements in the + land of Goshen, the Israelites must have profited both by the disorder + into which the Egyptians were thrown by the invaders, and by the + consequent withdrawal to Memphis of the troops previously stationed on the + east of the Delta, to break away from their servitude and cross the + frontier. If, on the other hand, the Israîlû of Mînephtah are regarded as + a tribe still dwelling among the mountains of Canaan, while the greater + part of the race had emigrated to the banks of the Nile, there is no need + to seek long after Mînephtah for a date suiting the circumstances of the + Exodus. The years following the reign of Seti II. offer favourable + conditions for such a dangerous enterprise: the break-up of the monarchy, + the discords of the barons, the revolts among the captives, and the + supremacy of a Semite over the other chiefs, must have minimised the risk. + We can readily understand how, in the midst of national disorders, a tribe + of foreigners weary of its lot might escape from its settlements and + betake itself towards Asia without meeting with strenous opposition from + the Pharaoh, who would naturally be too much preoccupied with his own + pressing necessities to trouble himself much over the escape of a band of + serfs. + </p> + <p> + Having crossed the Red Sea, the Israelites pursued their course to the + north-east on the usual road leading into Syria, and then turning towards + the south, at length arrived at Sinai. It was a moment when the nations of + Asia were stirring. To proceed straight to Canaan by the beaten track + would have been to run the risk of encountering their moving hordes, or of + jostling against the Egyptian troops, who still garrisoned the strongholds + of the She-phelah. The fugitives had, therefore, to shun the great + military roads if they were to avoid coming into murderous conflict with + the barbarians, or running into the teeth of Pharaoh’s pursuing army. The + desert offered an appropriate asylum to people of nomadic inclinations + like themselves; they betook themselves to it as if by instinct, and spent + there a wandering life for several generations.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * This explanation of the wanderings of the Israelites has + been doubted by most historians: it has a cogency, once we + admit the reality of the sojourn in Egypt and the Exodus. +</pre> + <p> + The traditions collected in their sacred books described at length their + marches and their halting-places, the great sufferings they endured, and + the striking miracles which God performed on their behalf.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The itinerary of the Hebrew people through the desert + contains a very small number of names which were not + actually in use. They represent possibly either the stations + at which the caravans of the merchants put up, or the + localities where the Bedawin and their herds were accustomed + to sojourn. The majority of them cannot be identified, but + enough can still be made out to give us a general idea of + the march of the emigrants. +</pre> + <p> + Moses conducted them through all these experiences, continually troubled + by their murmurings and seditions, but always ready to help them out of + the difficulties into which they were led, on every occasion, by their + want of faith. He taught them, under God’s direction, how to correct the + bitterness of brackish waters by applying to them the wood of a certain + tree.* When they began to look back with regret to the “flesh-pots of + Egypt” and the abundance of food there, another signal miracle was + performed for them. “At even the quails came up and covered the camp, and + in the morning the dew lay round about the host; and when the dew that lay + was gone up, behold, upon the face of the wilderness there lay a small + round thing, as small as the hoar frost on the ground. And when the + children of Israel saw it, they said one to another, ‘What is it? ‘for + they wist not what it was. And Moses said unto them, ‘It is the bread + which the Lord hath given you to eat.’”** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * <i>Exod.</i> xv. 23-25. The station Marah, “the bitter waters,” + is identified by modern tradition with Ain Howarah. There is + a similar way of rendering waters potable still in use among + the Bedawin of these regions. + + ** <i>Exod.</i> xvi. 13-15. +</pre> + <p> + “And the house of Israel called the name thereof ‘manna: ‘and it was like + coriander seed, white; and the taste of it was like wafers made with + honey.” * “And the children of Israel did eat the manna forty years, until + they came to a land inhabited; they did eat the manna until they came unto + the borders of the land of Canaan.” ** Further on, at Eephidim, the water + failed: Moses struck the rocks at Horeb, and a spring gushed out.*** The + Amalekites, in the meantime, began to oppose their passage; and one might + naturally doubt the power of a rabble of slaves, unaccustomed to war, to + break through such an obstacle. Joshua was made their general, “and Moses, + Aaron, and Hur went up to the top of the hill: and it came to pass, when + Moses held up his hand, that Israel prevailed, and when he let down his + hand, Amalek prevailed. But Moses’ hands were heavy; and they took a + stone, and put it under him, and he sat thereon; and Aaron and Hur stayed + up his hands, the one on the one side, and the other on the other side, + and his hands were steady until the going down of the sun. And Joshua + discomfited Amalek and his people with the edge of the sword.” **** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * <i>Exod.</i> xvi. 31. Prom early times the manna of the Hebrews + had been identified with the mann-es-sama, “the gift of + heaven,” of the Arabs, which exudes in small quantities from + the leaves of the tamarisk after being pricked by insects: + the question, however, is still under discussion whether + another species of vegetable manna may not be meant. + + ** <i>Exod.</i> xvi. 35. + + *** <i>Exod.</i> xvii. 1-7. There is a general agreement as to + the identification of Rephidim with the Wady Peîrân, the + village of Pharan of the Græco-Roman geographers. + + **** Exod. xvii. 8-13. +</pre> + <p> + Three months after the departure of the Israelites from Egypt they + encamped at the foot of Sinai, and “the Lord called unto Moses out of the + mountain, saying, ‘Thus shalt thou say to the house of Jacob, and tell the + children of Israel: Ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I + bare you on eagles’ wings, and brought you unto Myself. Now therefore, if + ye will obey My voice indeed, and keep My covenant, then ye shall be a + peculiar treasure unto Me from among all peoples: for all the earth is + Mine: and ye shall be unto Me a kingdom of priests, and an holy nation.’ + The people answered together and said, ‘All that the Lord hath spoken we + will do.’ And the Lord said unto Moses, ‘Lo, I come unto thee in a thick + cloud, that the people may hear when I speak with thee, and may also + believe thee for ever.’” “On the third day, when it was morning, there + were thunders and lightnings, and a thick cloud upon the mount, and the + voice of a trumpet exceeding loud; and all the people that were in the + camp trembled. And Moses brought forth the people out of the camp to meet + God; and they stood at the nether part of the mountain. And Mount Sinai + was altogether on smoke, because the Lord descended upon it in fire: and + the smoke thereof ascended as the smoke of a furnace, and the whole mount + quaked greatly. And when the voice of the trumpet waxed louder and louder, + Moses spake, and God answered him by a voice.” * + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * <i>Exod.</i> xix. 3-6, 9, 16-19. +</pre> + <p> + Then followed the giving of the supreme law, the conditions of the + covenant which the Lord Himself deigned to promulgate directly to His + people. It was engraved on two tables of stone, and contained, in ten + concise statements, the commandments which the Creator of the Universe + imposed upon the people of His choice. + </p> + <p> + “I. I am Jahveh, which brought thee out of the land of Egypt. Thou shalt + have none other gods before Me. + </p> + <p> + II. Thou shalt not make unto thee a graven image, etc. + </p> + <p> + III. Thou shalt not take the name of Jahveh thy God in vain. + </p> + <p> + IV. Remember the sabbath day to keep it holy. + </p> + <p> + V. Honour thy father and thy mother. + </p> + <p> + VI. Thou shalt do no murder. + </p> + <p> + VII. Thou shalt not commit adultery. + </p> + <p> + VIII. Thou shalt not steal. + </p> + <p> + IX. Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neighbour. + </p> + <p> + X. Thou shalt not covet.” * + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * We have two forms of the Decalogue—one in <i>Exod.</i> xx. 2- + 17, and the other in <i>Deut.</i> v. 6-18. +</pre> + <p> + “And all the people saw the thunderings, and the lightnings, and the voice + of the trumpet, and the mountain smoking: and when the people saw it, they + trembled, and stood afar off. And they said unto Moses, ‘Speak thou with + us, and we will hear: but let not God speak with us, lest we die.’”* God + gave His commandments to Moses in instalments as the circumstances + required them: on one occasion the rites of sacrifice, the details of the + sacerdotal vestments, the mode of consecrating the priests, the + composition of the oil and the incense for the altar; later on, the + observance of the three annual festivals, and the orders as to absolute + rest on the seventh day, as to the distinctions between clean and unclean + animals, as to drink, as to the purification of women, and lawful and + unlawful marriages.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * <i>Exod.</i> xx. 18, 19. + + ** This legislation and the history of the circumstances on + which it was promulgated are contained in four of the books + of the Pentateuch, viz. <i>Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and + Deuteronomy</i>. Any one of the numerous text-books published + in Germany will be found to contain an analysis of these + books, and the prevalent opinions as to the date of the + documents which it [the Hexateuch] contains. I confine + myself here and afterwards only to such results as may fitly + be used in a general history. +</pre> + <p> + The people waited from week to week until Jahveh had completed the + revelation of His commands, and in their impatience broke the new law more + than once. On one occasion, when “Moses delayed to come out of the mount,” + they believed themselves abandoned by heaven, and obliged Aaron, the high + priest, to make for them a golden calf, before which they offered burnt + offerings. The sojourn of the people at the foot of Sinai lasted eleven + months. At the end of this period they set out once more on their slow + marches to the Promised Land, guided during the day by a cloud, and during + the night by a pillar of fire, which moved before them. This is a general + summary of what we find in the sacred writings. + </p> + <p> + The Israelites, when they set out from Egypt, were not yet a nation. They + were but a confused horde, flying with their herds from their pursuers; + with no resources, badly armed, and unfit to sustain the attack of regular + troops. After leaving Sinai, they wandered for some time among the + solitudes of Arabia Petraea in search of some uninhabited country where + they could fix their tents, and at length settled on the borders of + Idumaea, in the mountainous region surrounding Kadesh-Barnea.* Kadesh had + from ancient times a reputation for sanctity among the Bedawin of the + neighbourhood: it rejoiced in the possession of a wonderful well—the + Well of Judgment—to which visits were made for the purpose of + worship, and for obtaining the “judgment” of God. The country is a poor + one, arid and burnt up, but it contains wells which never fail, and wadys + suitable for the culture of wheat and for the rearing of cattle. The tribe + which became possessed of a region in which there was a perennial supply + of water was fortunate indeed, and a fragment of the psalmody of Israel at + the time of their sojourn here still echoes in a measure the transports of + joy which the people gave way to at the discovery of a new spring: “Spring + up, O well; sing ye unto it: the well which the princes digged, which the + nobles of the people delved with the sceptre and with their staves.” ** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The site of Kadesh-Barnea appears to have been fixed with + certainty at Ain-Qadis by C. Trumbull. + + ** <i>Numb.</i> xxi. 17, 18. The context makes it certain that + this song was sung at Beer, beyond the Arnon, in the land of + Moab. It has long been recognised that it had a special + reference, and that it refers to an incident in the + wanderings of the people through the desert. +</pre> + <p> + The wanderers took possession of this region after some successful brushes + with the enemy, and settled there, without being further troubled by their + neighbours or by their former masters. The Egyptians, indeed, absorbed in + their civil discords, or in wars with foreign nations, soon forgot their + escaped slaves, and never troubled themselves for centuries over what had + become of the poor wretches, until in the reign of the Ptolemies, when + they had learned from the Bible something of the people of God, they began + to seek in their own annals for traces of their sojourn in Egypt and of + their departure from the country. A new version of the Exodus was the + result, in which Hebrew tradition was clumsily blended with the materials + of a semi-historical romance, of which Amenôthes III. was the hero. His + minister and namesake, Amenôthes, son of Hâpû, left ineffaceable + impressions on the minds of the inhabitants of Thebes: he not only erected + the colossal figures in the Amenophium, but he constructed the chapel at + Deîr el-Medineh, which was afterwards restored in Ptolemaic times, and + where he continued to be worshipped as long as the Egyptian religion + lasted. Profound knowledge of the mysteries of magic were attributed to + him, as in later times to Prince Khâmoîsît, son of Ramses II. On this + subject he wrote certain works which maintained their reputation for more + than a thousand years after his death,* and all that was known about him + marked him out for the important part he came to play in those romantic + stories so popular among the Egyptians. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * One of these books, which is mentioned in several + religious texts, is preserved in the <i>Louvre Papyrus</i>. +</pre> + <p> + The Pharaoh in whose good graces he lived had a desire, we are informed, + to behold the gods, after the example of his ancestor Horus. The son of + Hâpû, or Pa-Apis, informed him that he could not succeed in his design + until he had expelled from the country all the lepers and unclean persons + who contaminated it. Acting on this information, he brought together all + those who suffered from physical defects, and confined them, to the number + of eighty thousand, in the quarries of Tûrah. There were priests among + them, and the gods became wrathful at the treatment to which their + servants were exposed; the soothsayer, therefore, fearing the divine + anger, predicted that certain people would shortly arise who, forming an + alliance with the Unclean, would, together with them, hold sway in Egypt + for thirteen years. He then committed suicide, but the king nevertheless + had compassion on the outcasts, and granted to them, for their exclusive + use, the town of Avaris, which had been deserted since the time of + Ahmosis. The outcasts formed themselves into a nation under the rule of a + Heliopolitan priest called Osarsyph, or Moses, who gave them laws, + mobilised them, and joined his forces with the descendants of the + Shepherds at Jerusalem. The Pharaoh Amenôphis, taken by surprise at this + revolt, and remembering the words of his minister Amenôthes, took flight + into Ethiopia. The shepherds, in league with the Unclean, burned the + towns, sacked the temples, and broke in pieces the statues of the gods: + they forced the Egyptian priests to slaughter even their sacred animals, + to cut them up and cook them for their foes, who ate them derisively in + their accustomed feasts. Amenôphis returned from Ethiopia, together with + his son Ramses, at the end of thirteen years, defeated the enemy, driving + them back into Syria, where the remainder of them became later on the + Jewish nation.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * A list of the Pharaohs after Aï, as far as it is possible + to make them out, is here given: +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkBimage-0062" id="linkBimage-0062"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/281.jpg" width="100%" alt="281.jpg Table " /> + </div> + <p> + This is but a romance, in which a very little history is mingled with a + great deal of fable: the scribes as well as the people were acquainted + with the fact that Egypt had been in danger of dissolution at the time + when the Hebrews left the banks of the Nile, but they were ignorant of the + details, of the precise date and of the name of the reigning Pharaoh. A + certain similarity in sound suggested to them the idea of assimilating the + prince whom the Chroniclers called Menepthes or Amenepthes with + Amen-ôthes, i.e. Amenophis III.; and they gave to the Pharaoh of the XIXth + dynasty the minister who had served under a king of the XVIIIth: they + metamorphosed at the same time the Hebrews into lepers allied with the + Shepherds. From this strange combination there resulted a narrative which + at once fell in with the tastes of the lovers of the marvellous, and was a + sufficient substitute for the truth which had long since been forgotten. + As in the case of the Egyptians of the Greek period, we can see only + through a fog what took place after the deaths of Mînephtah and Seti II. + We know only for certain that the chiefs of the nomes were in perpetual + strife with each other, and that a foreign power was dominant in the + country as in the time of Apôphis. The days of the empire would have + Harmhabî himself belonged to the XVIIIth dynasty, for he modelled the form + of his cartouches on those of the Ahmesside Pharaohs: the XIXth dynasty + began only, in all probability, with Ramses I., but the course of the + history has compelled me to separate Harmhabî from his predecessors. Not + knowing the length of the reigns, we cannot determine the total duration + of the dynasty: we shall not, however, be far wrong in assigning to it a + length of 130 years or thereabouts, i.e. from 1350 to somewhere near 1220 + B.C. been numbered if a deliverer had not promptly made his appearance. + The direct line of Ramses II. was extinct, but his innumerable sons by + innumerable concubines had left a posterity out of which some at least + might have the requisite ability and zeal, if not to save the empire, at + least to lengthen its duration, and once more give to Thebes days of + glorious prosperity. Egypt had set out some five centuries before this for + the conquest of the world, and fortune had at first smiled upon her + enterprise. Thûtmosis I., Thûtmosis III., and the several Pharaohs bearing + the name of Amenôthes had marched with their armies from the upper waters + of the Nile to the banks of the Euphrates, and no power had been able to + withstand them. New nations, however, soon rose up to oppose her, and the + Hittites in Asia and the Libyans of the Sudan together curbed her + ambition. Neither the triumphs of Ramses II. nor the victory of Mînephtah + had been able to restore her prestige, or the lands of which her rivals + had robbed her beyond her ancient frontier. Now her own territory itself + was threatened, and her own well-being was in question; she was compelled + to consider, not how to rule other tribes, great or small, but how to keep + her own possessions intact and independent: in short, her very existence + was at stake. + </p> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> <a name="linkC2H_4_0001" id="linkC2H_4_0001"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img alt="285 (96K)" src="images/285.jpg" width="100%" /> + </div> + <h2> + <i>THE CLOSE OF THE THEBAN EMPIRE</i> + </h2> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <p> + <i>RAMSES III.—THE THEBAN CITY UNDER THE RAMESSIDES—MANNERS + AND CUSTOMS.</i> + </p> + <p> + <i>Nalthtâsît and Ramses III.: the decline of the military spirit in Egypt—The + reorganisation of the army and fleet by Ramses—The second Libyan + invasion—The Asiatic peoples, the Pulasati, the Zakleala, and the + Tyrseni: their incursions into Syria and their defeat—The campaign + of the year XL and the fall of the Libyan kingdom—Cruising on the + Red Sea—The buildings at Medinet-Habû—The conspiracy of + Pentaûîrît—The mummy of Ramses III.</i> + </p> + <p> + <i>The sons and immediate successors of Ramses III.—Thebes and the + Egyptian population: the transformation of the people and of the great + lords: the feudal system from being military becomes religious—The + wealth of precious metals, jewellery, furniture, costume—Literary + education, and the influence of the Semitic language on the Egyptian: + romantic stories, the historical novel, fables, caricatures and satires, + collections of maxims and moral dialogues, love-poems.</i> + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkC2HCH0001" id="linkC2HCH0001"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> <a name="linkCimage-0005" id="linkCimage-0005"> + <!-- IMG --></a><br /> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/287.jpg" width="100%" alt="287.jpg Page Image " /> + </div> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h2> + CHAPTER III—THE CLOSE OF THE THEBAN EMPIRE + </h2> + <p> + <i>Ramses III.—The Theban city under the Ramessides—Manners + and customs.</i> + </p> + <p> + As in a former crisis, Egypt once more owed her salvation to a scion of + the old Theban race. A descendant of Seti I. or Ramses II., named + Nakhtûsît, rallied round him the forces of the southern nomes, and + succeeded, though not without difficulty, in dispossessing the Syrian + Arisû. “When he arose, he was like Sûtkhû, providing for all the + necessities of the country which, for feebleness, could not stand, killing + the rebels which were in the Delta, purifying the great throne of Egypt; + he was regent of the two lands in the place of Tûmû, setting himself to + reorganise that which had been overthrown, to such good purpose, that each + one recognised as brethren those who had been separated from him as by a + wall for so long a time, strengthening the temples by pious gifts, so that + the traditional rites could be celebrated at the divine cycles.” * + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The exact relationship between Nakhtûsît and Ramses II. is + not known; he was probably the grandson or great-grandson of + that sovereign, though Ed. Meyer thinks he was perhaps the + son of Seti II. The name should be read either Nakhîtsît, + with the singular of the first word composing it, or + Nakhîtûsît, Nakhtûsît, with the plural, as in the analogous + name of the king of the XXXth dynasty, Nectanebo. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0006" id="linkCimage-0006"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figleft" style="width:25%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/289.jpg" alt="289.jpg NakhtÛsÎt. " /> + </div> + <p> + Many were the difficulties that he had to encounter before he could + restore to his country that peace and wealth which she had enjoyed under + the long reign of Sesostris. It seems probable that his advancing years + made him feel unequal to the task, or that he desired to guard against the + possibility of disturbances in the event of his sudden death; at all + events, he associated with himself on the throne his eldest son Ramses—not, + however, as a Pharaoh who had full rights to the crown, like the + coadjutors of the Amenemhâîts and Usirtasens, but as a prince invested + with extraordinary powers, after the example of the sons of the Pharaohs + Thûtmosis and Seti I. Ramses recalls with pride, towards the close of his + life, how his father “had promoted him to the dignity of heir-presumptive + to the throne of Sibû,” and how he had been acclaimed as “the supreme head + of Qimît for the administration of the whole earth united together.” * This + constituted the rise of a new dynasty on the ruins of the old—the + last, however, which was able to retain the supremacy of Egypt over the + Oriental world. We are unable to ascertain how long this double reign + lasted. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The only certain monument that we as yet possess of this + double reign is a large stele cut on the rock behind + Medinet-Habû. +</pre> + <p> + Nakhtûsît, fully occupied by enemies within the country, had no leisure + either to build or to restore any monuments;* on his death, as no tomb had + been prepared for him, his mummy was buried in that of the usurper Siphtah + and the Queen Tausirît. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Wiedemann attributes to him the construction of one of the + doors of the temple of Mût at Karnak; it would appear that + there is a confusion in his notes between the prenomen of + this sovereign and that of Seti II., who actually did + decorate one of the doorways of that temple. Nakhûsît must + have also worked on the temple of Phtah at Memphis. His + cartouche is met with on a statue originally dedicated by a + Pharaoh of the XIIth dynasty, discovered at Tell-Nebêsheh. +</pre> + <p> + He was soon forgotten, and but few traces of his services survived him; + his name was subsequently removed from the official list of the kings, + while others not so deserving as he—as, for instance, + Siphtah-Minephtah and Amenmesis—were honourably inscribed in it. The + memory of his son overshadowed his own, and the series of the legitimate + kings who formed the XXth dynasty did not include him. Ramses III. took + for his hero his namesake, Ramses the Great, and endeavoured to rival him + in everything. This spirit of imitation was at times the means of leading + him to commit somewhat puerile acts, as, for example, when he copied + certain triumphal inscriptions word for word, merely changing the dates + and the cartouches,* or when he assumed the prenomen of Usirmârî, and + distributed among his male children the names and dignities of the sons of + Sesostris. We see, moreover, at his court another high priest of Phtah at + Memphis bearing the name of Khâmoîsît, and Marîtûmû, another supreme + pontiff of Râ in Heliopolis. However, this ambition to resemble his + ancestor at once instigated him to noble deeds, and gave him the necessary + determination to accomplish them. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Thus the great decree of Phtah-Totûnen, carved by Ramses + II. in the year XXXV. on the rocks of Abu Simbel, was copied + by Ramses III. at Medinet-Habû in the year XII. +</pre> + <p> + He began by restoring order in the administration of affairs; “he + established truth, crushed error, purified the temple from all crime,” and + made his authority felt not only in the length and breadth of the Nile + valley, but in what was still left of the Asiatic provinces. The + disturbances of the preceding years had weakened the prestige of Amon-Râ, + and the king’s supremacy would have been seriously endangered, had any one + arisen in Syria of sufficient energy to take advantage of the existing + state of affairs. But since the death of Khâtusaru, the power of the Khâti + had considerably declined, and they retained their position merely through + their former prestige; they were in as much need of peace, or even more + so, than the Egyptians, for the same discords which had harassed the + reigns of Seti II. and his successors had doubtless brought trouble to + their own sovereigns. They had made no serious efforts to extend their + dominion over any of those countries which had been the objects of the + cupidity of their forefathers, while the peoples of Kharu and Phoenicia, + thrown back on their own resources, had not ventured to take up arms + against the Pharaoh. The yoke lay lightly upon them, and in no way + hampered their internal liberty; they governed as they liked, they + exchanged one prince or chief for another, they waged petty wars as of + old, without, as a rule, exposing themselves to interference from the + Egyptian troops occupying the country, or from the “royal messengers.” + These vassal provinces had probably ceased to pay tribute, or had done so + irregularly, during the years of anarchy following the death of Siphtah, + but they had taken no concerted action, nor attempted any revolt, so that + when Ramses III. ascended the throne he was spared the trouble of + reconquering them. He had merely to claim allegiance to have it at once + rendered him—an allegiance which included the populations in the + neighbourhood of Qodshû and on the banks of the Nahr el-Kelb. The empire, + which had threatened to fall to pieces amid the civil wars, and which + would indeed have succumbed had they continued a few years longer, again + revived now that an energetic prince had been found to resume the + direction of affairs, and to weld together those elements which had been + on the point of disintegration. + </p> + <p> + One state alone appeared to regret the revival of the Imperial power; this + was the kingdom of Libya. It had continued to increase in size since the + days of Mînephtah, and its population had been swelled by the annexation + of several strange tribes inhabiting the vast area of the Sahara. One of + these, the Mashaûasha, acquired the ascendency among these desert races + owing to their numbers and valour, and together with the other tribes—the + Sabati, the Kaiakasha, the Shaîû, the Hasa, the Bikana, and the Qahaka*—formed + a confederacy, which now threatened Egypt on the west. This federation was + conducted by Didi, Mashaknû, and Mâraîû, all children of that Mâraîû who + had led the first Libyan invasion, and also by Zamarû and Zaûtmarû, two + princes of less important tribes.** Their combined forces had attacked + Egypt for the second time during the years of anarchy, and had gained + possession one after another of all the towns in the west of the Delta, + from the neighbourhood of Memphis to the town of Qarbîna: the Canopic + branch of the Nile now formed the limit of their dominion, and they often + crossed it to devastate the central provinces.*** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * This enumeration is furnished by the summary of the + campaigns of Ramses III. in <i>The Great Harris Papyrus</i>. The + Sabati of this text are probably identical with the people + of the Sapudiu or Spudi (Asbytse), mentioned on one of the + pylons of Medinet-Habû. + + ** The relationship is nowhere stated, but it is thought to + be probable from the names of Didi and Mâraîû, repeated in + both series of inscriptions. + + *** The town of Qarbîna has been identified with the Canopus + of the Greeks, and also with the modern Korbani; and the + district of Gautu, which adjoined it, with the territory of + the modern town of Edkô. Spiegel-berg throws doubt on the + identification of Qarbu or Qarbîna, with Canopus. Révillout + prefers to connect Qarbîna with Heracleopolis Parva in Lower + Egypt. +</pre> + <p> + Nakhtûsîti had been unable to drive them out, and Ramses had not ventured + on the task immediately after his accession. The military institutions of + the country had become totally disorganised after the death of Mînephtah, + and that part of the community responsible for furnishing the army with + recruits had been so weakened by the late troubles, that they were in a + worse condition than before the first Libyan invasion. The losses they had + suffered since Egypt began its foreign conquests had not been repaired by + the introduction of fresh elements, and the hope of spoil was now + insufficient to induce members of the upper classes to enter the army. + There was no difficulty in filling the ranks from the fellahîn, but the + middle class and the aristocracy, accustomed to ease and wealth, no longer + came forward in large numbers, and disdained the military profession. It + was the fashion in the schools to contrast the calling of a scribe with + that of a foot-soldier or a charioteer, and to make as merry over the + discomforts of a military occupation as it had formerly been the fashion + to extol its glory and profitableness. These scholastic exercises + represented the future officer dragged as a child to the barracks, “the + side-lock over his ear.—He is beaten and his sides are covered with + scars,—he is beaten and his two eyebrows are marked with wounds,—he + is beaten and his head is broken by a badly aimed blow; he is stretched on + the ground” for the slightest fault, “and blows fall on him as on a + papyrus,—and he is broken by the stick.” His education finished, he + is sent away to a distance, to Syria or Ethiopia, and fresh troubles + overtake him. “His victuals and his supply of water are about his neck + like the burden of an ass,—and his neck and throat suffer like those + of an ass,—so that the joints of his spine are broken.—He + drinks putrid water, keeping perpetual guard the while.” His fatigues soon + tell upon his health and vigour: “Should he reach the enemy,—he is + like a bird which trembles.—Should he return to Egypt,—he is + like a piece of old worm-eaten wood.—He is sick and must lie down, + he is carried on an ass,—while thieves steal his linen,—and + his slaves escape.” The charioteer is not spared either. He, doubtless, + has a moment of vain-glory and of flattered vanity when he receives, + according to regulations, a new chariot and two horses, with which he + drives at a gallop before his parents and his fellow-villagers; but once + having joined his regiment, he is perhaps worse off than the foot-soldier. + “He is thrown to the ground among thorns:—a scorpion wounds him in + the foot, and his heel is pierced by its sting.—When his kit is + examined,—his misery is at its height.” No sooner has the fact been + notified that his arms are in a bad condition, or that some article has + disappeared, than “he is stretched on the ground—and overpowered + with blows from a stick.” This decline of the warlike spirit in all + classes of society had entailed serious modifications in the organisation + of both army and navy. The native element no longer predominated in most + battalions and on the majority of vessels, as it had done under the + XVIIIth dynasty; it still furnished those formidable companies of archers—the + terror of both Africans and Asiatics—and also the most important + part, if not the whole, of the chariotry, but the main body of the + infantry was composed almost exclusively of mercenaries, particularly of + the Shardana and the Qahaka. Ramses began his reforms by rebuilding the + fleet, which, in a country like Egypt, was always an artificial creation, + liable to fall into decay, unless a strong and persistent effort were made + to keep it in an efficient condition. Shipbuilding had made considerable + progress in the last few centuries, perhaps from the impulse received + through Phoenicia, and the vessels turned out of the dockyards were far + superior to those constructed under Hâtshopsîtû. The general outlines of + the hull remained the same, but the stem and stern were finer, and not so + high out of the water; the bow ended, moreover, in a lion’s head of metal, + which rose above the cut-water. A wooden structure running between the + forecastle and quarter-deck protected the rowers during the fight, their + heads alone being exposed. The mast had only one curved yard, to which the + sail was fastened; this was run up from the deck by halyards when the + sailors wanted to make sail, and thus differed from the Egyptian + arrangement, where the sail was fastened to a fixed upper yard. At least + half of the crews consisted of Libyan prisoners, who were branded with a + hot iron like cattle, to prevent desertion; the remaining half was drawn + from the Syrian or Asiatic coast, or else were natives of Egypt. In order + to bring the army into better condition, Ramses revived the system of + classes, which empowered him to compel all Egyptians of unmixed race to + take personal service, while he hired mercenaries from Libya, Phoenicia, + Asia Minor, and wherever he could get them, and divided them into regular + regiments, according to their extraction and the arms that they bore. In + the field, the archers always headed the column, to meet the advance of + the foe with their arrows; they were followed by the Egyptian lancers—the + Shardana and the Tyrseni with their short spears and heavy bronze swords—while + a corps of veterans, armed with heavy maces, brought up the rear.* In an + engagement, these various troops formed three lines of infantry disposed + one behind the other—the light brigade in front to engage the + adversary, the swordsmen and lancers who were to come into close quarters + with the foe, and the mace-bearers in reserve, ready to advance on any + threatened point, or to await the critical moment when their intervention + would decide the victory: as in the times of Thûtmosis and Ramses II. the + chariotry covered the two wings. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * This is the order of march represented during the Syrian + campaign, as gathered from the arrangement observed in the + pictures at Medinet-Habu. +</pre> + <p> + It was well for Ramses that on ascending the throne he had devoted himself + to the task of recruiting the Egyptian army, and of personally and + carefully superintending the instruction and equipment of his men; for it + was thanks to these precautions that, when the confederated Libyans + attacked the country about the Vth year of his reign, he was enabled to + repulse them with complete success. “Didi, Mashaknû, Maraîû, together with + Zamarû and Zaûtmarû, had strongly urged them to attack Egypt and to carry + fire before them from one end of it to the other.”—“Their warriors + confided to each other in their counsels, and their hearts were full: ‘We + will be drunk!’ and their princes said within their breasts: ‘We will fill + our hearts with violence!’ But their plans were overthrown, thwarted, + broken against the heart of the god, and the prayer of their chief, which + their lips repeated, was not granted by the god.” They met the Egyptians + at a place called “Kamsisû-Khasfi-Timihû” (“Ramses repulses the Timihû”), + but their attack was broken by the latter, who were ably led and displayed + considerable valour. “They bleated like goats surprised by a bull who + stamps its foot, who pushes forward its horn and shakes the mountains, + charging whoever seeks to annoy it.” They fled afar, howling with fear, + and many of them, in endeavouring to escape their pursuers, perished in + the canals. “It is,” said they, “the breaking of our spines which + threatens us in the land of Egypt, and its lord destroys our souls for + ever and ever. Woe be upon them! for they have seen their dances changed + into carnage, Sokhît is behind them, fear weighs upon them. We march no + longer upon roads where we can walk, but we run across fields, all the + fields! And their soldiers did not even need to measure arms with us in + the struggle! Pharaoh alone was our destruction, a fire against us every + time that he willed it, and no sooner did we approach than the flame + curled round us, and no water could quench it on us.” The victory was a + brilliant one; the victors counted 12,535 of the enemy killed,* and many + more who surrendered at discretion. The latter were formed into a brigade, + and were distributed throughout the valley of the Nile in military + settlements. They submitted to their fate with that resignation which we + know to have been a characteristic of the vanquished at that date. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The number of the dead is calculated from that of the + hands and phalli brought in by the soldiers after the + victory, the heaps of which are represented at Medinet-Habu. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0007" id="linkCimage-0007"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figright" style="width:30%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/299.jpg" + alt="299.jpg One of the Libyan Chiefs Vanquished by Ramses Iii. " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, +from Champollion. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + They regarded their defeat as a judgment from God against which there was + no appeal; when their fate had been once pronounced, nothing remained to + the condemned except to submit to it humbly, and to accommodate themselves + to the master to whom they were now bound by a decree from on high. The + prisoners of one day became on the next the devoted soldiers of the prince + against whom they had formerly fought resolutely, and they were employed + against their own tribes, their employers having no fear of their + deserting to the other side during the engagement. They were lodged in the + barracks at Thebes, or in the provinces under the feudal lords and + governors of the Pharaoh, and were encouraged to retain their savage + customs and warlike spirit. They intermarried either with the fellahîn or + with women of their own tribes, and were reinforced at intervals by fresh + prisoners or volunteers. Drafted principally into the Delta and the cities + of Middle Egypt, they thus ended by constituting a semi-foreign + population, destined by nature and training to the calling of arms, and + forming a sort of warrior caste, differing widely from the militia of + former times, and known for many generations by their national name of + Mashaûasha. As early as the XIIth dynasty, the Pharaohs had, in a similar + way, imported the Mazaîû from Nubia, and had used them as a military + police; Ramses III. now resolved to naturalise the Libyans for much the + same purpose. His victory did not bear the immediate fruits that we might + have expected from his own account of it; the memory of the exploits of + Ramses II. haunted him, and, stimulated by the example of his ancestor at + Qodshû, he doubtless desired to have the sole credit of the victory over + the Libyans. He certainly did overcome their kings, and arrested their + invasion; we may go so far as to allow that he wrested from them the + provinces which they had occupied on the left bank of the Canopic branch, + from Marea to the Natron Lakes, but he did not conquer them, and their + power still remained as formidable as ever. He had gained a respite at the + point of the sword, but he had not delivered Egypt from their future + attacks. + </p> + <p> + He might perhaps have been tempted to follow up his success and assume the + offensive, had not affairs in Asia at this juncture demanded the whole of + his attention. The movement of great masses of European tribes in a + southerly and easterly direction was beginning to be felt by the + inhabitants of the Balkans, who were forced to set out in a double stream + of emigration—one crossing the Bosphorus and the Propontis towards + the centre of Asia Minor, while the other made for what was later known as + Greece Proper, by way of the passes over Olympus and Pindus. The nations + who had hitherto inhabited these regions, now found themselves thrust + forward by the pressure of invading hordes, and were constrained to move + towards the south and east by every avenue which presented itself. It was + probably the irruption of the Phrygians into the high table-land which + gave rise to the general exodus of these various nations—the + Pulasati, the Zakkala, the Shagalasha, the Danauna, and the Uashasha—some + of whom had already made their way into Syria and taken part in campaigns + there, while others had as yet never measured strength with the Egyptians. + The main body of these migrating tribes chose the overland route, keeping + within easy distance of the coast, from Pamphylia as far as the confines + of Naharaim. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0008" id="linkCimage-0008"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/300.jpg" width="100%" + alt="300.jpg the Waggons of The Pulasati and Their Confederates " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from Champollion. +</pre> + <p> + They were accompanied by their families, who must have been mercilessly + jolted in the ox-drawn square waggons with solid wheels in which they + travelled. The body of the vehicle was built either of roughly squared + planks, or else of something resembling wicker-work. The round axletree + was kept in its place by means of a rude pin, and four oxen were harnessed + abreast to the whole structure. The children wore no clothes, and had, for + the most part, their hair tied into a tuft on the top of their heads; the + women affected a closely fitting cap, and were wrapped in large blue or + red garments drawn close to the body.* The men’s attire varied according + to the tribe to which they belonged. The Pulasati undoubtedly held the + chief place; they were both soldiers and sailors, and we must recognise in + them the foremost of those tribes known to the Greeks of classical times + as the Oarians, who infested the coasts of Asia Minor as well as those of + Greece and the Ægean islands.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * These details are taken from the battle-scenes at Medinet- + Habu. + + ** The Pulasati have been connected with the Philistines by + Champollion, and subsequently by the early English + Egyptologists, who thought they recognised in them the + inhabitants of the Shephelah. Chabas was the first to + identify them with the Pelasgi; Unger and Brugsch prefer to + attribute to them a Libyan origin, but the latter finally + returns to the Pelasgic and Philistine hypothesis. They were + without doubt the Philistines, but in their migratory state, + before they settled on the coast of Palestine. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0009" id="linkCimage-0009"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figleft" style="width:30%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/301.jpg" alt="301.jpg Pulasati " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, +from a photograph by Beato. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + Crete was at this time the seat of a maritime empire, whose chiefs were + perpetually cruising the seas and harassing the civilized states of the + Eastern Mediterranean. These sea-rovers had grown wealthy through piracy, + and contact with the merchants of Syria and Egypt had awakened in them a + taste for a certain luxury and refinement, of which we find no traces in + the remains of their civilization anterior to this period. Some of the + symbols in the inscriptions found on their monuments recall certain of the + Egyptian characters, while others present an original aspect and seem to + be of Ægean origin. We find in them, arranged in juxtaposition, signs + representing flowers, birds, fish, quadrupeds of various kinds, members of + the human body, and boats and household implements. From the little which + is known of this script we are inclined to derive it from a similar source + to that which has furnished those we meet with in several parts of Asia + Minor and Northern Syria. It would appear that in ancient times, somewhere + in the centre of the Peninsula—but under what influence or during + what period we know not—a syllabary was developed, of which + varieties were handed on from tribe to tribe, spreading on the one side to + the Hittites, Cilicians, and the peoples on the borders of Syria and + Egypt, and on the other to the Trojans, to the people of the Cyclades, and + into Crete and Greece. It is easy to distinguish the Pulasati by the felt + helmet which they wore fastened under the chin by two straps and + surmounted by a crest of feathers. The upper part of their bodies was + covered by bands of leather or some thick material, below which hung a + simple loin-cloth, while their feet were bare or shod with short sandals. + They carried each a round buckler with two handles, and the stout bronze + sword common to the northern races, suspended by a cross belt passing over + the left shoulder, and were further armed with two daggers and two + javelins. They hurled the latter from a short distance while attacking, + and then drawing their sword or daggers, fell upon the enemy; we find + among them a few chariots of the Hittite type, each manned by a driver and + two fighting men. The Tyrseni appear to have been the most numerous after + the Pulasati, next to whom came the Zakkala. The latter are thought to + have been a branch of the Siculo-Pelasgi whom Greek tradition represents + as scattered at this period among the Cyclades and along the coast of the + Hellespont;* they wore a casque surmounted with plumes like that of the + Pulasati. The Tyrseni may be distinguished by their feathered head-dress, + but the Shaga-lasha affected a long ample woollen cap falling on the neck + behind, an article of apparel which is still worn by the sailors of the + Archipelago; otherwise they were equipped in much the same manner as their + allies. The other members of the confederation, the Shardana, the Danauna, + and the Nashasha, each furnished an inconsiderable contingent, and, taken + all together, formed but a small item of the united force.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The Zakkara, or Zakkala, have been identified with the + Teucrians by Lauth, Chabas, and Fr. Lenormant, with the + Zygritse of Libya by linger and Brugsch, who subsequently + returned to the Teucrian hypothesis; W. Max Millier regards + them as an Asiatic nation probably of the Lydian family. The + identification with the Siculo-Pelasgi of the Ægean Sea was + proposed by Maspero. + + ** The form of the word shows that it is of Asiatic origin, + Uasasos, Uassos, which refers us to Caria or Lycia. +</pre> + <p> + Their fleet sailed along the coast and kept within sight of the force on + land. The squadrons depicted on the monuments are without doubt those of + the two peoples, the Pulasati and Zakkala. Their ships resembled in many + respects those of Egypt, except in the fact that they had no cut-water. + The bow and stern rose up straight like the neck of a goose or swan; two + structures for fighting purposes were erected above the dock, while a rail + running round the sides of the vessel protected the bodies of the rowers. + An upper yard curved in shape hung from the single mast, which terminated + in a top for the look-out during a battle. The upper yard was not made to + lower, and the top-men managed the sail in the same manner as the Egyptian + sailors. The resemblance between this fleet and that of Ramses is easily + explained. The dwellers on the Ægean, owing to the knowledge they had + acquired of the Phoenician galleys, which were accustomed to cruise + annually in their waters, became experts in shipbuilding. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0010" id="linkCimage-0010"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/304.jpg" width="100%" alt="304.jpg a Sihagalasha Chief " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Petrie. +</pre> + <p> + They copied the lines of the Phoenician craft, imitated the rigging, and + learned to manoeuvre their vessels so well, both on ordinary occasions and + in a battle, that they could now oppose to the skilled eastern navigators + ships as well fitted out and commanded by captains as experienced as those + of Egypt or Asia. + </p> + <p> + There had been a general movement among all these peoples at the very time + when Ramses was repelling the attack of the Libyans; “the isles had + quivered, and had vomited forth their people at once.” * + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * This campaign is mentioned in the inscription of Medinet- + Habu. We find some information about the war in the <i>Great + Harris Papyrus</i>, also in the inscription of Medinet-Habu + which describes the campaign of the year V., and in other + shorter texts of the same temple. +</pre> + <p> + They were subjected to one of those irresistible impulses such as had + driven the Shepherds into Egypt; or again, in later times, had carried + away the Cimmerians and the Scyths to the pillage of Asia Minor: “no + country could hold out against their arms, neither Khâti, nor Qodi, nor + Carchemish, nor Arvad, nor Alasia, without being brought to nothing.” The + ancient kingdoms of Sapalulu and Khâtusaru, already tottering, crumbled to + pieces under the shock, and were broken up into their primitive elements. + The barbarians, unable to carry the towns by assault, and too impatient to + resort to a lengthened siege, spread over the valley of the Orontes, + burning and devastating the country everywhere. Having reached the + frontiers of the empire, in the country of the Amorites, they came to a + halt, and constructing an entrenched camp, installed within it their women + and the booty they had acquired. Some of their predatory bands, having + ravaged the Bekâa, ended by attacking the subjects of the Pharaoh himself, + and their chiefs dreamed of an invasion of Egypt. Ramses, informed of + their design by the despatches of his officers and vassals, resolved to + prevent its accomplishment. He summoned his troops together, both + indigenous and mercenary, in his own person looked after their armament + and commissariat, and in the VIIIth year of his reign crossed the frontier + near Zalu. He advanced by forced marches to meet the enemy, whom he + encountered somewhere in Southern Syria, on the borders of the Shephelah,* + and after a stubbornly contested campaign obtained the victory. He carried + off from the field, in addition to the treasures of the confederate + tribes, some of the chariots which had been used for the transport of + their families. The survivors made their way hastily to the north-west, in + the direction of the sea, in order to receive the support of their navy, + but the king followed them step by step. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * No site is given for these battles. E. de Rougé placed the + theatre of war in Syria, and his opinion was accepted by + Brugsch. Chabas referred it to the mouth of the Nile near + Pelusium, and his authority has prevailed up to the present. + The remarks of W. Max Müller have brought me back to the + opinion of the earlier Egyptologists; but I differ from him + in looking for the locality further south, and not to the + mouth of Nahr el-Kelb as the site of the naval battle. It + seems to me that the fact that the Zakkala were prisoners at + Dor, and the Pulasati in the Shephelah, is enough to assign + the campaign to the regions I have mentioned in the text. +</pre> + <p> + It is recorded that he occupied himself with lion-hunting <i>en route</i> + after the example of the victors of the XVIIIth dynasty, and that he + killed three of these animals in the long grass on one occasion on the + banks of some river. He rejoined his ships, probably at Jaffa, and made + straight for the enemy. The latter were encamped on the level shore, at + the head of a bay wide enough to offer to their ships a commodious space + for naval evolutions—possibly the mouth of the Belos, in the + neighbourhood of Magadîl. The king drove their foot-soldiers into the + water at the same moment that his admirals attacked the combined fleet of + the Pulasati and Zakkala. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0011" id="linkCimage-0011"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/307.jpg" width="100%" + alt="307.jpg the Army Op Ramses Iii. On The March, and The Lion-hunt " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Beato. +</pre> + <p> + Some of the Ægean galleys were capsized and sank when the Egyptian vessels + rammed them with their sharp stems, and the crews, in endeavouring to + escape to land by swimming, were picked off by the arrows of the archers + of the guard who were commanded by Ramses and his sons; they perished in + the waves, or only escaped through the compassion of the victors. “I had + fortified,” said the Pharaoh, “my frontier at Zahi; I had drawn up before + these people my generals, my provincial governors, the vassal princes, and + the best of my soldiers. The mouths of the river seemed to be a mighty + rampart of galleys, barques, and vessels of all kinds, equipped from the + bow to the stern with valiant armed men. The infantry, the flower of + Egypt, were as lions roaring on the mountains; the charioteers, selected + from among the most rapid warriors, had for their captains only officers + confident in themselves; the horses quivered in all their limbs, and were + burning to trample the nations underfoot. As for me, I was like the + warlike Montû: I stood up before them and they saw the vigour of my arms. + I, King Ramses, I was as a hero who is conscious of his valour, and who + stretches his hands over the people in the day of battle. Those who have + violated my frontier will never more garner harvests from this earth: the + period of their soul has been fixed for ever. My forces were drawn up + before them on the ‘Very Green,’ a devouring flame approached them at the + river mouth, annihilation embraced them on every side. Those who were on + the strand I laid low on the seashore, slaughtered like victims of the + butcher. I made their vessels to capsize, and their riches fell into the + sea.” Those who had not fallen in the fight were caught, as it were, in + the cast of a net. A rapid cruiser of the fleet carried the Egyptian + standard along the coast as far as the regions of the Orontes and Saros. + The land troops, on the other hand, following on the heels of the defeated + enemy, pushed through Coele-Syria, and in their first burst of zeal + succeeded in reaching the plains of the Euphrates. A century had elapsed + since a Pharaoh had planted his standard in this region, and the country + must have seemed as novel to the soldiers of Ramses III. as to those of + his predecessor Thûtmosis. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0012" id="linkCimage-0012"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/308.jpg" width="100%" + alt="308.jpg the Defeat of The Peoples Of The Sea " /> + </div> + <p> + The Khâti were still its masters; and all enfeebled as they were by the + ravages of the invading barbarians, were nevertheless not slow in + preparing to resist their ancient enemies. The majority of the citadels + shut their gates in the face of Ramses, who, wishing to lose no time, did + not attempt to besiege them: he treated their territory with the usual + severity, devastating their open towns, destroying their harvests, + breaking down their fruit trees, and cutting away their forests. He was + able, moreover, without arresting his march, to carry by assault several + of their fortified towns, Alaza among the number, the destruction of which + is represented in the scenes of his victories. The spoils were + considerable, and came very opportunely to reward the soldiers or to + provide funds for the erection of monuments. The last battalion of troops, + however, had hardly recrossed the isthmus when Lotanû became again its own + master, and Egyptian rule was once more limited to its traditional + provinces of Kharû and Phoenicia. The King of the Khâti appears among the + prisoners whom the Pharaoh is represented as bringing to his father Amon; + Carchemish, Tunipa, Khalabu, Katna, Pabukhu, Arvad, Mitanni, Mannus, Asi, + and a score of other famous towns of this period appear in the list of the + subjugated nations, recalling the triumphs of Thûtmosis III. and Amenothes + II. Ramses did not allow himself to be deceived into thinking that his + success was final. He accepted the protestations of obedience which were + spontaneously offered him, but he undertook no further expedition of + importance either to restrain or to provoke his enemies: the restricted + rule which satisfied his exemplar Ramses II. ought, he thought, to be + sufficient for his own ambition. + </p> + <p> + Egypt breathed freely once more on the announcement of the victory; + henceforward she was “as a bed without anguish.” “Let each woman now go to + and fro according to her will,” cried the sovereign, in describing the + campaign, “her ornaments upon her, and directing her steps to any place + she likes!” And in order to provide still further guarantees of public + security, he converted his Asiatic captives, as he previously had his + African prisoners, into a bulwark against the barbarians, and a safeguard + of the frontier. The war must, doubtless, have decimated Southern Syria; + and he planted along its coast what remained of the defeated tribes—the + Philistines in the Shephelah, and the Zakkala on the borders of the great + oak forest stretching from Oarmel to Dor.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * It is in this region that we find henceforward the Hebrews + in contact with the Philistines: at the end of the XXIst + Egyptian dynasty a scribe makes Dor a town of the Zakkala. +</pre> + <p> + Watch-towers were erected for the supervision of this region, and for + rallying-points in case of internal revolts or attacks from without. One + of these, the Migdol of Ramses III., was erected, not far from the scene + of the decisive battle, on the spot where the spoils had been divided. + This living barrier, so to speak, stood between the Nile valley and the + dangers which threatened it from Asia, and it was not long before its + value was put to the proof. The Libyans, who had been saved from + destruction by the diversion created in their favour on the eastern side + of the empire, having now recovered their courage, set about collecting + their hordes together for a fresh invasion. They returned to the attack in + the XIth year of Ramses, under the leadership of Kapur, a prince of the + Mashauasha.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The second campaign against the Libyans is known to us + from the inscriptions of the year XI. at Medinet-Habu. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0013" id="linkCimage-0013"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/313.jpg" width="100%" + alt="313.jpg the Captive Chiefs of Ramses Iii. At Medinet-ihabu " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Boudier, from a photograph by Beato. The first + prisoner on the left is the Prince of the Khâti (cf. the cut + on p. 318 of the present work), the second is the Prince of + the Amâuru [Amoritos], the third the Prince of the Zakkala, + the fourth that of the Shardana, the fifth that of the + Shakalasha (see the cut on p. 304 of this work), and the + sixth that of the Tursha [Tyrseni]. +</pre> + <p> + Their soul had said to them for the second time that “they would end their + lives in the nomes of Egypt, that they would till its valleys and its + plains as their own land.” The issue did not correspond with their + intentions. “Death fell upon them within Egypt, for they had hastened with + their feet to the furnace which consumes corruption, under the fire of the + valour of the king who rages like Baal from the heights of heaven. All his + limbs are invested with victorious strength; with his right hand he lays + hold of the multitudes, his left extends to those who are against him, + like a cloud of arrows directed upon them to destroy them, and his sword + cuts like that of Montû. Kapur, who had come to demand homage, blind with + fear, threw down his arms, and his troops did the same. He sent up to + heaven a suppliant cry, and his son [Mashashalu] arrested his foot and his + hand; for, behold, there rises beside him the god who knows what he has in + his heart: His Majesty falls upon their heads as a mountain of granite and + crushes them, the earth drinks up their blood as if it had been water...; + their army was slaughtered, slaughtered their soldiers,” near a fortress + situated on the borders of the desert called the “Castle of + Usirmarî-Miamon.” They were seized, “they were stricken, their arms bound, + like geese piled up in the bottom of a boat, under the feet of His + Majesty.” * The fugitives were pursued at the sword’s point from the <i>Castle + of Usirmarî-Miamon</i> to the <i>Castle of the Sands</i>, a distance of + over thirty miles.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The name of the son of Kapur, Mashashalu, Masesyla, which + is wanting in this inscription, is supplied from a parallel + inscription. + + * The Castle of Usirmarî-Miamon was “on the mountain of the + horn of the world,” which induces me to believe that we must + seek its site on the borders of the Libyan desert. The royal + title entering into its name being liable to change with + every reign, it is possible that we have an earlier + reference to this stronghold in a mutilated passage of the + Athribis Stele, which relates to the campaigns of Mînephtah; + it must have commanded one of the most frequented routes + leading to the oasis of Amon. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0014" id="linkCimage-0014"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/314.jpg" width="100%" + alt="314.jpg Ramses Iii. Binds the Chiefs of The Libyans " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + From a photograph by Beato. +</pre> + <p> + Two thousand and seventy-five Libyans were left upon the ground that day, + two thousand and fifty-two perished in other engagements, while two + thousand and thirty-two, both male and female, were made prisoners. These + were almost irreparable losses for a people of necessarily small numbers, + and if we add the number of those who had succumbed in the disaster of six + years before, we can readily realise how discouraged the invaders must + have been, and how little likely they were to try the fortune of war once + more. Their power dwindled and vanished almost as quickly as it had + arisen; the provisional cohesion given to their forces by a few ambitious + chiefs broke up after their repeated defeats, and the rudiments of an + empire which had struck terror into the Pharaohs, resolved itself into its + primitive elements, a number of tribes scattered over the desert. They + were driven back beyond the Libyan mountains; fortresses* guarded the + routes they had previously followed, and they were obliged henceforward to + renounce any hope of an invasion <i>en masse</i>, and to content + themselves with a few raiding expeditions into the fertile plain of the + Delta, where they had formerly found a transitory halting-place. + Counter-raids organised by the local troops or by the mercenaries who + garrisoned the principal towns in the neighbourhood of Memphis—Hermopolis + and Thinisl—inflicted punishment upon them when they became too + audacious. Their tribes, henceforward, as far as Egypt was concerned, + formed a kind of reserve from which the Pharaoh could raise soldiers every + year, and draw sufficient materials to bring his army up to fighting + strength when internal revolt or an invasion from without called for + military activity. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * <i>The Great Harris Papyrus</i> speaks of fortifications + erected in the towns of Anhûri-Shû, possibly Thinis, and of + Thot, possibly Hermopolis, in order to repel the tribes of + the Tihonu who were ceaselessly harassing the frontier. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0015" id="linkCimage-0015"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/318.jpg" width="100%" + alt="318.jpg the Prince of The Khati " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph taken at Medinet- + Habu. +</pre> + <p> + The campaign of the XIth year brought to an end the great military + expeditions of Ramses III. Henceforward he never took the lead in any more + serious military enterprise than that of repressing the Bedawin of Seîr + for acts of brigandage,* or the Ethiopians for some similar reason. He + confined his attention to the maintenance of commercial and industrial + relations with manufacturing countries, and with the markets of Asia and + Africa. He strengthened the garrisons of Sinai, and encouraged the working + of the ancient mines in that region. He sent a colony of quarry-men and of + smelters to the land of Atika, in order to work the veins of silver which + were alleged to exist there.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + *The Sâîrû of the Egyptian texts have been identified with + the Bedawin of Seîr. + + ** This is the Gebel-Ataka of our day. All this district is + imperfectly explored, but we know that it contains mines and + quarries some of which were worked as late as in the time of + the Mameluk Sultans. +</pre> + <p> + He launched a fleet on the Red Sea, and sent it to the countries of + fragrant spices. “The captains of the sailors were there, together with + the chiefs of the <i>corvée</i> and accountants, to provide provision” for + the people of the Divine Lands “from the innumerable products of Egypt; + and these products were counted by myriads. Sailing through the great sea + of Qodi, they arrived at Pûântt without mishap, and there collected + cargoes for their galleys and ships, consisting of all the unknown marvels + of Tonûtir, as well as considerable quantities of the perfumes of Pûâtîn, + which they stowed on board by tens of thousands without number. The sons + of the princes of Tonûtir came themselves into Qîmit with their tributes. + They reached the region of Coptos safe and sound, and disembarked there in + peace with their riches.” It was somewhere about Sau and Tuau that the + merchants and royal officers landed, following the example of the + expeditions of the XIIth and XVIIIth dynasties. Here they organised + caravans of asses and slaves, which taking the shortest route across the + mountain—that of the valley of Rahanû—carried the precious + commodities to Coptos, whence they were transferred to boats and + distributed along the river. The erection of public buildings, which had + been interrupted since the time of Mînephtah, began again with renewed + activity. The captives in the recent victories furnished the requisite + labour, while the mines, the voyages to the Somali coast, and the tributes + of vassals provided the necessary money. Syria was not lost sight of in + this resumption of peaceful occupations. The overthrow of the Khâti + secured Egyptian rule in this region, and promised a long tranquillity + within its borders. One temple at least was erected in the country—that + of Pa-kanâna—where the princes of Kharu were to assemble to offer + worship to the Pharaoh, and to pay each one his quota of the general + tribute. The Pulasati were employed to protect the caravan routes, and a + vast reservoir was erected near Aîna to provide a store of water for the + irrigation of the neighbouring country. The Delta absorbed the greater + part of the royal subsidies; it had suffered so much from the Libyan + incursions, that the majority of the towns within it had fallen into a + condition as miserable as that in which they were at the time of the + expulsion of the Shepherds. Heliopolis, Bubastis, Thmuis, Amû, and Tanis + still preserved some remains of the buildings which had already been + erected in them by Ramses; he constructed also, at the place at present + called Tel el-Yahûdîyeh, a royal palace of limestone, granite, and + alabaster, of which the type is unique amongst all the structures hitherto + discovered. Its walls and columns were not ornamented with the usual + sculptures incised in stone, but the whole of the decorations—scenes + as well as inscriptions—consisted of plaques of enamelled + terra-cotta set in cement. The forms of men and animals and the lines of + hieroglyphs, standing out in slight relief from a glazed and warm-coloured + background, constitute an immense mosaic-work of many hues. The few + remains of the work show great purity of design and an extraordinary + delicacy of tone. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0016" id="linkCimage-0016"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/320.jpg" width="100%" + alt="320.jpg Signs, Arms and Instruments " /> + </div> + <p> + All the knowledge of the Egyptian painters, and all the technical skill of + their artificers in ceramic, must have been employed to compose such + harmoniously balanced decorations, with their free handling of line and + colour, and their thousands of rosettes, squares, stars, and buttons of + varicoloured pastes.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * This temple has been known since the beginning of the + nineteenth century, and the Louvre is in possession of some + fragments from it which came from Salt’s collection; it was + rediscovered in 1870, and some portions of it were + transferred by Mariette to the Boulaq Museum. The remainder + was destroyed by the fellahîn, at the instigation of the + enlightened amateurs of Cairo, and fragments of it have + passed into various private collections. The decoration has + been attributed to Chaldoan influence, but it is a work + purely Egyptian, both in style and in technique. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0017" id="linkCimage-0017"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/321.jpg" width="100%" + alt="321.jpg the Colossal Osirian Figures in The First Court At Medinet-habu " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a photograph by Beato. +</pre> + <p> + The difficulties to overcome were so appalling, that when the marvellous + work was once accomplished, no subsequent attempt was made to construct a + second like it: all the remaining structures of Ramses III., whether at + Memphis, in the neighbourhood of Abydos, or at Karnak, were in the + conventional style of the Pharaohs. He determined, nevertheless, to give + to the exterior of the Memnonium, which he built near Medinet-Habu for the + worship of himself, the proportions and appearance of an Asiatic “Migdol,” + influenced probably by his remembrance of similar structures which he had + seen during his Syrian campaign. The chapel itself is of the ordinary + type, with its gigantic pylons, its courts surrounded by columns—each + supporting a colossal Osirian statue—its hypostyle hall, and its + mysterious cells for the deposit of spoils taken from the peoples of the + sea and the cities of Asia. His tomb was concealed at a distant spot in + the Biban-el-Moluk, and we see depicted on its walls the same scenes that + we find in the last resting-place of Seti I. or Ramses II., and in + addition to them, in a series of supplementary chambers, the arms of the + sovereign, his standards, his treasure, his kitchen, and the preparation + of offerings which were to be made to him. His sarcophagus, cut out of an + enormous block of granite, was brought for sale to Europe at the beginning + of this century, and Cambridge obtained possession of its cover, while the + Louvre secured the receptacle itself. + </p> + <p> + These were years of profound tranquillity. The Pharaoh intended that + absolute order should reign throughout his realm, and that justice should + be dispensed impartially within it. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0018" id="linkCimage-0018"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/322.jpg" width="100%" + alt="322.jpg the First Pylon of The Temple " /> + </div> + <p> + There were to be no more exactions, no more crying iniquities: whoever was + discovered oppressing the people, no matter whether he were court official + or feudal lord—was instantly deprived of his functions, and replaced + by an administrator of tried integrity. Ramses boasts, moreover, in an + idyllic manner, of having planted trees everywhere, and of having built + arbours wherein the people might sit in the shade in the open air; while + women might go to and fro where they would in security, no one daring to + insult them on the way. The Shardanian and Libyan mercenaries were + restricted to the castles which they garrisoned, and were subjected to + such a severe discipline that no one had any cause of complaint against + these armed barbarians settled in the heart of Egypt. “I have,” continues + the king, “lifted up every miserable one out of his misfortune, I have + granted life to him, I have saved him from the mighty who were oppressing + him, and have secured rest for every one in his own town.” The details of + the description are exaggerated, but the general import of it is true. + Egypt had recovered the peace and prosperity of which it had been deprived + for at least half a century, that is, since the death of Mînephtah. The + king, however, was not in such a happy condition as his people, and court + intrigues embittered the later years of his life. One of his sons, whose + name is unknown to us, but who is designated in the official records by + the nickname of Pentaûîrît, formed a conspiracy against him. His mother, + Tîi, who was a woman of secondary rank, took it into her head to secure + the crown for him, to the detriment of the children of Queen Isît. An + extensive plot was hatched in which scribes, officers of the guard, + priests, and officials in high place, both natives and foreigners, were + involved. A resort to the supernatural was at first attempted, and the + superintendent of the Herds, a certain Panhûibaûnû, who was deeply versed + in magic, undertook to cast a spell upon the Pharaoh, if he could only + procure certain conjuring books of which he was not possessed. These were + found to be in the royal library. He managed to introduce himself under + cover of the night into the harem, where he manufactured certain waxen + figures, of which some were to excite the hate of his wives against their + husband, while others would cause him to waste away and finally perish. A + traitor betrayed several of the conspirators, who, being subjected to the + torture, informed upon others, and these at length brought the matter home + to Pentaûîrît and his immediate accomplices. All were brought before a + commission of twelve members, summoned expressly to try the case, and the + result was the condemnation and execution of six women and some forty men. + The extreme penalty of the Egyptian code was reserved for Pentaûîrît, and + for the most culpable,—“they died of themselves,” and the meaning of + this phrase is indicated, I believe, by the appearance of one of the + mummies disinterred at Deîr el-Baharî.* The coffin in which it was placed + was very plain, painted white and without inscription; the customary + removal of entrails had not been effected, but the body was covered with a + thick layer of natron, which was applied even to the skin itself and + secured by wrappings. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The translations by Dévéria, Lepage-Renouf, and Erman + agree in making it a case of judicial suicide: there was + left to the condemned a choice of his mode of death, in + order to avoid the scandal of a public execution. It is also + possible to make it a condemnation to death in person, which + did not allow of the substitution of a proxy willing, for a + payment to his family, to undergo death in place of the + condemned; but, unfortunately, no other text is to be found + supporting the existence of such a practice in Egypt. +</pre> + <p> + It makes one’s flesh creep to look at it: the hands and feet are tied by + strong bands, and are curled up as if under an intolerable pain; the + abdomen is drawn up, the stomach projects like a ball, the chest is + contracted, the head is thrown back, the face is contorted in a hideous + grimace, the retracted lips expose the teeth, and the mouth is open as if + to give utterance to a last despairing cry. The conviction is borne in + upon us that the man was invested while still alive with the wrappings of + the dead. Is this the mummy of Pentaûîrît, or of some other prince as + culpable as he was, and condemned to this frightful punishment? In order + to prevent the recurrence of such wicked plots, Pharaoh resolved to share + his throne with that one of his sons who had most right to it. In the + XXXIInd year of his reign he called together his military and civil + chiefs, the generals of the foreign mercenaries, the Shardana, the + priests, and the nobles of the court, and presented to them, according to + custom, his heir-designate, who was also called Ramses. He placed the + double crown upon his brow, and seated him beside himself upon the throne + of Horus. This was an occasion for the Pharaoh to bring to remembrance all + the great exploits he had performed during his reign—his triumphs + over the Libyans and over the peoples of the sea, and the riches he had + lavished upon the gods: at the end of the enumeration he exhorted those + who were present to observe the same fidelity towards the son which they + had observed towards the father, and to serve the new sovereign as + valiantly as they had served himself. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0019" id="linkCimage-0019"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figright" style="width:15%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/327.jpg" + alt="327.jpg the Mummy of Ramses III. " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher- +Gudin, from a, +photograph by +Emil Brugsch-Bey. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + The joint reign lasted for only four years. Ramses III. was not much over + sixty years of age when he died. He was still vigorous and muscular, but + he had become stout and heavy. The fatty matter of the body having been + dissolved by the natron in the process of embalming, the skin distended + during life has gathered up into enormous loose folds, especially about + the nape of the neck, under the chin, on the hips, and at the + articulations of the limbs. The closely shaven head and cheeks present no + trace of hair or beard. The forehead, although neither broad nor high, is + better proportioned than that of Ramses II.; the supra-orbital ridges are + less accentuated than his, the cheek-bones not so prominent, the nose not + so arched, and the chin and jaw less massive. The eyes were perhaps + larger, but no opinion can be offered on this point, for the eyelids have + been cut away, and the cleared-out cavities have been filled with rags. + The ears do not stand out so far from the head as those of Ramses II., but + they have been pierced for ear-rings. The mouth, large by nature, has been + still further widened in the process of embalming, owing to the + awkwardness of the operator, who has cut into the cheeks at the side. The + thin lips allow the white and regular teeth to be seen; the first molar on + the right has been either broken in half, or has worn away more rapidly + than the rest. Ramses III. seems, on the whole, to have been a sort of + reduced copy, a little more delicate in make, of Ramses II.; his face + shows more subtlety of expression and intelligence, though less nobility + than that of the latter, while his figure is not so upright, his shoulders + not so broad, and his general muscular vigour less. What has been said of + his personality may be extended to his reign; it was evidently and + designedly an imitation of the reign of Ramses IL, but fell short of its + model owing to the insufficiency of his resources in men and money. If + Ramses III. did not succeed in becoming one of the most powerful of the + Theban Pharaohs, it was not for lack of energy or ability; the depressed + condition of Egypt at the time limited the success of his endeavours and + caused them to fall short of his intentions. The work accomplished by him + was not on this account less glorious. At his accession Egypt was in a + wretched state, invaded on the west, threatened by a flood of barbarians + on the east, without an army or a fleet, and with no resources in the + treasury. In fifteen years he had disposed of his inconvenient neighbours, + organised an army, constructed a fleet, re-established his authority + abroad, and settled the administration at home on so firm a basis, that + the country owed the peace which it enjoyed for several centuries to the + institutions and prestige which he had given it. His associate in the + government, Ramses IV., barely survived him. Then followed a series of <i>rois + fainéants</i> bearing the name of Ramses, but in an order not yet clearly + determined. It is generally assumed that Ramses V., brother of Ramses + III., succeeded Ramses IV. by supplanting his nephews—who, however, + appear to have soon re-established their claim to the throne, and to have + followed each other in rapid succession as Ramses VI., Ramses VIL, Ramses + VIII., and Maritûmû.* Others endeavour to make out that Ramses V. was the + son of Ramses IV., and that the prince called Ramses VI. never succeeded + to the throne at all. At any rate, his son, who is styled Ramses VIL, but + who is asserted by some to have been a son of Ramses III., is considered + to have succeeded Ramses V., and to have become the ancestor from whom the + later Ramessides traced their descent.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The order of the Ramessides was first made out by + Champollion the younger and by Rosellini. Bunsen and Lepsius + reckon in it thirteen kings; E. de Rougé puts the number at + fifteen or sixteen; Maspero makes the number to be twelve, + which was reduced still further by Setho. Erman thinks that + Ramses IX. and Ramses X. were also possibly sons of Ramses + III.; he consequently declines to recognise King Maritûmû as + a son of that sovereign, as Brugsch would make out. + + * The monuments of these later Ramessides are so rare and so + doubtful that I cannot yet see my way to a solution of the + questions which they raise. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0020" id="linkCimage-0020"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figleft" style="width:35%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/331.jpg" + alt="331.jpg a Ramses of the Xxth Dynasty " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, +from a photograph by +Emil Brugsch- Bey. +This is the Ramses VI. +of the series now +generally adopted. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + The short reigns of these Pharaohs were marked by no events which would + cast lustre on their names; one might say that they had nothing else to do + than to enjoy peacefully the riches accumulated by their forefather. + Ramses IV. was anxious to profit by the commercial relations which had + been again established between Egypt and Puanît, and, in order to + facilitate the transit between Coptos and Kosseir, founded a station, and + a temple dedicated to Isis, in the mountain of Bakhni; by this route, we + learn, more than eight thousand men had passed under the auspices of the + high priest of Amon, Nakh-tû-ramses. This is the only undertaking of + public utility which we can attribute to any of these kings. As we see + them in their statues and portraits, they are heavy and squat and without + refinement, with protruding eyes, thick lips, flattened and commonplace + noses, round and expressionless faces. Their work was confined to the + engraving of their cartouches on the blank spaces of the temples at Karnak + and Medinet-Habu, and the addition of a few stones to the buildings at + Memphis, Abydos, and Heliopolis. Whatever energy and means they possessed + were expended on the construction of their magnificent tombs. + </p> + <p> + These may still be seen in the Biban el-Moluk, and no visitor can refrain + from admiring them for their magnitude and decoration. As to funerary + chapels, owing to the shortness of the reigns of these kings, there was + not time to construct them, and they therefore made up for this want by + appropriating the chapel of their father, which was at Medinet-Habu, and + it was here consequently that their worship was maintained. The last of + the sons of Ramses III. was succeeded by another and equally ephemeral + Ramses; after whom came Ramses X. and Ramses XI., who re-established the + tradition of more lasting reigns. There was now no need of expeditions + against Kharu or Libya, for these enfeebled countries no longer disputed, + from the force of custom, the authority of Egypt. From time to time an + embassy from these countries would arrive at Thebes, bringing presents, + which were pompously recorded as representing so much tribute.* If it is + true that a people which has no history is happy, then Egypt ought to be + reckoned as more fortunate under the feebler descendants of Ramses III. + than it had ever been under the most famous Pharaohs. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The mention of a tribute, for instance, in the time of + Ramses IV. from the Lotanu. +</pre> + <p> + Thebes continued to be the favourite royal residence. Here in its temple + the kings were crowned, and in its palaces they passed the greater part of + their lives, and here in its valley of sepulchres they were laid to rest + when their reigns and lives were ended. The small city of the beginning of + the XVIIIth dynasty had long encroached upon the plain, and was now + transformed into an immense town, with magnificent monuments, and a motley + population, having absorbed in its extension the villages of Ashirû,* and + Madit, and even the southern Apît, which we now call Luxor. But their + walls could still be seen, rising up in the middle of modern + constructions, a memorial of the heroic ages, when the power of the Theban + princes was trembling in the balance, and when conflicts with the + neighbouring barons or with the legitimate king were on the point of + breaking out at every moment.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The village of Ashirû was situated to the south of the + temple of Karnak, close to the temple of Mût. Its ruins, + containing the statues of Sokhît collected by Amenôthes III., + extend around the remains marked X in Mariette’s plan. + + * These are the walls which are generally regarded as + marking the sacred enclosure of the temples: an examination + of the ruins of Thebes shows us that, during the XXth and + XXIst dynasties, brick-built houses lay against these walls + both on the inner and outer sides, so that they must have + been half hidden by buildings, as are the ancient walls of + Paris at the present day. +</pre> + <p> + The inhabitants of Apît retained their walls, which coincided almost + exactly with the boundary of Nsîttauî, the great sanctuary of Amon; Ashirû + sheltered behind its ramparts the temple of Mût, while Apît-rîsît + clustered around a building consecrated by Amenôthes III. to his divine + father, the lord of Thebes. Within the boundary walls of Thebes extended + whole suburbs, more or less densely populated and prosperous, through + which ran avenues of sphinxes connecting together the three chief boroughs + of which the sovereign city was composed. On every side might have been + seen the same collections of low grey huts, separated from each other by + some muddy pool where the cattle were wont to drink and the women to draw + water; long streets lined with high houses, irregularly shaped open + spaces, bazaars, gardens, courtyards, and shabby-looking palaces which, + while presenting a plain and unadorned exterior, contained within them the + refinements of luxury and the comforts of wealth. The population did not + exceed a hundred thousand souls,* reckoning a large proportion of + foreigners attracted hither by commerce or held as slaves. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Letronne, after having shown that we have no authentic + ancient document giving us the population, fixes it at + 200,000 souls. My estimate, which is, if anything, + exaggerated, is based on the comparison of the area of + ancient Thebes and that of such modern towns as Shit, Girgeh + and Qina, whose populations are known for the last fifty + years from the census. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0021" id="linkCimage-0021"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/334.jpg" width="100%" + alt="334.jpg Map: Thebes in the Xxth Dynasty " /> + </div> + <p> + The court of the Pharaoh drew to the city numerous provincials, who, + coming thither to seek their fortune, took up their abode there, planting + in the capital of Southern Egypt types from the north and the centre of + the country, as well as from Nubia and the Oases; such a continuous + infusion of foreign material into the ancient Theban stock gave rise to + families of a highly mixed character, in which all the various races of + Egypt were blended in the most capricious fashion. In every twenty + officers, and in the same number of ordinary officials, about half would + be either Syrians, or recently naturalised Nubians, or the descendants of + both, and among the citizens such names as Pakhari the Syrian, Palamnanî + the native of the Lebanon, Pinahsî the negro, Palasiaî the Alasian, + preserved the indications of foreign origin.* A similar mixture of races + was found in other cities, and Memphis, Bubastis, Tanis, and Siût must + have presented as striking an aspect in this respect as Thebes.** At + Memphis there were regular colonies of Phoenician, Canaanite, and Amorite + merchants sufficiently prosperous to have temples there to their national + gods, and influential enough to gain adherents to their religion from the + indigenous inhabitants. They worshipped Baal, Anîti. Baal-Zaphuna, and + Ashtoreth, side by side with Phtah, Nofîrtûmû, and Sokhit,*** and this + condition of things at Memphis was possibly paralleled elsewhere—as + at Tanis and Bubastis. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Among the forty-three individuals compromised in the + conspiracy against Ramses III. whose names have been + examined by Dévéria, nine are foreigners, chiefly Semites, + and were so recognised by the Egyptians themselves—Adiram, + Balmahara, Garapusa, lunîni the Libyan, Paiarisalama, + possibly the Jerusalemite, Nanaiu, possibly the Ninevite, + Palulca the Lycian, Qadendena, and Uarana or Naramu. + + ** An examination of the stelæ of Abydos shows the extent of + foreign influence in this city in the middle of the + XVIIIth dynasty. + + *** These gods are mentioned in the preamble of a letter + written on the <i>verso</i> of the <i>Sallier Papyrus</i>. From the + mode in which they are introduced we may rightly infer that + they had, like the Egyptian gods who are mentioned with + them, their chapels at Memphis. A place in Memphis is called + “the district called the district of the Khâtiû” is an + inscription of the IIIth year of Aï, and shows that Hittites + were there by the side of Canaanites. +</pre> + <p> + This blending of races was probably not so extensive in the country + districts, except in places where mercenaries were employed as garrisons; + but Sudanese or Hittite slaves, brought back by the soldiers of the ranks, + had introduced Ethiopian and Asiatic elements into many a family of the + fellahîn.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * One of the letters in the Great Bologna Papyrus treats of + a Syrian slave, employed as a cultivator at Hermopolis, who + had run away from his master. +</pre> + <p> + We have only to examine in any of our museums the statues of the Memphite + and Theban periods respectively, to see the contrast between the + individuals represented in them as far as regards stature and appearance. + Some members of the courts of the Ramessides stand out as genuine Semites + notwithstanding the disguise of their Egyptian names; and in the times of + Kheops and Ûsirtasen they would have been regarded as barbarians. Many of + them exhibit on their faces a blending of the distinctive features of one + or other of the predominant Oriental races of the time. Additional + evidence of a mixture of races is forthcoming when we examine with an + unbiased mind the mummies of the period, and the complexity of the new + elements introduced among the people by the political movements of the + later centuries is thus strongly confirmed. The new-comers had all been + absorbed and assimilated by the country, but the generations which arose + from this continual cross-breeding, while representing externally the + Egyptians of older epochs, in manners, language, and religion, were at + bottom something different, and the difference became the more accentuated + as the foreign elements increased. The people were thus gradually divested + of the character which had distinguished them before the conquest of + Syria; the dispositions and defects imported from without counteracted to + such an extent their own native dispositions and defects that all marks of + individuality were effaced and nullified. The race tended to become more + and more what it long continued to be afterwards,—a lifeless and + inert mass, without individual energy—endowed, it is true, with + patience, endurance, cheerfulness of temperament, and good nature, but + with little power of self-government, and thus forced to submit to foreign + masters who made use of it and oppressed it without pity. + </p> + <p> + The upper classes had degenerated as much as the masses. The feudal nobles + who had expelled the Shepherds, and carried the frontiers of the empire to + the banks of the Euphrates, seemed to have expended their energies in the + effort, and to have almost ceased to exist. As long as Egypt was + restricted to the Nile valley, there was no such disproportion between the + power of the Pharaoh and that of his feudatories as to prevent the latter + from maintaining their privileges beside, and, when occasion arose, even + against the monarch. The conquest of Asia, while it compelled them either + to take up arms themselves or to send their troops to a distance, + accustomed them and their soldiers to a passive obedience. The maintenance + of a strict discipline in the army was the first condition of successful + campaigning at great distances from the mother country and in the midst of + hostile people, and the unquestioning respect which they had to pay to the + orders of their general prepared them for abject submission to the will of + their sovereign. To their bravery, moveover, they owed not only money and + slaves, but also necklaces and bracelets of honour, and distinctions and + offices in the Pharaonic administration. The king, in addition, neglected + no opportunity for securing their devotion to himself. He gave to them in + marriage his sisters, his daughters, his cousins, and any of the + princesses whom he was not compelled by law to make his own wives. He + selected from their harems nursing-mothers for his own sons, and this + choice established between him and them a foster relationship, which was + as binding among the Egyptians and other Oriental peoples as one of blood. + It was not even necessary for the establishment of this relation that the + foster-mother’s connexion with the Pharaoh’s son should be durable or even + effective: the woman had only to offer her breast to the child for a + moment, and this symbol was quite enough to make her his nurse—his + true <i>monâît</i>. This fictitious fosterage was carried so far, that it + was even made use of in the case of youths and persons of mature age. When + an Egyptian woman wished to adopt an adult, the law prescribed that she + should offer him the breast, and from that moment he became her son. A + similar ceremony was prescribed in the case of men who wished to assume + the quality of male nurse—<i>monâî</i>—or even, indeed, of + female nurse—<i>monâît</i>—like that of their wives; according + to which they were to place, it would seem, the end of one of their + fingers in the mouth of the child.* Once this affinity was established, + the fidelity of these feudal lords was established beyond question; and + their official duties to the sovereign were not considered as accomplished + when they had fulfilled their military obligations, for they continued to + serve him in the palace as they had served him on the field. Wherever the + necessities of the government called them—at Memphis, at Ramses, or + elsewhere—they assembled around the Pharaoh; like him they had their + palaces at Thebes, and when they died they were anxious to be buried there + beside him.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * These symbolical modes of adoption were first pointed out + by Maspero. Legend has given examples of them: as, for + instance, where Isis fosters the child of Malkander, King of + Byblos, by inserting the tip of her finger in its mouth. + + ** The tomb of a prince of Tobûî, the lesser Aphroditopolis, + was discovered at Thebes by Maspero. The rock-out tombs of + two Thinite princes were noted in the same necropolis. These + two were of the time of Thûtmosis III. I have remarked in + tombs not yet made public the mention of princes of El-Kab, + who played an important part about the person of the + Pharaohs down to the beginning of the XXth dynasty. +</pre> + <p> + Many of the old houses had become extinct, while others, owing to + marriages, were absorbed into the royal family; the fiefs conceded to the + relations or favourites of the Pharaoh continued to exist, indeed, as of + old, but the ancient distrustful and turbulent feudality had given place + to an aristocracy of courtiers, who lived oftener in attendance on the + monarch than on their own estates, and whose authority continued to + diminish to the profit of the absolute rule of the king. There would be + nothing astonishing in the “count” becoming nothing more than a governor, + hereditary or otherwise, in Thebes itself; he could hardly be anything + higher in the capital of the empire.* But the same restriction of + authority was evidenced in all the provinces: the recruiting of soldiers, + the receipt of taxes, most of the offices associated with the civil or + military administration, became more and more affairs of the State, and + passed from the hands of the feudal lord into those of the functionaries + of the Crown. The few barons who still lived on their estates, while they + were thus dispossessed of the greater part of their prerogatives, obtained + some compensation, on the other hand, on the side of religion. From early + times they had been by birth the heads of the local cults, and their + protocol had contained, together with those titles which justified their + possession of the temporalities of the nome, others which attributed to + them spiritual supremacy. The sacred character with which they were + invested became more and more prominent in proportion as their political + influence became curtailed, and we find scions of the old warlike families + or representatives of a new lineage at Thinis, at Akhmîm,** in the nome of + Baalû, at Hierâconpolis,*** at El-Kab,**** and in every place where we + have information from the monuments as to their position, bestowing more + concern upon their sacerdotal than on their other duties. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * Rakhmirî and his son Manakhpirsonbû were both “counts “of + Thebes under Thûtmosis III., and there is nothing to show + that there was any other person among them invested with the + same functions and belonging to a different family. + + ** For example, the tomb of Anhûrimôsû, high priest of + Anhuri-Shû and prince of Thinis, under Mînephtah, where the + sacerdotal character is almost exclusively prominent. The + same is the case with the tombs of the princes of Akhmîm in + the time of Khûniatonû and his successors: the few still + existing in 1884-5 have not been published. The stelæ + belonging to them are at Paris and Berlin. + + *** Horimôsû, Prince of Hierâconpolis under Thûtmosis III., + is, above everything else, a prophet of the local Horus. + + **** The princes of El-Kab during the XIXth and XXth + dynasties were, before everything, priests of Nekhabit, as + appears from an examination of their tombs, which, lying in + a side valley, far away from the tomb of Pihirî, are rarely + visited. +</pre> + <p> + This transfiguration of the functions of the barons, which had been + completed under the XIXth and XXth dynasties, corresponded with a more + general movement by which the Pharaohs themselves were driven to + accentuate their official position as high priests, and to assign to their + sons sacerdotal functions in relation to the principal deities. This + rekindling of religious fervour would not, doubtless, have restrained + military zeal in case of war;* but if it did not tend to suppress entirely + individual bravery, it discouraged the taste for arms and for the bold + adventures which had characterised the old feudality. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The sons of Ramses II., Khâmoîsît and Marîtùmû, were bravo + warriors in spite of their being high priests of Phtah at + Memphis, and of Râ at Heliopolis. +</pre> + <p> + The duties of sacrificing, of offering prayer, of celebrating the sacred + rites according to the prescribed forms, and rendering due homage to the + gods in the manner they demanded, were of such an exactingly scrupulous + and complex character that the Pharaohs and the lords of earlier times had + to assign them to men specially fitted for, and appointed to, the task; + now that they had assumed these absorbing functions themselves, they were + obliged to delegate to others an increasingly greater proportion of their + civil and military duties. Thus, while the king and his great vassals were + devoutly occupying themselves in matters of worship and theology, generals + by profession were relieving them of the care of commanding their armies; + and as these individuals were frequently the chiefs of Ethiopian, Asiatic, + and especially of Libyan bands, military authority, and, with it, + predominant influence in the State were quickly passing into the hands of + the barbarians. A sort of aristocracy of veterans, notably of Shardana or + Mashauasha, entirely devoted to arms, grew up and increased gradually side + by side with the ancient noble families, now by preference devoted to the + priesthood.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * This military aristocracy was fully developed in the XXIst + and XXIInd dynasties, but it began to take shape after + Ramses III. had planted the Shardana and Qahaka in certain + towns as garrisons. +</pre> + <p> + The barons, whether of ancient or modern lineage, were possessed of + immense wealth, especially those of priestly families. The tribute and + spoil of Asia and Africa, when once it had reached Egypt, hardly ever left + it: they were distributed among the population in proportion to the + position occupied by the recipients in the social scale. The commanders of + the troops, the attendants on the king, the administrators of the palace + and temples, absorbed the greater part, but the distribution was carried + down to the private soldier and his relations in town or country, who + received some of the crumbs. When we remember for a moment the four + centuries and more during which Egypt had been reaping the fruits of her + foreign conquest, we cannot think without amazement of the quantities of + gold and other precious metals which must have been brought in divers + forms into the valley of the Nile.* Every fresh expedition made additions + to these riches, and one is at a loss to know whence in the intervals + between two defeats the conquered could procure so much wealth, and why + the sources were never exhausted nor became impoverished. This flow of + metals had an influence upon commercial transactions, for although trade + was still mainly carried on by barter, the mode of operation was becoming + changed appreciably. In exchanging commodities, frequent use was now made + of rings and ingots of a certain prescribed weight in <i>tabonû</i>; and + it became more and more the custom to pay for goods by a certain number of + <i>tabonû</i> of gold, silver, or copper, rather than by other + commodities: it was the practice even to note down in invoices or in the + official receipts, alongside the products or manufactured articles with + which payments were made, the value of the same in weighed metal.** + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The quantity of gold in ingots or rings, mentioned in the + <i>Annals of Tkutmosis III.</i>, represents altogether a weight + of nearly a ton and a quarter, or in value some £140,000 of + our money. And this is far from being the whole of the metal + obtained from the enemy, for a large portion of the + inscription has disappeared, and the unrecorded amount might + be taken, without much risk of error, at as much as that of + which we have evidence—say, some two and a half tons, + which Thûtmosis had received or brought back between the + years XXIII. and XLII. of his reign—an estimation rather + under than over the reality. These figures, moreover, take + no account of the vessels and statues, or of the furniture + and arms plated with gold. Silver was not received in such + large quantities, but it was of great value, and the like + may be said of copper and lead. + + * The facts justifying this position were observed and put + together for the first time by Chabas: a translation is + given in his memoir of a register of the XXth or XXIst + dynasty, which gives the price of butcher’s meat, both in + gold and silver, at this date. Fresh examples have been + since collected by Spiegelberg, who has succeeded in drawing + up a kind of tariff for the period between the XVIIIth and + XXth dynasties. +</pre> + <p> + This custom, although not yet widely extended, placed at the disposal of + trade enormous masses of metal, which were preserved in the form of ingots + or bricks, except the portion which went to the manufacture of rings, + jewellery, or valuable vessels.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * There are depicted on the monuments bags or heaps of gold + dust, ingots in the shape of bricks, rings, and vases, + arranged alongside each other. +</pre> + <p> + The general prosperity encouraged a passion for goldsmith’s work, and the + use of bracelets, necklaces, and chains became common among classes of the + people who were not previously accustomed to wear them. There was + henceforward no scribe or merchant, however poor he might be, who had not + his seal made of gold or silver, or at any rate of copper gilt. The stone + was sometimes fixed, but frequently arranged so as to turn round on a + pivot; while among people of superior rank it had some emblem or device + upon it, such as a scorpion, a sparrow-hawk, a lion, or a cynocephalous + monkey. Chains occupied the same position among the ornaments of Egyptian + women as rings among men; they were indispensable decorations. Examples of + silver chains are known of some five feet in length, while others do not + exceed two to three inches. There are specimens in gold of all sizes, + single, double, and triple, with large or small links, some thick and + heavy, while others are as slight and flexible as the finest Venetian + lace. The poorest peasant woman, alike with the lady of the court, could + boast of the possession of a chain, and she must have been in dire poverty + who had not some other ornament in her jewel-case. The jewellery of Queen + Âhhotpû shows to what degree of excellence the work of the Egyptian + goldsmiths had attained at the time of the expulsion of the Nyksôs: they + had not only preserved the good traditions of the best workmen of the + XIIth dynasty, but they had perfected the technical details, and had + learned to combine form and colour with a greater skill. The pectorals of + Prince Khâmoîsît and the Lord Psaru,now in the Louvre, but which were + originally placed in the tomb of the Apis in the time of Ramses II., are + splendid examples. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0022" id="linkCimage-0022"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figright" style="width:35%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/345.jpg" + alt="345.jpg Pectoral of Ramses II. " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, +from the jewel in the +Louvre. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + The most common form of these represents in miniature the front of a + temple with a moulded or flat border, surmounted by a curved cornice. In + one of them, which was doubtless a present from the king himself, the + cartouche, containing the first name of the Pharaoh-Usirmari, appears just + below the frieze, and serves as a centre for the design within the frame. + The wings of the ram-headed sparrow-hawk, the emblem of Amonrâ, are so + displayed as to support it, while a large urseus and a vulture beneath + embracing both the sparrow-hawk and the cartouche with outspread wings + give the idea of divine protection. Two <i>didû</i>, each of them filling + one of the lower corners, symbolise duration. The framework of the design + is made up of divisions marked out in gold, and filled either with + coloured enamels or pieces of polished stone. The general effect is one of + elegance, refinement, and harmony, the three principal elements of the + design becoming enlarged from the top downwards in a deftly adjusted + gradation. The dead-gold of the cartouche in the upper centre is set off + below by the brightly variegated and slightly undulating band of colours + of the sparrow-hawk, while the urseus and vulture, associated together + with one pair of wings, envelope the upper portions in a half-circle of + enamels, of which the shades pass from red through green to a dull blue, + with a freedom of handling and a skill in the manipulation of colour which + do honour to the artist. It was not his fault if there is still an element + of stiffness in the appearance of the pectoral as a whole, for the form + which religious tradition had imposed upon the jewel was so rigid that no + artifice could completely get over this defect. It is a type which arose + out of the same mental concepts as had given birth to Egyptian + architecture and sculpture—monumental in character, and appearing + often as if designed for colossal rather than ordinary beings. The + dimensions, too overpowering for the decoration of normal men or women, + would find an appropriate place only on the breasts of gigantic statues: + the enormous size of the stone figures to which alone they are adapted + would relieve them, and show them in their proper proportions. The artists + of the second Theban empire tried all they could, however, to get rid of + the square framework in which the sacred bird is enclosed, and we find + examples among the pectorals in the Louvre of the sparrow-hawk only with + curved wings, or of the ram-headed hawk with the wings extended; but in + both of them there is displayed the same brilliancy, the same purity of + line, as in the square-shaped jewels, while the design, freed from the + trammels of the hampering enamelled frame, takes on a more graceful form, + and becomes more suitable for personal decoration. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0023" id="linkCimage-0023"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/347.jpg" width="100%" + alt="347.jpg the Ram-headed Sparrow-hawk in The Louvre " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from a jewel in the Louvre. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0024" id="linkCimage-0024"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figleft" style="width:20%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/348.jpg" alt="348.jpg Decorated Armchair " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, +from one of these +objects in the +tomb of Ramses III. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0025" id="linkCimage-0025"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="figright" style="width:15%;"> + <img width="100%" src="images/349.jpg" alt="349.jpg Egyptian Wig " /> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Drawn by Faucher- +Gudin, from a +photograph by +M. de Mertens. +</pre> + </div> + <p> + The ram’s head in the second case excels in the beauty of its workmanship + anything to be found elsewhere in the museums of Europe or Egypt. It is of + the finest gold, but its value does not depend upon the precious material: + the ancient engraver knew how to model it with a bold and free hand, and + he has managed to invest it with as much dignity as if he had been carving + his subject in heroic size out of a block of granite or limestone. It is + not an example of pure industrial art, but of an art for which a + designation is lacking. Other examples, although more carefully executed + and of more costly materials, do not approach it in value: such, for + instance, are the earrings of Ramses XII. at Gîzeh, which are made up of + an ostentatious combination of disks, filigree-work, chains, beads, and + hanging figures of the urseus. + </p> + <p> + To get an idea of the character of the plate on the royal sideboards, we + must have recourse to the sculptures in the temples, or to the paintings + on the tombs: the engraved gold or silver centrepieces, dishes, bowls, + cups, and amphoras, if valued by weight only, were too precious to escape + the avarice of the impoverished generations which followed the era of + Theban prosperity. In the fabrication of these we can trace foreign + influences, but not to the extent of a predominance over native art: even + if the subject to be dealt with by the artist happened to be a Phoenician + god or an Asiatic prisoner, he was not content with slavishly copying his + model; he translated it and interpreted it, so as to give it an Egyptian + character. + </p> + <p> + The household furniture was in keeping with these precious objects. Beds + and armchairs in valuable woods, inlaid with ivory, carved, gilt, painted + in subdued and bright colours, upholstered with mattresses and cushions of + many-hued Asiatic stuffs, or of home-made materials, fashioned after + Chaldæan patterns, were in use among the well-to-do, while people of + moderate means had to be content with old-fashioned furniture of the + ancient regime. + </p> + <p> + The Theban dwelling-house was indeed more sumptuously furnished than the + earliest Memphite, but we find the same general arrangements in both, + which provided, in addition to quarters for the masters, a similar number + of rooms intended for the slaves, for granaries, storehouses, and stables. + While the outward decoration of life was subject to change, the inward + element remained unaltered. Costume was a more complex matter than in + former times: the dresses and lower garments were more gauffered, had more + embroidery and stripes; the wigs were larger and longer, and rose up in + capricious arrangements of curls and plaits. + </p> + <p> + The use of the chariot had now become a matter of daily custom, and the + number of domestics, already formidable, was increased by fresh additions + in the shape of coachmen, grooms, and <i>saises</i>, who ran before their + master to clear a way for the horses through the crowded streets of the + city.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The pictures at Tel el-Amarna exhibit the king, queen, and + princesses driving in their chariots with escorts of + soldiers and runners. We often find in the tomb-paintings + the chariot and coachman of some dignitary, waiting while + their master inspects a field or a workshop, or while he is + making a visit to the palace for some reward. +</pre> + <p> + As material, existence became more complex, intellectual life partook of + the same movement, and, without deviating much from the lines prescribed + for it by the learned and the scribes of the Memphite age, literature had + become in the mean time larger, more complicated, more exacting, and more + difficult to grapple with and to master. It had its classical authors, + whose writings were committed to memory and taught in the schools. These + were truly masterpieces, for if some felt that they understood and enjoyed + them, others found them almost beyond their comprehension, and complained + bitterly of their obscurity. The later writers followed them pretty + closely, in taking pains, on the one hand to express fresh ideas in the + forms consecrated by approved and ancient usage, or when they failed to + find adequate vehicles to convey new thoughts, resorting in their lack of + imagination to the foreigner for the requisite expressions. The necessity + of knowing at least superficially, something of the dialect and writings + of Asia compelled the Egyptian scribes to study to some degree the + literature of Phonecia and of Chaldæa. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0026" id="linkCimage-0026"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/350.jpg" width="100%" + alt="350.jpg Page Image With Furniture " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from photographs of the objects in + the Museums of Berlin and Gîzeh. +</pre> + <p> + From these sources they had borrowed certain formulae and incantation, + medical recipes, and devout legends, in which the deities of Assyria and + especially Astartê played the chief part. They appropriated in this manner + a certain number of words and phrases with which they were accustomed to + interlard their discourses and writings. They thought it polite to call a + door no longer by the word <i>ro</i>, but the term <i>tira</i>, and to + accompany themselves no longer with the harp <i>bordt</i>, but with the + same instrument under its new name <i>kinnôr</i>, and to make the <i>salâm</i> + in saluting the sovereign in place of crying before him, <i>aaû</i>. They + were thorough-going Semiticisers; but one is less offended by their + affectation when one considers that the number of captives in the country, + and the intermarriages with Canaanite women, had familiarised a portion of + the community from childhood with the sounds and ideas of the languages + from which the scribes were accustomed to borrow unblushingly. This + artifice, if it served to infuse an appearance of originality into their + writings, had no influence upon their method of composition. Their + poetical ideal remained what it had been in the time of their ancestors, + but seeing that we are now unable to determine the characteristic cadence + of sentences or the mental attitude which marked each generation of + literary men, it is often difficult for us to find out the qualities in + their writings which gave them popularity. A complete library of one of + the learned in the Ramesside period must have contained a strange mixture + of works, embracing, in addition to books of devotion, which were + indispensable to those who were solicitous about their souls,* collections + of hymns, romances, war and love songs, moral and philosophical treatises, + letters, and legal documents. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * There are found in the rubrics of many religious books, + for example that dealing with the unseen world, promises of + health and prosperity to the soul which, “while still on + earth,” had read and learned them. A similar formula appears + at the end of several important chapters of the <i>Book of the + Dead.</i> +</pre> + <p> + It would have been similar in character to the literary-possessions of an + Egyptian of the Memphite period,* but the language in which it was written + would not have been so stiff and dry, but would have flowed more easily, + and been more sustained and better balanced. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The composition of these libraries may be gathered from + the collections of papyri which have turned up from time to + time, and have been sold by the Arabs to Europeans buyers; + e.g. the Sallier Collection, the Anastasi Collections, and + that of Harris. They have found their way eventually into + the British Museum or the Museum at Leyden, and have been + published in the <i>Select Papyri</i> of the former, or in the + <i>Monuments Égyptiens</i> of the latter. +</pre> + <p> + The great odes to the deities which we find in the Theban <i>papyri</i> + are better fitted, perhaps, than the profane compositions of the period, + to give us an idea of the advance which Egyptian genius had made in the + width and richness of its modes of expression, while still maintaining + almost the same dead-level of idea which had characterised it from the + outset. Among these, one dedicated to Harmakhis, the sovereign sun, is no + longer restricted to a bare enumeration of the acts and virtues of the + “Disk,” but ventures to treat of his daily course and his final triumphs + in terms which might have been used in describing the victorious campaigns + or the apotheosis of a Pharaoh. It begins with his awakening, at the + moment when he has torn himself away from the embraces of night. Standing + upright in the cabin of the divine bark, “the fair boat of millions of + years,” with the coils of the serpent Mihni around him, he glides in + silence on the eternal current of the celestial waters, guided and + protected by those battalions of secondary deities with whose odd forms + the monuments have made us familiar. “Heaven is in delight, the earth is + in joy, gods and men are making festival, to render glory to + Phrâ-Harmakhis, when they see him arise in his bark, having overturned his + enemies in his own time!” They accompany him from hour to hour, they fight + the good fight with him against Apopi, they shout aloud as he inflicts + each fresh wound upon the monster: they do not even abandon him when the + west has swallowed him up in its darkness.* Some parts of the hymn remind + us, in the definiteness of the imagery and in the abundance of detail, of + a portion of the poem of Pentaûîrît, or one of those inscriptions of + Ramses III. wherein he celebrates the defeat of hordes of Asiatics or + Libyans. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The remains of Egyptian romantic literature have been + collected and translated into French by Maspero, and + subsequently into English by Flinders Petrie. +</pre> + <p> + The Egyptians took a delight in listening to stories. They preferred tales + which dealt with the marvellous and excited their imagination, introducing + speaking animals, gods in disguise, ghosts and magic. One of them tells of + a king who was distressed because he had no heir, and had no sooner + obtained the favour he desired from the gods, than the Seven Hathors, the + mistresses of Fate, destroyed his happiness by predicting that the child + would meet with his death by a serpent, a dog, or a crocodile. Efforts + were made to provide against such a fatality by shutting him up in a + tower; but no sooner had he grown to man’s estate, than he procured + himself a dog, went off to wander through the world, and married the + daughter of the Prince of Naharaim. His fate meets him first under the + form of a serpent, which is killed by his wife; he is next assailed by a + crocodile, and the dog kills the crocodile, but as the oracles must be + fulfilled, the brute turns and despatches his master without further + consideration. Another story describes two brothers, Anûpû and Bitiû, who + live happily together on their farm till the wife of the elder falls in + love with the younger, and on his repulsing her advances, she accuses him + to her husband of having offered her violence. The virtue of the younger + brother would not have availed him much, had not his animals warned him of + danger, and had not Phrâ-Harmakhis surrounded him at the critical moment + with a stream teeming with crocodiles. He mutilates himself to prove his + innocence, and announces that henceforth he will lead a mysterious + existence far from mankind; he will retire to the Valley of the Acacia, + place his heart on the topmost flower of the tree, and no one will be able + with impunity to steal it from him. The gods, however, who frequent this + earth take pity on his loneliness, and create for him a wife of such + beauty that the Nile falls in love with her, and steals a lock of her + hair, which is carried by its waters down into Egypt. Pharaoh finds the + lock, and, intoxicated by its scent, commands his people to go in quest of + the owner. Having discovered the lady, Pharaoh marries her, and + ascertaining from her who she is, he sends men to cut down the Acacia, but + no sooner has the flower touched the earth, than Bitiû droops and dies. + The elder brother is made immediately acquainted with the fact by means of + various prodigies. The wine poured out to him becomes troubled, his beer + leaves a deposit. He seizes his shoes and staff and sets out to find the + heart. + </p> + <p> + After a search of seven years he discovers it, and reviving it in a vase + of water, he puts it into the mouth of the corpse, which at once returns + to life. Bitiû, from this moment, seeks only to be revenged. He changes + himself into the bull Apis, and, on being led to court, he reproaches the + queen with the crime she has committed against him. The queen causes his + throat to be cut; two drops of his blood fall in front of the gate of the + palace, and produce in the night two splendid “Persea” trees, which renew + the accusation in a loud voice. The queen has them cut down, but a chip + from one of them flies into her mouth, and ere long she gives birth to a + child who is none other than a reincarnation of Bitiû. When the child + succeeds to the Pharaoh, he assembles his council, reveals himself to + them, and punishes with death her who was first his wife and subsequently + his mother. The hero moves throughout the tale without exhibiting any + surprise at the strange incidents in which he takes part, and, as a matter + of fact, they did not seriously outrage the probabilities of contemporary + life. In every town sorcerers could be found who knew how to transform + themselves into animals or raise the dead to life: we have seen how the + accomplices of Pentaûîrît had recourse to spells in order to gain + admission to the royal palace when they desired to rid themselves of + Ramses III. The most extravagant romances differed from real life merely + in collecting within a dozen pages more miracles than were customarily + supposed to take place in the same number of years; it was merely the + multiplicity of events, and not the events themselves, that gave to the + narrative its romantic and improbable character. The rank of the heroes + alone raised the tale out of the region of ordinary life; they are always + the sons of kings, Syrian princes, or Pharaohs; sometimes we come across a + vague and undefined Pharaoh, who figures under the title of Pîrûîâûi or + Prûîti, but more often it is a well-known and illustrious Pharaoh who is + mentioned by name. It is related how, one day, Kheops, suffering from <i>ennui</i> + within his palace, assembled his sons in the hope of learning from them + something which he did not already know. They described to him one after + another the prodigies performed by celebrated magicians under Kanibri and + Snofrûi; and at length Mykerinos assured him that there was a certain + Didi, living then not far from Meîdum, who was capable of repeating all + the marvels done by former wizards. Most of the Egyptian sovereigns were, + in the same way, subjects of more or less wonderful legends—Sesostris, + Amenôthes III., Thûfcmosis III., Amenemhâît I., Khîti, Sahûrî, Usirkaf, + and Kakiû. These stories were put into literary shape by the learned, + recited by public story-tellers, and received by the people as authentic + history; they finally filtered into the writings of the chroniclers, who, + in introducing them into the annals, filled up with their extraordinary + details the lacunæ of authentic tradition. Sometimes the narrative assumed + a briefer form, and became an apologue. In one of them the members of the + body were supposed to have combined against the head, and disputed its + supremacy before a jury; the parties all pleaded their cause in turn, and + judgment was given in due form.* + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * This version of the <i>Fable of the Members and the Stomach</i> + was discovered upon a schoolboy’s tablet at Turin. +</pre> + <p> + Animals also had their place in this universal comedy. The passions or the + weaknesses of humanity were attributed to them, and the narrator makes the + lion, rat, or jackal to utter sentiments from which he draws some short + practical moral. La Fontaine had predecessors on the banks of the Nile of + whose existence he little dreamed. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0027" id="linkCimage-0027"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/357.jpg" width="100%" + alt="357.jpg the Cat and The Jackal Go off to The Fields With Their Flocks Drawn by Faucher-gudin, from Lepsius. " /> + </div> + <p> + As La Fontaine found an illustrator in Granville, so, too, in Egypt the + draughtsman brought his reed to the aid of the fabulist, and by his + cleverly executed sketches gave greater point to the sarcasm of story than + mere words could have conveyed. Where the author had briefly mentioned + that the jackal and the cat had cunningly forced their services on the + animals whom they wished to devour at their leisure, the artist would + depict the jackal and the cat equipped as peasants, with wallets on their + backs, and sticks over their shoulders, marching behind a troup of + gazelles or a flock of fat geese: it was easy to foretell the fate of + their unfortunate charges. Elsewhere it is an ox who brings up before his + master a cat who has cheated him, and his proverbial stupidity would + incline us to think that he will end by being punished himself for the + misdeeds of which he had accused the other. Puss’s sly and artful + expression, the ass-headed and important-looking judge, with the wand and + costume of a high and mighty dignitary, give pungency to the story, and + recall the daily scenes at the judgment-seat of the lord of Thebes. In + another place we see a donkey, a lion, a crocodile, and a monkey giving an + instrumental and vocal concert. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0028" id="linkCimage-0028"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/358.jpg" width="100%" + alt="358.jpg the Cat Before Its Judge " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from Lepsius. +</pre> + <p> + A lion and a gazelle play a game of chess. A cat of fashion, with a flower + in her hair, has a disagreement with a goose: they have come to blows, and + the excitable puss, who fears she will come off worst in the struggle, + falls backwards in a fright. The draughtsmen having once found vent for + their satire, stopped at nothing, and even royalty itself did not escape + their attacks. While the writers of the day made fun of the military + calling, both in prose and verse, the caricaturists parodied the combats + and triumphal scenes of the Ramses or Thutmosis of the day depicted on the + walls of the pylons. The Pharaoh of all the rats, perched upon a chariot + drawn by dogs, bravely charges an army of cats; standing in the heroic + attitude of a conqueror, he pierces them with his darts, while his horses + tread the fallen underfoot; his legions meanwhile in advance of him attack + a fort defended by tomcats, with the same ardour that the Egyptian + battalions would display in assaulting a Syrian stronghold. + </p> + <p> + <a name="linkCimage-0029" id="linkCimage-0029"> + <!-- IMG --></a> + </p> + <div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> + <img src="images/359.jpg" width="100%" + alt="359.jpg a Concert of Animals Devoted to Music " /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Drawn by Faucher-Gudin, from Lepsius. +</pre> + <p> + This treatment of ethics did not prevent the Egyptian writers from giving + way to their natural inclinations, and composing large volumes on this + subject after the manner of Kaqîmni or Phtahhotpû. One of their books, in + which the aged Ani inscribes his Instructions to his son, Khonshotpû, is + compiled in the form of a dialogue, and contains the usual commonplaces + upon virtue, temperance, piety, the respect due to parents from children, + or to the great ones of this world from their inferiors. The language in + which it is written is ingenious, picturesque, and at times eloquent; the + work explains much that is obscure in Egyptian life, and upon which the + monuments have thrown no light. “Beware of the woman who goes out + surreptitiously in her town, do not follow her or any like her, do not + expose thyself to the experience of what it costs a man to face an Ocean + of which the bounds are unknown.* The wife whose husband is far from home + sends thee letters, and invites thee to come to her daily when she has no + witnesses; if she succeeds in entangling thee in her net, it is a crime + which is punishable by death as soon as it is known, even if no wicked act + has taken place, for men will commit every sort of crime when under this + temptation alone.” + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * I have been obliged to paraphrase the sentence + considerably to render it intelligible to the modern reader. + The Egyptian text says briefly: “Do not know the man who + braves the water of the Ocean whose bounds are unknown.“<i>To + know the man</i> means here <i>know the state of the man</i> who + does an action. +</pre> + <p> + “Be not quarrelsome in breweries, for fear that thou mayest be denounced + forthwith for words which have proceeded from thy mouth, and of having + spoken that of which thou art no longer conscious. Thou fallest, thy + members helpless, and no one holds out a hand to thee, but thy + boon-companions around thee say: ‘Away with the drunkard!’ Thou art wanted + for some business, and thou art found rolling on the ground like an + infant.” In speaking of what a man owes to his mother, Ani waxes eloquent: + “When she bore thee as all have to bear, she had in thee a heavy burden + without being able to call on thee to share it. When thou wert born, after + thy months were fulfilled, she placed herself under a yoke in earnest, her + breast was in thy mouth for three years; in spite of the increasing + dirtiness of thy habits, her heart felt no disgust, and she never said: + ‘What is that I do here?’ When thou didst go to school to be instructed in + writing, she followed thee every day with bread and beer from thy house. + Now thou art a full-grown man, thou hast taken a wife, thou hast provided + thyself with a house; bear always in mind the pains of thy birth and the + care for thy education that thy mother lavished on thee, that her anger + may not rise up against thee, and that she lift not her hands to God, for + he will hear her complaint!” The whole of the book does not rise to this + level, but we find in it several maxims which appear to be popular + proverbs, as for instance: “He who hates idleness will come without being + called;” “A good walker comes to his journey’s end without needing to + hasten;” or, “The ox which goes at the head of the flock and leads the + others to pasture is but an animal like his fellows.” Towards the end, the + son Khonshotpû, weary of such a lengthy exhortation to wisdom, interrupts + his father roughly: “Do not everlastingly speak of thy merits, I have + heard enough of thy deeds;” whereupon Ani resignedly restrains himself + from further speech, and a final parable gives us the motive of his + resignation: “This is the likeness of the man who knows the strength of + his arm. The nursling who is in the arms of his mother cares only for + being suckled; but no sooner has he found his mouth than he cries: ‘Give + me bread!’” + </p> + <p> + It is, perhaps, difficult for us to imagine an Egyptian in love repeating + madrigals to his mistress,* for we cannot easily realise that the hard and + blackened bodies we see in our museums have once been men and women loving + and beloved in their own day. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + * The remains of Egyptian amatory literature have been + collected, translated, and commentated on by Maspero. They + have been preserved in two papyri, one of which is at Turin, + the other in the British Museum. The first of these appears + to be a sort of dialogue in which the trees of a garden + boast one after another of the beauty of a woman, and + discourse of the love-scenes which took place under their + shadow. +</pre> + <p> + The feeling which they entertained one for another had none of the + reticence or delicacy of our love: they went straight to the point, and + the language in which, they expressed themselves is sometimes too coarse + for our taste. The manners and customs of daily life among the Egyptians + tended to blunt in them the feelings of modesty and refinement to which + our civilization has accustomed us. Their children went about without + clothes, or, at any rate, wore none until the age of puberty. Owing to the + climate, both men and women left the upper part of the body more or less + uncovered, or wore fabrics of a transparent nature. In the towns, the + servants who moved about their masters or his guests had merely a narrow + loin-cloth tied round their hips; while in the country, the peasants + dispensed with even this covering, and the women tucked up their garments + when at work so as to move more freely. The religious teaching and the + ceremonies connected with their worship drew the attention of the faithful + to the unveiled human form of their gods, and the hieroglyphs themselves + contained pictures which shock our sense of propriety. Hence it came about + that the young girl who was demanded in marriage had no idea, like the + maiden of to-day, of the vague delights of an ideal union. The physical + side was impressed upon her mind, and she was well aware of the full + meaning of her consent. Her lover, separated from her by her disapproving + parents, thus expresses the grief which overwhelms him: “I desire to lie + down in my chamber,—for I am sick on thy account,—and the + neighbours come to visit me.—Ah! if my sister but came with them,—she + would show the physicians what ailed me,—for she knows my sickness!” + Even while he thus complains, he sees her in his imagination, and his + spirit visits the places she frequents: “The villa of my sister,—(a + pool is before the house),—the door opens suddenly,—and my + sister passes out in wrath.—Ah! why am I not the porter,—that + she might give me her orders!—I should at least hear her voice, even + were she angry,—and I, like a little boy, full of fear before her!” + Meantime the young girl sighs in vain for “her brother, the beloved of her + heart,” and all that charmed her before has now ceased to please her. “I + went to prepare my snare, my cage and the covert for my trap—for all + the birds of Puânît alight upon Egypt, redolent with perfume;—he who + flies foremost of the flock is attracted by my worm, bringing odours from + Puânît,—its claws full of incense.—But my heart is with thee, + and desires that we should trap them together,—I with thee, alone, + and that thou shouldest be able to hear the sad cry of my perfumed bird,—there + near to me, close to me, I will make ready my trap,—O my beautiful + friend, thou who goest to the field of the well-beloved!” The latter, + however, is slow to appear, the day passes away, the evening comes on: + “The cry of the goose resounds—which is caught by the worm-bait,—but + thy love removes me far from the bird, and I am unable to deliver myself + from it; I will carry off my net, and what shall I say to my mother,—when + I shall have returned to her?—Every day I come back laden with + spoil,—but to-day I have not been able to set my trap,—for thy + love makes me its prisoner!” “The goose flies away, alights,—it has + greeted the barns with its cry;—the flock of birds increases on the + river, but I leave them alone and think only of thy love,—for my + heart is bound to thy heart—and I cannot tear myself away from thy + beauty.” Her mother probably gave her a scolding, but she hardly minds it, + and in the retirement of her chamber never wearies of thinking of her + brother, and of passionately crying for him: “O my beautiful friend! I + yearn to be with thee as thy wife—and that thou shouldest go whither + thou wishest with thine arm upon my arm,—for then I will repeat to + my heart, which is in thy breast, my supplications.—If my great + brother does not come to-night,—I am as those who lie in the tomb—for + thou, art thou not health and life,—he who transfers the joys of thy + health to my heart which seeks thee?” The hours pass away and he does not + come, and already “the voice of the turtle-dove speaks,—it says: + ‘Behold, the dawn is here, alas! what is to become of me?’ Thou, thou art + the bird, thou callest me,—and I find my brother in his chamber,—and + my heart is rejoiced to see him!—I will never go away again, my hand + will remain in thy hand,—and when I wander forth, I will go with + thee into the most beautiful places,—happy in that he makes me the + foremost of women—and that he does not break my heart.” We should + like to quote the whole of it, but the text is mutilated, and we are + unable to fill in the blanks. It is, nevertheless, one of those products + of the Egyptian mind which it would have been easy for us to appreciate + from beginning to end, without effort and almost without explanation. The + passion in it finds expression in such sincere and simple language as to + render rhetorical ornament needless, and one can trace in it, therefore, + nothing of the artificial colouring which would limit it to a particular + place or time. It translates a universal sentiment into the common + language of humanity, and the hieroglyphic groups need only to be put into + the corresponding words of any modern tongue to bring home to the reader + their full force and intensity. We might compare it with those popular + songs which are now being collected in our provinces before the peasantry + have forgotten them altogether: the artlessness of some of the + expressions, the boldness of the imagery, the awkwardness and somewhat + abrupt character of some of the passages, communicate to both that wild + charm which we miss in the most perfect specimens of our modern + love-poets. + </p> + <p> + END OF VOL. V. <br /> <br /> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of History Of Egypt, Chaldæa, Syria, +Babylonia, and Assyria, Volume 5 (of 12), by G. Maspero + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORY OF EGYPT, CHALDÆA *** + +***** This file should be named 17325-h.htm or 17325-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/7/3/2/17325/ + +Produced by David Widger + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’ WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. + +The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation’s web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/17325-h/images/001.jpg b/17325-h/images/001.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b5359aa --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/001.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/002.jpg b/17325-h/images/002.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..79a5962 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/002.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/003.jpg b/17325-h/images/003.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e96f48b --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/003.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/006.jpg b/17325-h/images/006.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..58164dd --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/006.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/015.jpg b/17325-h/images/015.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d86d5a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/015.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/030.jpg b/17325-h/images/030.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..427fb89 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/030.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/032b.jpg b/17325-h/images/032b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..daa86f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/032b.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/034.jpg b/17325-h/images/034.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..07f017d --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/034.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/040.jpg b/17325-h/images/040.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..19a563f --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/040.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/041.jpg b/17325-h/images/041.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..091445b --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/041.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/044.jpg b/17325-h/images/044.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cc3961 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/044.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/046.jpg b/17325-h/images/046.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f4c04c --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/046.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/047-text.jpg b/17325-h/images/047-text.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a071c5d --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/047-text.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/047.jpg b/17325-h/images/047.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..64bf388 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/047.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/047b-text.jpg b/17325-h/images/047b-text.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d9a8e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/047b-text.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/047b.jpg b/17325-h/images/047b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f208be0 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/047b.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/050.jpg b/17325-h/images/050.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e471029 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/050.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/052.jpg b/17325-h/images/052.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d4ac7a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/052.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/052b-text.jpg b/17325-h/images/052b-text.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e1f7391 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/052b-text.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/052b.jpg b/17325-h/images/052b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1e6ff09 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/052b.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/053.jpg b/17325-h/images/053.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9642fc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/053.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/056.jpg b/17325-h/images/056.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bbe29a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/056.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/058.jpg b/17325-h/images/058.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..35fde5b --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/058.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/059.jpg b/17325-h/images/059.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6bbdf30 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/059.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/062.jpg b/17325-h/images/062.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2f3007 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/062.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/065.jpg b/17325-h/images/065.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3753397 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/065.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/066.jpg b/17325-h/images/066.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7e6ede2 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/066.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/067.jpg b/17325-h/images/067.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d327f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/067.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/069.jpg b/17325-h/images/069.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2500ec3 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/069.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/070.jpg b/17325-h/images/070.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c61d0da --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/070.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/073.jpg b/17325-h/images/073.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4978561 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/073.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/076.jpg b/17325-h/images/076.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b3a51b --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/076.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/079.jpg b/17325-h/images/079.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..92592db --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/079.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/084.jpg b/17325-h/images/084.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d98189 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/084.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/087.jpg b/17325-h/images/087.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..832f649 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/087.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/095.jpg b/17325-h/images/095.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..280a61c --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/095.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/096.jpg b/17325-h/images/096.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0fc46ee --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/096.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/097.jpg b/17325-h/images/097.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d9e4b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/097.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/098.jpg b/17325-h/images/098.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..324fca6 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/098.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/100.jpg b/17325-h/images/100.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..75bc93b --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/100.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/103.jpg b/17325-h/images/103.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bb8b5e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/103.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/104.jpg b/17325-h/images/104.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..364ed5d --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/104.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/106.jpg b/17325-h/images/106.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..085ab33 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/106.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/110.jpg b/17325-h/images/110.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7e85e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/110.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/114.jpg b/17325-h/images/114.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a6bef43 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/114.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/115.jpg b/17325-h/images/115.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f4d857a --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/115.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/116.jpg b/17325-h/images/116.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b3b31b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/116.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/117.jpg b/17325-h/images/117.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..be969c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/117.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/123.jpg b/17325-h/images/123.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc189ab --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/123.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/126.jpg b/17325-h/images/126.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e076baa --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/126.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/128.jpg b/17325-h/images/128.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cddcba7 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/128.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/129.jpg b/17325-h/images/129.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e78ca8b --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/129.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/131.jpg b/17325-h/images/131.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab90395 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/131.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/135.jpg b/17325-h/images/135.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..51ef6b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/135.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/138.jpg b/17325-h/images/138.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e31939 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/138.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/140.jpg b/17325-h/images/140.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e8a8ea4 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/140.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/146.jpg b/17325-h/images/146.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b684f63 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/146.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/160.jpg b/17325-h/images/160.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..71dbcb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/160.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/163.jpg b/17325-h/images/163.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5bbc0d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/163.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/166.jpg b/17325-h/images/166.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5362b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/166.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/168.jpg b/17325-h/images/168.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c7d624 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/168.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/169.jpg b/17325-h/images/169.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..59c0b64 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/169.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/170.jpg b/17325-h/images/170.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c87b90 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/170.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/171.jpg b/17325-h/images/171.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e511b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/171.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/173.jpg b/17325-h/images/173.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee03ba2 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/173.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/174.jpg b/17325-h/images/174.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..845d6c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/174.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/176.jpg b/17325-h/images/176.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..71b7468 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/176.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/176b.jpg b/17325-h/images/176b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9c7142e --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/176b.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/181.jpg b/17325-h/images/181.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..493858a --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/181.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/184.jpg b/17325-h/images/184.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfb6f25 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/184.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/187.jpg b/17325-h/images/187.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..78ea57b --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/187.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/193.jpg b/17325-h/images/193.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..eda0f94 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/193.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/195.jpg b/17325-h/images/195.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..69c7420 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/195.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/196.jpg b/17325-h/images/196.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..85c0d9c --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/196.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/197.jpg b/17325-h/images/197.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ada79f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/197.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/198.jpg b/17325-h/images/198.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5650d23 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/198.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/204.jpg b/17325-h/images/204.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5abbb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/204.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/214.jpg b/17325-h/images/214.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..19e582d --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/214.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/218.jpg b/17325-h/images/218.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0dba33 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/218.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/221.jpg b/17325-h/images/221.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..43d800a --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/221.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/222.jpg b/17325-h/images/222.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c1f28c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/222.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/224.jpg b/17325-h/images/224.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6572941 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/224.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/225.jpg b/17325-h/images/225.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2915617 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/225.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/226.jpg b/17325-h/images/226.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ae8f3f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/226.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/227.jpg b/17325-h/images/227.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1385ec3 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/227.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/229.jpg b/17325-h/images/229.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..75da116 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/229.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/230.jpg b/17325-h/images/230.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b5075b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/230.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/231.jpg b/17325-h/images/231.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..60e91ef --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/231.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/232-text.jpg b/17325-h/images/232-text.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..27a0d83 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/232-text.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/232.jpg b/17325-h/images/232.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..df6504a --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/232.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/233.jpg b/17325-h/images/233.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c332d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/233.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/235.jpg b/17325-h/images/235.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a79f90 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/235.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/236b.jpg b/17325-h/images/236b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7326d53 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/236b.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/237.jpg b/17325-h/images/237.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd39f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/237.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/238.jpg b/17325-h/images/238.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7c0586 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/238.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/240.jpg b/17325-h/images/240.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b335d76 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/240.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/242.jpg b/17325-h/images/242.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..63654df --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/242.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/245.jpg b/17325-h/images/245.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..804b800 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/245.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/246.jpg b/17325-h/images/246.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..85614af --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/246.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/247.jpg b/17325-h/images/247.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9fbc3cd --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/247.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/248.jpg b/17325-h/images/248.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..60e2aa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/248.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/249.jpg b/17325-h/images/249.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ab81b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/249.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/253.jpg b/17325-h/images/253.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1efd968 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/253.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/260.jpg b/17325-h/images/260.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f49a21 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/260.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/263.jpg b/17325-h/images/263.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..092ccf9 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/263.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/264.jpg b/17325-h/images/264.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..09f8025 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/264.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/265.jpg b/17325-h/images/265.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0a1d63 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/265.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/268.jpg b/17325-h/images/268.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3776c47 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/268.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/281.jpg b/17325-h/images/281.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a16fe33 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/281.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/285.jpg b/17325-h/images/285.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9099d3f --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/285.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/287.jpg b/17325-h/images/287.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8aeda61 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/287.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/289.jpg b/17325-h/images/289.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa2b3b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/289.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/299.jpg b/17325-h/images/299.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..56c3580 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/299.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/300.jpg b/17325-h/images/300.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..449e38d --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/300.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/301.jpg b/17325-h/images/301.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7508ed --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/301.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/304.jpg b/17325-h/images/304.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cd226d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/304.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/307.jpg b/17325-h/images/307.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a33932b --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/307.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/308.jpg b/17325-h/images/308.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..365ad67 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/308.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/313.jpg b/17325-h/images/313.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b7d587f --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/313.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/314.jpg b/17325-h/images/314.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a17ea07 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/314.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/318.jpg b/17325-h/images/318.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..77eaabc --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/318.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/320.jpg b/17325-h/images/320.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3dd7a46 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/320.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/321.jpg b/17325-h/images/321.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cda26a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/321.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/322.jpg b/17325-h/images/322.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0baa169 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/322.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/327.jpg b/17325-h/images/327.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ae70d1a --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/327.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/331.jpg b/17325-h/images/331.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed78836 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/331.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/334.jpg b/17325-h/images/334.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e322346 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/334.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/345.jpg b/17325-h/images/345.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dfd2491 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/345.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/347.jpg b/17325-h/images/347.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a7c1a0f --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/347.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/348.jpg b/17325-h/images/348.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5003a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/348.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/349.jpg b/17325-h/images/349.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..511994e --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/349.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/350.jpg b/17325-h/images/350.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..88db055 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/350.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/357.jpg b/17325-h/images/357.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6ac88a --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/357.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/358.jpg b/17325-h/images/358.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8a87284 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/358.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/359.jpg b/17325-h/images/359.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f800731 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/359.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/cover.jpg b/17325-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..013bc1c --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/cover.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/cover2.jpg b/17325-h/images/cover2.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d176b11 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/cover2.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/frontis-text.jpg b/17325-h/images/frontis-text.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..775883d --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/frontis-text.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/frontispiece.jpg b/17325-h/images/frontispiece.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ae8ba5e --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/frontispiece.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/spines.jpg b/17325-h/images/spines.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee35490 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/spines.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/table.jpg b/17325-h/images/table.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..04029fa --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/table.jpg diff --git a/17325-h/images/titlepage.jpg b/17325-h/images/titlepage.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c69e077 --- /dev/null +++ b/17325-h/images/titlepage.jpg |
